Document:

MASI-2014.06.28-10Q EX 10.1

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

J.P.Morgan
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
April 23, 2014
among
MASIMO CORPORATION, 
The Lenders Party Hereto
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Administrative Agent

___________________________

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
						
	 
	 
	 
	Page
	 

	ARTICLE I
	Definitions...................................................................................................................................
	1
	

	 
	SECTION 1.01.
	Defined Terms........................................................................................................
	1
	

	 
	SECTION 1.02.
	Classification of Loans and Borrowings................................................................
	20
	

	 
	SECTION 1.03.
	Terms Generally.....................................................................................................
	20
	

	 
	SECTION 1.04.
	Accounting Terms; GAAP.....................................................................................
	21
	

	 
	SECTION 1.05.
	Currency Translation..............................................................................................
	21
	

	 
	SECTION 1.06.
	Pro Forma Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions...................................
	21
	

	ARTICLE II
	The Credits..................................................................................................................................
	22
	

	 
	SECTION 2.01.
	Commitments.........................................................................................................
	22
	

	 
	SECTION 2.02.
	Loans and Borrowings...........................................................................................
	22
	

	 
	SECTION 2.03.    
	Requests for Revolving Borrowings......................................................................
	22
	

	 
	SECTION 2.04.    
	Swingline Loans.....................................................................................................
	23
	

	 
	SECTION 2.05.    
	Letters of Credit.....................................................................................................
	24
	

	 
	SECTION 2.06.    
	Funding of Borrowings..........................................................................................
	28
	

	 
	SECTION 2.07.    
	Interest Elections....................................................................................................
	28
	

	 
	SECTION 2.08.    
	Termination and Reduction of Commitments........................................................
	29
	

	 
	SECTION 2.09.    
	Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt................................................................
	30
	

	 
	SECTION 2.10.    
	Prepayment of Loans.............................................................................................
	30
	

	 
	SECTION 2.11.    
	Fees........................................................................................................................
	31
	

	 
	SECTION 2.12.    
	Interest....................................................................................................................
	32
	

	 
	SECTION 2.13.    
	Alternate Rate of Interest.......................................................................................
	32
	

	 
	SECTION 2.14.    
	Increased Costs......................................................................................................
	33
	

	 
	SECTION 2.15.    
	Break Funding Payments.......................................................................................
	34
	

	 
	SECTION 2.16.    
	Taxes......................................................................................................................
	34
	

	 
	SECTION 2.17.    
	Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.............................
	38
	

	 
	SECTION 2.18.    
	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders..................................................
	40
	

	 
	SECTION 2.19.    
	Defaulting Lenders.................................................................................................
	41
	

	 
	SECTION 2.20.
	Banking Services and Swap Agreements...............................................................
	42
	

	ARTICLE III
	Representations and Warranties..................................................................................................
	42
	

	 
	SECTION 3.01.
	Organization; Powers    ...........................................................................................
	42
	

	 
	SECTION 3.02.
	Authorization; Enforceability.................................................................................
	43
	

	 
	SECTION 3.03.
	Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.................................................................
	43
	

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

	
						
	 
	 
	 
	 

	 
	 
	Page
	 

	 
	SECTION 3.04.
	Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change...............................................
	43
	

	 
	SECTION 3.05.
	Properties...............................................................................................................
	43
	

	 
	SECTION 3.06.
	Litigation and Environmental Matters...................................................................
	43
	

	 
	SECTION 3.07.
	Compliance with Laws and Agreements................................................................
	44
	

	 
	SECTION 3.08.
	Investment Company Status..................................................................................
	44
	

	 
	SECTION 3.09.
	Taxes......................................................................................................................
	44
	

	 
	SECTION 3.10.
	ERISA....................................................................................................................
	44
	

	 
	SECTION 3.11.
	Disclosure..............................................................................................................
	44
	

	 
	SECTION 3.12.
	Sanctions Laws and Regulations    ...........................................................................
	45
	

	ARTICLE IV
	Conditions...................................................................................................................................
	45
	

	 
	SECTION 4.01.
	Effective Date........................................................................................................
	45
	

	 
	SECTION 4.02.
	Each Credit Event..................................................................................................
	46
	

	ARTICLE V
	Affirmative Covenants................................................................................................................
	47
	

	 
	SECTION 5.01.
	Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information..............................
	47
	

	 
	SECTION 5.02.
	Notices of Material Events.....................................................................................
	48
	

	 
	SECTION 5.03.
	Existence; Conduct of Business.............................................................................
	48
	

	 
	SECTION 5.04.
	Payment of Obligations..........................................................................................
	49
	

	 
	SECTION 5.05.
	Maintenance of Properties; Insurance....................................................................
	49
	

	 
	SECTION 5.06.
	Books and Records; Inspection Rights..................................................................
	49
	

	 
	SECTION 5.07.
	Compliance with Laws..........................................................................................
	49
	

	 
	SECTION 5.08.
	Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit...................................................................
	49
	

	 
	SECTION 5.09.
	Additional Guarantors............................................................................................
	50
	

	ARTICLE VI
	Negative Covenants.....................................................................................................................
	50
	

	 
	SECTION 6.01.
	Indebtedness...........................................................................................................
	50
	

	 
	SECTION 6.02.
	Liens.......................................................................................................................
	52
	

	 
	SECTION 6.03.
	Fundamental Changes............................................................................................
	53
	

	 
	SECTION 6.04.
	Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions...............................
	53
	

	 
	SECTION 6.05.
	Swap Agreements...................................................................................................
	55
	

	 
	SECTION 6.06.
	Restricted Payments...............................................................................................
	55
	

	 
	SECTION 6.07.
	Transactions with Affiliates...................................................................................
	56
	

	 
	SECTION 6.08.
	Restrictive Agreements..........................................................................................
	56
	

	 
	SECTION 6.09.    
	Financial Covenants...............................................................................................
	56
	

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

	
						
	 
	 
	 
	 

	 
	 
	Page
	 

	 
	SECTION 6.10.
	Sanctions Laws and Regulations    ...........................................................................
	56
	

	ARTICLE VII
	Events of Default.........................................................................................................................
	57
	

	ARTICLE VIII
	The Administrative Agent...........................................................................................................
	59
	

	ARTICLE IX
	Miscellaneous..............................................................................................................................
	62
	

	 
	SECTION 9.01.
	Notices...................................................................................................................
	62
	

	 
	SECTION 9.02.
	Waivers; Amendments...........................................................................................
	64
	

	 
	SECTION 9.03.
	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver..................................................................
	64
	

	 
	SECTION 9.04.
	Successors and Assigns..........................................................................................
	66
	

	 
	SECTION 9.05.
	Survival..................................................................................................................
	69
	

	 
	SECTION 9.06.
	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution............................
	69
	

	 
	SECTION 9.07.
	Severability............................................................................................................
	70
	

	 
	SECTION 9.08.
	Right of Setoff........................................................................................................
	70
	

	 
	SECTION 9.09.
	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process................................    
	70
	

	 
	SECTION 9.10.
	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..................................................................................
	70
	

	 
	SECTION 9.11.
	Headings................................................................................................................
	71
	

	 
	SECTION 9.12.
	Confidentiality........................................................................................................
	71
	

	 
	SECTION 9.13.    
	Material Non-Public Information..........................................................................
	71
	

	 
	SECTION 9.14.
	Authorization to  Distribute Certain Materials to Public-Siders............................
	72
	

	 
	SECTION 9.15.
	Interest Rate Limitation.........................................................................................
	72
	

	 
	SECTION 9.16.
	USA Patriot Act.....................................................................................................
	72
	

	 
	SECTION 9.17.
	California Judicial Reference.................................................................................
	72
	

	 
	SECTION 9.18.
	Judgment Currency................................................................................................
	73
	

    
        
    

    
    
    
    
    

EXHIBITS:
		
	Exhibit A --
	Form of Assignment and Assumption

		
	Exhibit B -- 
	Reserved

		
	Exhibit C-1 -- 
	U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are not Partnerships 

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
		
	Exhibit C-2 -- 
	U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are Partnerships 

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
		
	Exhibit C-3 -- 
	U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are not Partnerships 

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
		
	Exhibit C-4 -- 
	U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are Partnerships 

for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
		
	Exhibit D -- 
	Form of Guaranty

		
	Exhibit E-1 -- 
	Form of Borrower Security Agreement

		
	Exhibit E-2 -- 
	Form of Subsidiaries Security Agreement

		
	Exhibit E-3 -- 
	Form of Pledge Agreement

CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of April 23, 2014, among
MASIMO CORPORATION, the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent.
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions

SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
“ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
“Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any ongoing business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage of voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.
“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate for such Interest Period.
“Administrative Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
“Agent Party” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d).
“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1⁄2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day.  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

2

“Approved Currency” means Euros, Sterling, Yen and any other currency approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Approved Currency Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of the total Commitments and $25,000,000.  The Approved Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the total Commitments.
“Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.19 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment.  If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.
“Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Revolving Loan, or with respect to the Unused Fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, (i) from the Closing Date to the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a certificate pursuant to Section 5.01(c) for the fiscal quarter ending March 29, 2014, 0.125% per annum for any ABR Loan, 1.125% per annum for Eurodollar Revolving Loans and 0.225% for the Unused Fee and (ii) thereafter, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Eurodollar Spread” or “Unused Fee”, as the case may be, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(c):
APPLICABLE RATE
	
					
	Level
	Total Leverage Ratio
	Eurodollar 
Spread
	ABR Spread
	Unused Fee

	Level I
	Less than 1.00 to 1.00
	1.125%
	0.125%
	0.225%

	Level II
	Greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 but less than 1.50 to 1.00
	1.250%
	0.250%
	0.250%

	Level III
	Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00
	1.750%
	0.750%
	0.275%

	Level IV
	Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00
	2.000%
	1.000%
	0.300%

	Level V
	Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00
	2.250%
	1.250%
	0.300%

“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the same form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

3

“Banking Services” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, “commercial credit cards” and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards, (c) merchant processing services, and (d) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).
“Banking Services Obligations” of the Loan Parties means any and all obligations of the Loan Parties, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.
“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
“Borrower” means Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
“Borrower Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c).
“Borrowing” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.
“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.
“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
“Capital Expenditures” means, without duplication, any expenditure or commitment to expend money for any purchase or other acquisition of any asset that would be classified as a fixed or capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, the following will not constitute Capital Expenditures: (i) expenditures to the extent made with proceeds of or sale or disposition of any property or asset of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permitted under this Agreement; (ii) expenditures made with the proceeds received in connection with any casualty event or condemnation; (iii) expenditures made as a lessee of real property 

4

to improve the leasehold estate so long as such expenditure has been reimbursed by the applicable lessor; (iv) deferred costs of sales; and (v) expenditures made to purchase and improve the Discovery Property.
“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for LC Exposure, Obligations in respect of Swingline Loans, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of either thereof (as the context may require), cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender (as applicable).  “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“CFC” shall mean any Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
“CFC Holding Company” means any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity or debt of one or more CFCs.
“Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower; or (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated.
“Change in Law” the occurrence after the date of this Agreement or, with respect to any Lender, such later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,  (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
“Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

5

“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Security Documents and all of the other property of any Loan Party that is subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders and other Secured Parties, to secure the Secured Obligations.
“Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.  The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.  The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $125,000,000.
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute. 
“Communications” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d).
“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Credit Party” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.
“Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has or has a Lender Parent that has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

6

“Denomination Date” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following:  (i) the first Business Day of each calendar month, (ii) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurodollar Rate Loan denominated in an Approved Currency (solely with respect to such Borrowing), (iii) each date of a continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Loan denominated in an Approved Currency pursuant to Section 2.02 (solely with respect to such Eurodollar Rate Loan), and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine (but, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in no event more than once during any calendar month); and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following:  (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any LC Disbursement with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank shall determine (but, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in no event more than once during any calendar month).
“Designated Persons” means a person or entity (a) listed in the annex to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of, any Executive Order; (b) named as a “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” (“SDN”) on the most current list published by OFAC at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list (the “SDN List”) or is otherwise the subject of any Sanctions Laws and Regulations; (c) in which an entity or person on the SDN List has 50% or greater ownership interest or that is otherwise controlled by an SDN.
“Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits, proceedings and matters disclosed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to that certain letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Discovery Property” means the land and a 213,400 square foot building located at 52 Discovery, Irvine, California 92618.
“dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
“EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, an amount equal to Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Net Income, without duplication: (i) Interest Expense (excluding the portion of rent expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets that is treated as Interest Expense in accordance with GAAP), amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and debt issuance commissions, (ii) all federal, state, local and foreign taxes on or measured by income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense for such period (including without limitation, amortization of intangibles in accordance with GAAP and amortization recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 350 (Intangibles- Goodwill and Other)), (iv) the amount of noncash stock-based compensation expense for such period, (v) other extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses (including without limitation non-cash losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course, including abandoned or discontinued operations, after tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Agreements, impairment charges and effects of changes in accounting principles) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries reducing such Net Income for such period which do not represent a cash item in such period, (vi) any non-cash charges resulting from any write-offs or write-downs of inventory during such period directly or indirectly attributable to any Acquisitions permitted hereunder, (vii) legal fees and litigation costs and expenses; provided, however, that the amount of such fees, costs and expenses included in the calculation for such period and all preceding periods following the Effective Date under this clause (vii) may not exceed $30,000,000, (viii) to the extent not 

7

already included in Net Income, (A) proceeds of business interruption insurance to the extent paid in cash during such period and (B) expenses with respect to liability or casualty events to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long such amount is not denied by the applicable carrier in writing and in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), (ix) all non-recurring costs and expenses incurred in connection with or as a result of the consummation of the Transactions, any Acquisition, investment, asset acquisition or disposition, issuance of Equity Interests or amendment or modification of any agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness, and (x) losses resulting solely from fluctuations in foreign currency (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) and any net loss resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk associated with the above (and those resulting from intercompany indebtedness), and minus (b) to the extent included in calculating such Net Income, without duplication, (i) all noncash items increasing Net Income for such period, (ii) all EBITDA of any Person other than the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower for such period, except (A) to the extent of any amounts distributed to the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries in cash and (B) that EBITDA of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower shall not be subtracted pursuant to this clause (ii) if such Subsidiary is not restricted, pursuant to its organizational documents, any contract or agreement to which it is a party or otherwise, from paying dividends and making other distributions to the Borrower or to the Subsidiary that owns the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (a)(v) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expense or loss were reflected as a charge in the statement of Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis, and (iv) gains resulting solely from fluctuations in foreign currency (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) and any net gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk associated with the above (and those resulting from intercompany indebtedness).
“ECP” means an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and the applicable rules issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or the SEC. 
“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).
“Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.
“Electronic System” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, Intralinks®, ClearPar® and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank and any of its respective Related Persons or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.
“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous 

8

Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“Equity Interests “ means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination by a Multiemployer Plan that it is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
 “Euro” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.
“Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
“Exchange Rate” means on any day, for purposes of determining the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of any other currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into dollars at the time of determination on such day as set forth on the Reuters WRLD Page for such currency.  In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters WRLD Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such an agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about such time as the Administrative Agent shall elect after determining that such rates shall be the basis for determining the Exchange Rate, on such date for the purchase of dollars for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such 

9

spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an ECP at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of a Swap Obligation subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), because such Guarantor is a “financial entity,” as defined in Section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal. 
“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(f) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
“Executive Order” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of Sanctions Laws and Regulations.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

10

“Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.
“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.
“Financial Statements” means the financial statements to be furnished pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b).
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date to (b) the sum of (i) Interest Expense (excluding the portion of rent expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets that is treated as Interest Expense in accordance with GAAP) paid in cash, (ii) all federal, state, local and foreign taxes on or measured by income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period paid in cash (net of any cash refund in respect of income taxes actually received) and (iii) Capital Expenditures, in each case for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date.
“Foreign Assets Control Regulations” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.13.
“Foreign Lender” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
“Guarantors” means, collectively, Masimo Americas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any other Material Subsidiary that executes a joinder to the Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09. 
“Guaranty” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
“Hazardous Materials”  means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, 

11

asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (a) that has total assets less than 5% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) whose results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituted less than 5% of EBITDA; provided, that at no time shall all Immaterial Subsidiaries (i) have total assets in excess of 10% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (ii) have results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituting in excess of 10% of EBITDA.  In connection with any designation or re-designation of Subsidiaries as Material Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries at any time that entities that would otherwise be Immaterial Subsidiaries either (x) have total assets in excess of 10% in the aggregate of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (y) have results for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended constituting in excess of 10% of EBITDA, the Borrower shall designate which Subsidiaries that would otherwise be Immaterial Subsidiaries shall be Material Subsidiaries, so long as in connection with such designation any such Subsidiary that is a U.S. Person and not a CFC Holding Company or an SPE shall be designated as a Material Subsidiary prior to the designation of any such Subsidiary that is a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE as a Material Subsidiary.
“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed; provided that if such Person has not assumed such Indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
“Ineligible Institution” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.04(b).
“Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.
“Interest Expense” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP.

12

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.
“Interest Period” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“Issuing Bank” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i).  The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
“JPMCB” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
“LC Disbursement” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
“LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower or converted to a Revolving Loan at such time.  The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.
“Lender Parent” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.
“Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank.
“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.  Letters of Credit may be issued in dollars or in an Approved Currency.
“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other 

13

person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or, in the case of Eurodollar Borrowings denominated in Sterling, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time on the date of commencement of such Interest Period), as the rate for dollar deposits (in the case of Borrowings denominated in dollars) and deposits in any Approved Currency (in the case of Loans in such Approved Currency) in the London interbank market with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.  In the event that such rate does not appear on such page (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen or otherwise on such screen), the “LIBO Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying interest rates for dollar deposits or Approved Currency deposits, as applicable, in the London interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which dollar deposits or Approved Currency deposits, as applicable, for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or, in the case of Eurodollar Borrowings denominated in Sterling, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time on the date of commencement of such Interest Period).
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, including without limitation, schedules and exhibits thereto) and any agreements entered into in connection therewith, including, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter, the letter agreement referred to in the definition of “Disclosed Matters” and all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto or waivers to any of the foregoing.
“Loan Parties” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.
“Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement or (c) the material rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than due to the inaction of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party); provided that the events, circumstances and conditions with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Disclosed Matters shall not, to the extent set forth therein, constitute a “Material Adverse Effect”.
“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $40,000,000.  For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.
“Material Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or an SPE.

14

“Maturity Date” means April 23, 2019.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
“Net Income” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (in accordance with GAAP) for that period.
“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(e). 
“OFAC” means Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18).
“Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
“Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).
“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
“Parties” means the Borrower or any of its affiliates.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
“Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(e).
“Permitted Encumbrances” means:
(a)Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;
(b)carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;
(c)pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

15

(d)deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(e)judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII; and
(f)easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(g)Liens arising under any agreements relating to any Equity Interests of any joint venture or other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(h)Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP and which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(i)customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or common law of banks or other financial institutions where any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries maintains deposits (other than deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business;
(j)leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and any interest or title of a lessor under any lease not in violation of this Agreement;
(k)statutory Liens arising from the rights of lessors under leases (including any precautionary financing statements regarding property subject to a lease) not in violation of the requirements of this Agreement; provided that such Liens are only in respect of the property subject to, and secure only, the respective lease;
(l)rights of consignors of goods, whether or not perfected by the filing of a financing statement or other registration, recording or filing;
(m)Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(n)Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(o)Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(p)Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any investment or acquisition permitted hereunder;

16

(q)restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put in each case that do not secure Indebtedness and do not involve, either individually or in the aggregate, (1) a substantial and prolonged interruption or disruption of the business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (2) a Material Adverse Effect;
(r)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or other arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(s)Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of other Loan Party to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations of the Loan Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and any other Loan Party, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Foreign Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(t)Liens granted in favor of a Loan Party from a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; and
(u)Liens on cash and cash equivalents deposited to discharge, redeem or defease Indebtedness permitted to be discharged, redeemed or defeased pursuant to the terms hereof and so long as (except in the case of any Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(p) which by its terms is non-recourse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) such cash or cash equivalents are actually used to discharge, redeem or defease such Indebtedness (or the related Liens are released) within 90 days of the imposition of such Lien.
“Permitted Investments” means:
(v)direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America);
(w)investments in commercial paper maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;
(x)investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;
(y)fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 90 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;
(z)money market funds that have portfolio assets of at least $1,000,000,000 or money market accounts maintained in mutual funds investing solely in any one or more of the Permitted Investments described in clauses (a) through (d) above; 
(aa)investments in investment grade debt obligations issued by corporations that are U.S. Persons if the following conditions are met: (i) the maturity of such obligations is no greater than 12 

17

months at the time of purchase and (ii) has a minimum “Aa” long term debt rating by Moody’s or a minimum “AA” long term debt rating by S&P at the time of purchase; and
(ab)any investment that is expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(f).
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
“Pledge Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c).
“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
“Public-Sider” means any representative of a Lender that does not want to receive material non-public information with the meaning of the federal and state securities laws.
“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Loan Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act. 
“Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.
“Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that for the purpose of determining the Required Lenders needed for any waiver, amendment, modification or consent, any Lender that is the Borrower, or any Affiliate of the Borrower shall be disregarded.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower.

18

“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.
“Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s.
“Sanctions Laws and Regulations” means (a) any sanctions, prohibitions or requirements imposed by any executive order (an “Executive Order”) or by any sanctions program administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assects Control (“OFAC”), and (b) any sanctions measures imposed by the United Nations Security Council, European Union or the United Kingdom.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United State of America.
“Secured Obligations” means all Obligations, together with all (i) Banking Services Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates and (ii) Swap Agreement Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates; provided, however, that the definition of “Secured Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Guarantor of (or grant of security interest by any Guarantor to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor for purposes of determining any obligations of any Guarantor.
“Secured Parties” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Lenders, (c) the Issuing Bank, (d) each provider of Banking Services, to the extent the Banking Services Obligations in respect thereof constitute Secured Obligations, (e) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement, to the extent the obligations thereunder constitute Secured Obligations, (f) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (g) the legal successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing.
“Security Documents” means, collectively, the Borrower Security Agreement, the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each other security agreement, pledge agreement, security agreement supplement and pledge agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 5.09.
“SPE” means any Person that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower that engages in no activities other than those reasonably related to or in connection with the ownership of the Discovery Property and the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(r) not securing any real property other than the Discovery Property; provided that no portion of the Indebtedness of such Person shall be recourse to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than customary limited recourse guarantees entered into in connection with the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(r)).
“Specified Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17.
“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board).  Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.  Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.  The 

19

Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
“Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
“Subsidiaries Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c). 
“subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.
“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.
“Swap Agreement Obligations” of a Loan Party means any and all obligations of such Loan Party, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements permitted hereunder with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any such Swap Agreement transaction. 
“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time.  The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.
“Swingline Lender” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.
“Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Total Assets”  means, at any time, the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
“Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) total Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such measurement date (other than (i) Indebtedness described in clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of Indebtedness and (ii) 

20

Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(p) which by its terms is non-recourse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than the SPE), except in the case of misappropriation of funds and other willful misconduct, so long as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not then become obligated to make any payment in connection therewith or otherwise taken any action that would cause such Indebtedness to become recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary) to (b) EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date. 
“Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.
 “Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or in any other state, the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.
“Unused Fee” means the fee payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(a).
“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, on any Denomination Date, (a) with respect to any amount in dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount in any currency other than dollars, the equivalent in dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.05 using the Exchange Rate with respect to such currency at the time in effect under the provisions of such Section.
“U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3).
“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
SECTION 1.02.  Classification of Loans and Borrowings.  For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”).  Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).
SECTION 1.03.  Terms Generally.  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar 

21

import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
SECTION 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision  amended in accordance herewith and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders).  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to (i) any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein or (ii) any change in GAAP requiring leases which were previously classified as operating leases to be classified as capitalized leases.
SECTION 1.05.  Currency Translation.  The Administrative Agent shall determine the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of any Loan, Letter of Credit or LC Disbursement denominated in any Approved Currency using the Exchange Rate for such currency in relation to dollars in effect on each Denomination Date therefor, and each such amount shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such Loan, Letter of Credit or LC Disbursement until the next required calculation thereof pursuant to this sentence.  Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Loan or Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Loan or Letter of Credit in effect at such time.
SECTION 1.06.  Pro Forma Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions.  To the extent the Borrower or any Subsidiary makes any Acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 or disposition of material assets outside the ordinary course of business not prohibited by Section 6.03 during the period of four fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended, if the Borrower is required to make pro forma disclosures relating to such Acquisition or disposition pursuant to Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to the acquisition or the disposition of assets, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case as determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as interpreted by the SEC, and as certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower), as if such acquisition or such disposition (and any related incurrence, repayment or assumption of Indebtedness) had occurred in the first day of such four-quarter period. 

22

ARTICLE II
The Credits
SECTION 2.01.  Commitments.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in dollars or one or more Approved Currencies from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment, (b) the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments or (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Approved Currencies exceeding the Approved Currency Sublimit.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.
SECTION 2.02.  Loans and Borrowings.  (a)  Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.
(b)    Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith.  Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan.  All ABR Loans shall be denominated in dollars.  Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(c)    At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000.  At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e).  Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 10 Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding.
(a)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.
SECTIONS 2.03.  Requests for Revolving Borrowings.  To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in an Approved Currency, not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, or (c) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may 

23

be given not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing.  Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i)  the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;
(ii)  the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii)  whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(iv)  in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;
(v)  in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, whether such Borrowing shall be made in dollars or in an Approved Currency; and
(vi)  the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.
If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing.  If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration, and if no currency is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to select a Borrowing of dollars.  Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.04.  Swingline Loans.  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $10,000,000 or (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.
(b)    To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan.  The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower.  The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.
(c)    The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding.  Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate.  Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender hereby absolutely 

24

and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.  Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender.  Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.
SECTION 2.05.  Letters of Credit.  (a)  General.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries’ obligations denominated in dollars or, to the extent the Issuing Bank then issues letters of credit in any Approved Currency, in such Approved Currency, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
(b)    Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions.  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, but in any event no less than three Business Days in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in dollars and no less than four Business Days in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Approved Currency) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in dollars or in an Approved Currency, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit.  A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to 

25

such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $25,000,000, (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments and (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Approved Currencies shall not exceed the Approved Currency Sublimit.
(c)    Expiration Date.  Each Letter of Credit shall expire (or be subject to termination by notice from the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary thereof) at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.
(d)     Participations.  By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
(e)     Reimbursement.  If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day following the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day following the date of payment, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time on such Business Day, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt, provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan.  In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in any Approved Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank in such currency, unless (A) the Issuing Bank (at its option) shall have specified in the notice of such LC Disbursement that it will require reimbursement in dollars, (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the Issuing Bank in dollars or (C) the Borrower shall have requested that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan.  In the case of any such reimbursement in dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in any Approved Currency, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof.  If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof (which in the case of any 

26

payment in any Approved Currency shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof), and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.  Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower (which in the case of any payment in any Approved Currency shall be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof), in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.  Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.  In the event that (A) a drawing denominated in any Approved Currency is to be reimbursed in dollars and (B) the dollar amount paid by the Borrower, including pursuant to an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan, shall not be adequate on the date of that payment to purchase in accordance with normal banking procedures a sum denominated in such Approved Currency equal to the drawing, the Borrower agrees, as a separate and independent obligation, to indemnify the Issuing Bank for the loss resulting from its inability on that date to purchase such Approved Currency in the full amount of the drawing.
(f)    Obligations Absolute.  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of any Approved Currency to the Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.  Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in 

27

its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
(g)    Disbursement Procedures.  The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit.  The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
(h)    Interim Interest.  If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(d) shall apply.  Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(i)     Replacement of the Issuing Bank.  The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank.  At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b).  From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require.  After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
(j)     Cash Collateralization.  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII.  Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations.  The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over any such deposit account.  Other than any interest earned on any Permitted Investment of such deposits, which 

28

investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
SECTION 2.06  Funding of Borrowings.  (a)  Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04.  The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds in the applicable currency, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.
(b)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans.  If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.
SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections.  (a)  Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request.  Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section.  The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.  This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.
(b)    To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of an irrevocable written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower by 

29

the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.  
(c)     Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i)    the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii)    the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii)    whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(iv)    in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, whether such Borrowing shall be made in dollars or in an Approved Currency; and
(v)    if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify (x) an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration and (y) the currency, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected the same currency as the Borrowing being converted or continued.
(d)    Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(e)     If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
SECTION 2.08.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments.  (a)  Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.
(b)     The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

30

(c)     The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof.  Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked or extended by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.  Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent.  Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.
SECTION 2.09.  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.  (a)  The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date, and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.
(b)Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(c)The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.
(d)The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Copies of the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section will be made available to the Borrower upon the Borrower’s request.
(e)Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.  Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
SECTION 2.10.  Prepayment of Loans.  (a)  The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.
(b)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative  Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment 

31

hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time, on the date of prepayment.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked or extended if such notice of termination is revoked or extended in accordance with Section 2.08.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02.  Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing.  Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12.
(c)    If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceed an amount equal to 105% of the total Commitments then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the LC Exposure in an aggregate amount sufficient to cause the total Revolving Credit Exposures to be less than or equal to the total Commitments then in effect.  The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.
(d)     If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the LC Exposure exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the LC Sublimit, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the LC Exposure in an aggregate amount sufficient to cause the LC Exposure to be less than or equal to the LC Sublimit.  The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.
SECTION 2.11.  Fees.  (a)  Subject to Section 2.19(c), the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender an Unused Fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate per annum on the daily unused amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates.  Accrued Unused Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.  All Unused Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). 
(b)    The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) at such times as there shall be more than one Lender, to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the 

32

date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.  Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.  Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 Business Days after demand.  All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(c)    The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee Letter or otherwise separately agreed upon in writing between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(d)    All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders.  Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.
SECTION 2.12.  Interest.  (a)  The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.
(b)    The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.
(c)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the  rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.
(d)    Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(e)     All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.13.  Alternate Rate of Interest.  If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

33

(f)the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or
(g)the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.
SECTION 2.14.  Increased Costs.  (a)  If any Change in Law shall:
(i)      impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;
(ii)      impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or
(iii)      subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)    If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case 

34

may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c)    A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof.  
(d)    Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
SECTION 2.15.  Break Funding Payments.  In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith (other than solely by reason of a Lender being a Defaulting Lender or any revocation pursuant to Section 2.13)), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event (excluding any loss of the Applicable Rate on the relevant Revolving Loan), the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event.  In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof.
SECTION 2.16. Taxes. (a)  Payments Free of Taxes.  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so 

35

that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.16) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)    Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower.  The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.
(c)     Evidence of Payments.  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.16, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d)     Indemnification by the Borrower.  The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e)     Indemnification by the Lenders.  Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).
(f)     Status of Lenders.  (i)  Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such 

36

completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;
(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or
(4)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 or Exhibit C-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall 

37

be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(g)    Treatment of Certain Refunds.  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.16 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund).  Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)     Survival.  Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.16 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

38

(i)    Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Section 2.16, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.
SECTION 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.  (a)  The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds and in the appropriate currency, without set off or counterclaim.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.  All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.
(b) If at any time:
(i)    insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, or 
(ii)     if any proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent so elects or the Required Lenders so direct, 
such funds shall be first, to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank from the Loan Parties (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), second, to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Loan Parties (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), third, to pay interest then due and payable on the Loans ratably, fourth, to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and to pay any amounts owing with respect to Swap Agreement Obligations up to and including the amount most recently provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.20, ratably, fifth, to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate LC Exposure, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, sixth, to payment of any amounts owing with respect to Banking Services Obligations up to and including the amount most recently provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.20, and seventh, to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Loan Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Loan Party and proceeds from the Collateral of such Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless an Event of Default is in existence, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurodollar Loan, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding ABR Loans and, in any such event, the Borrower shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 2.15. 

39

(c)    If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered,  such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
(d)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
(e)     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any amount paid by any Loan Party for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, reimbursement of LC Disbursements, indemnity payments or other amounts) will be applied by the Administrative Agent at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement; second, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender under this Agreement; third, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.19; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists) to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s future LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.19; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender as a result of 

40

any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or unreimbursed LC Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, or payments in respect of unreimbursed LC Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.19(a). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(e) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
SECTION 2.18.  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.  (a)  If any Lender’s obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, is suspended pursuant to Section 2.13, if any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would reinstate such Lender’s obligations to make, continue or convert Eurodollar Borrowings, or eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment so long as the Borrower received prior notice of the making of such designation or assignment and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender did not previously reject a request by the Borrower to replace such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18.
(b)    If any Lender’s obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, is suspended pursuant to Section 2.13, if any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender becomes Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16) and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of 

41

such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such  assignment and delegation cease to apply.
SECTION 2.19.  Defaulting Lenders.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(h)fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(a);
(i)the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided, that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;
(j)if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i)  all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at such time;
(ii)  if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within three Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;
(iii)  if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;
(iv)  if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and
(v)  if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all Unused fees that 

42

otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and
(k)so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(c), and participating interests in any newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.19(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
If a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Lender Parent shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
SECTION 2.20.  Banking Services and Swap Agreements.  Each Lender or Affiliate thereof providing Banking Services for, or having Swap Agreements with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower), promptly after entering into such Banking Services or Swap Agreements, written notice setting forth the aggregate amount of all Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations of such Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to such Lender or Affiliate (whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent).  In addition, each such Lender or Affiliate thereof shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) from time to time after a significant change therein or upon a request therefor, a summary of the amounts due or to become due in respect of such Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations.  The most recent information provided to the Administrative Agent shall be used in determining the amounts to be applied in respect of such Banking Services Obligations and/or Swap Agreement Obligations pursuant to Section 2.17(b) and which tier of the waterfall, contained in Section 2.17(b), such Banking Services Obligations and/or Swap Agreement Obligations will be placed.
ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:
SECTION 3.01.      Organization; Powers.  Each of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the 

43

failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.
SECTION 3.02.  Authorization; Enforceability.  The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
SECTION 3.03.  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.  The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02(a)).
SECTION 3.04.  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.  (a)  The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, reported on by Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants.  Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP (in effect as of the date hereof), subject to year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.
(b)    Since December 28, 2013, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
SECTION 3.05.  Properties.  (a)  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.
(b)    Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property necessary to its business except to the extent such failure to own or license such intellectual property could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.06.  Litigation and Environmental Matters.  (a)  There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

44

(b)    Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
(c)    Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.07.     Compliance with Laws and Agreements.  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except for the Disclosed Matters and otherwise where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
SECTION 3.08.  Investment Company Status.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.
SECTION 3.09.  Taxes.  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.10.  ERISA.  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.
SECTION 3.11.  Disclosure.  The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that to the knowledge of the Borrower, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (other than general economic or industry information) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information (including without limitation budgets, estimates and forecasts), the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

45

SECTION 3.12.  Sanctions Laws and Regulations.  None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, any of its or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, brokers or other agents or Affiliates acting on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, is a Designated Person.
ARTICLES IV
Conditions
SECTION 4.01.  Effective Date.  The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):
(a)The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
(b)The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received executed counterparts of the Guaranty, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower and of the Fee Letter, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
(c)The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (x) a security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-1 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Borrower Security Agreement”), duly executed by the Borrower, (y) a security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-2 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Subsidiaries Security Agreement”), duly executed by each Guarantor and (z) a pledge agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-3 (together with, in each case as amended, the “Pledge Agreement”), duly executed by each Loan Party, together with:
(i)      certificates representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank,
(ii)      proper financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Documents, covering the collateral described in the Security Documents,
(iii)      completed requests for information, dated on or before the Effective Date, all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (ii) above that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements, and
(iv)      evidence of the completion of all other actions, recordings and filings of or with respect to the Security Documents that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created thereby.
(d)The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Paul Hastings LLP, counsel for the Borrower and the Guarantors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and covering such other matters relating to the Borrower, the Guarantors, this Agreement or the 

46

Transactions as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request.  The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion. 
(e)To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(f)The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 (other than those conditions waived in accordance with Section 9.02).
(g)All governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.
(h)The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available.
(i)The Administrative Agent shall have received endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies to be maintained with respect to the properties of the Borrower and the Guarantors forming part of the Collateral.
(j)The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out of pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on April 23, 2014 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).
SECTION 4.02.      Each Credit Event.  The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date); and

47

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or otherwise Cash Collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 5.01.  Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information.  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, including their Public-Siders:
(a)within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Grant Thornton LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, commentary or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit except for qualifications resulting solely from the Obligations being classified as short term indebtedness during the one year period prior to the Maturity Date) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
(b)within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
(c)concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 5.09 (including a designation of each Subsidiary as a Material Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary), 6.01(e), (f), (g) and (q), 6.04(c)(iv), (d), (e), (f) and (o), 6.06(e) and 6.09, (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate and (iv) in the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (b) above with respect to the first and third fiscal quarters of each 

48

fiscal year of the Borrower, supplementing Schedule I to each of the Borrower Security Agreement and the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, to the extent that such supplement would be necessary to cause such Schedule I, as supplemented, to contain a complete listing of all of the Borrower’s or the relevant Grantors’ (as defined in the Subsidiaries Security Agreement) material Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement or the Subsidiaries Security Agreement, as applicable);
(d)promptly after the same become publicly available, upon the request of Agent, copies of all periodic reports and proxy statements filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and
(e)promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
So long as the Borrower is required to file periodic reports under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Borrower may satisfy its obligation to deliver the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above by delivering such financial statements to the Securities Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, in accordance with the Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
SECTION 5.02.  Notices of Material Events.  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:
(f)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any Default;
(g)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 
(h)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
(i)the Chief Executive Officer or any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge that any other development has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
SECTION 5.03.  Existence; Conduct of Business.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.

49

SECTION 5.04.  Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto to the extent required by GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.05.  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
SECTION 5.06.  Books and Records; Inspection Rights.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, including any such dealings and transactions to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financials of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal operating hours and as often as reasonably requested; provided, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of a Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.06 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any consecutive four fiscal quarter period absent the existence of a Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further, that when a Default is continuing, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon at least 24 hours’ notice.  The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective representatives and independent contractors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid interruption of the normal business operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the independent public accountants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.06, neither of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (ii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
SECTION 5.07.  Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.08.  Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit.  The proceeds of the Loans will be used only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business (including the purchase of a new headquarters facility and improvements, permitted Acquisitions and permitted share repurchases).  No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or 

50

indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.  Letters of Credit will be issued only to support the general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Guarantors in the ordinary course of business.
     SECTION 5.09.  Additional Guarantors.  The Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent within 30 days (or such later date as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) that any Person that is either a Material Subsidiary or directly owns a Material Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, or that any Immaterial Subsidiary is re-designated as a Material Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 45 days or such later date as determined by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion): (a) if such Material Subsidiary is a U.S. Person, is directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Borrower and is not a CFC Holding Company, Borrower shall cause such Material Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty, or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (b) if any such Material Subsidiary is a U.S. Person, is not a CFC Holding Company, and is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of a CFC, Borrower shall cause the appropriate Person to deliver to the Administrative Agent agreements or supplements, as the case may be, in substantially the form of Annex I to the Subsidiaries Security Agreement and to the Pledge Agreement, as applicable, in respect of the shares and/or other assets of such Material Subsidiary and other documents required pursuant thereto and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in this Section 5.09), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence, in no event shall Borrower be required to (i) cause any CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE to become a Guarantor, (ii) pledge, or cause to be pledged, to any Secured Party any of the share capital or indebtedness of a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE or (iii) cause to be granted to any Secured Party a security interest in any of the assets of a CFC, CFC Holding Company or SPE.

ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or otherwise Cash Collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 6.01.  Indebtedness.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a)the Obligations, including without limitation, Indebtedness created hereunder and under any other Loan Documents;
(b)Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that (i) do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) does not shorten the maturity or weighted average life to maturity thereof;  
(c)Indebtedness of (i) the Borrower owing to any Guarantor, (ii) any Guarantor owing to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, (iii) any Loan Party to any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor), (iv) of any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) owing to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided, that any such Indebtedness permitted under subclause (iii) shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms 

51

satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall have a maturity date after the Maturity Date; provided, further, that, any such Indebtedness permitted under subclause (iv) shall be subject to Section 6.04(c);
(d)Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Guarantor and by any Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Guarantor; provided, that Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.04(d);
(e)Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding;
(f)Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; 
(g)Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not U.S. Persons in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $20,000,000 and (ii) 5% of the Total Assets (measured as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred) at any time outstanding;
(h)Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 6.05; 
(i)endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;
(j)obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees or obligations in respect thereto provided by either Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(k)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days of its incurrence;
(l)Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests permitted hereunder; 
(m)Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for deferred consideration, indemnification, adjustments of purchase price (including “earnouts”) or similar obligations, in each case entered into in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or other investments and acquisitions permitted by this Agreement;
(n)obligations under an agreement to provide such Bank Products, Bank Products and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearing house arrangements, employees’ credit or purchase cards, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

52

(o)Indebtedness comprising reimbursement obligations in respect of retention obligations or any casualty obligations, in each case under any insurance policy; 
(p)Indebtedness that is secured by real property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is recourse to such real property in an aggregate amount not to exceed 75% of the appraised value of such real property outstanding at any time; and
(q)other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 7.5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, in the event that an item of Indebtedness when incurred meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in this Section 6.01, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, classify such item as incurred in whole or in part pursuant to any one or combination of such categories, and may thereafter from time to time reclassify such item of Indebtedness, in whole or in part, into any one or more other categories, so long as such item of Indebtedness meets the criteria for such other categories when reclassified. The Borrower will only be required to count any item of Indebtedness against the availability for any category of Indebtedness to the extent that, and for so long as, the Borrower has classified such item as incurred pursuant to such category. The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.01.
SECTION 6.02.  Liens.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
(a)    Liens securing the Secured Obligations;
(b)    Permitted Encumbrances;    
(c)     any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(d)    any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that (A) do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (B) do not shorten the maturity or weighted average life to maturity; and
(e)     Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that individual financings of assets subject to such Liens provided by one lender or lessor may be cross-collateralized to the other financings provided by such lender or lessor; 

53

(f)     Liens on any assets of Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not U.S. Persons securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01; 
(g)    Liens on real property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (p) of Section 6.01; and
(h)    additional Liens on property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing any Indebtedness or other liabilities; provided, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness and liabilities secured by property of the Loan Parties shall not exceed the greater of (x) $4,000,000 and (y) 1.0% of Total Assets (measured as of the date such Lien is incurred).
SECTION 6.03.  Fundamental Changes.  (a)  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Material Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Material Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into  any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary so long as, in the event that either such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the surviving entity is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such merger, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary so long as, in the event that the Subsidiary selling, transferring, leasing or otherwise disposing such assets is a Guarantor, the entity to which it sells, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of its assets is the Borrower or a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such asset sale, (iv) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (v) any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any Person in connection with a Permitted Acquisition so long as, in the event that such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the surviving entity is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with such merger or consolidation; provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.04.
(a)    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto (including related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged).
SECTION 6.04.  Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except: 
(a)    Permitted Investments;

54

(b)    investments, loans and advances by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in or to other Persons (including investments, loans and advances by Borrower in or to its Subsidiaries) and set forth on Schedule 6.04;
(c)    investments, loans or advances (i) made by the Borrower or any Guarantor to any Guarantor (or any Person that will substantially concurrently with such investment, loan or advance become a Guarantor), (ii) made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) made by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, and (iv) made by Borrower or any Guarantor to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than as a result of directors’ qualifying shares as required by applicable law); provided, that the aggregate amount of investments, loans or advances incurred under this clause (iv) plus the aggregate amount of Guarantees referred to in the proviso to clause (d) below shall not exceed the greater of (A) $20,000,000 and (B) 5% of Total Assets (as determined as of the date of such investment, loan or advance) at any one time outstanding;
(d)    Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 or any other liabilities; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness and liabilities of Person that is not Loan Parties that is Guaranteed by a Loan Party plus the aggregate amount of investments, loans and advances outstanding pursuant to clause (c)(iv) above shall not exceed the greater of (A) $20,000,000 and (B) 5% of Total Assets (as determined as of the date of such Guarantee) at any time outstanding;
(e)    Acquisitions meeting the following requirements or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders (each such Acquisition constituting a “Permitted Acquisition”):
(i)      as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Acquisition, and the representation and warranty contained in Section 5.08 shall be true both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition;
(ii)      such Acquisition is consummated on a non-hostile basis pursuant to a negotiated acquisition agreement approved by the board of directors or other applicable governing body of the seller or entity to be acquired;
(iii)      the business to be acquired in such Acquisition is similar, ancillary, complementary or related to one or more of the lines of business in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Effective Date (including without limitation related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged);
(iv)      as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, all material approvals required in connection therewith shall have been obtained; and
(v)      after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.0;
(f)    investments, loans and advances made by the Borrower or any Guarantor in or for the benefit of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, investments in or loans or advances to, joint ventures and other investments in any other Persons, and Guarantees of obligations of any Person other than a Loan Party, provided that (i) as of the date of such investment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from such investment, loan, advance or Guarantee, (ii) such investment is related to one or more of the lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto (including related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies in which the Borrower and its 

55

Subsidiaries are currently engaged) and (iii) after giving pro forma affect to such investment, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.0; 
(g)     transactions consummated pursuant to Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.05; 
(h)    loans and advances constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;
(i)    (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) extensions of trade credit (other than to Affiliates of the Borrower) arising or acquired in the ordinary course of business and (iii) Investments received in settlements in the ordinary course of business of such extensions of trade credit;
(j)    investments by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party in any Subsidiary of such Person which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may otherwise be required by applicable law or regulation;
(k)    extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
(l)    loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate amount of all such loans and advances does not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(m)    investments held and loans and advances made by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or an Acquisition that is otherwise permitted hereunder to the extent that such investments, loans or advances were not made in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition and were in existence as of the date of consummation of such acquisition; 
(n)    investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for which the consideration consists solely of Equity Interests of the Borrower; and
(o)    other Acquisitions and investments in an annual aggregate amount for all such transactions not to exceed the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 5% of Total Assets (measured as of the date of such Acquisition or investment).
SECTION 6.05.  Swap Agreements.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Swap Agreement, except (a) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
SECTION 6.06.  Restricted Payments.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, (c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (d) Subsidiaries may make any Restricted Payment to the Borrower or another Subsidiary that constitutes an investment permitted under Section 6.04 and (e) the Borrower may declare and make Restricted Payments in the form of dividends or other distributions (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower, or in the form of redemptions or 

56

repurchases of Equity Interests in the Borrower, (x) in an unlimited amount so long as at the time of such making or declaration (i) no Default shall be then continuing and (ii) after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.0, or (y) otherwise in an annual aggregate amount for all such transactions not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 5% of Total Assets (as of the record date of such Restricted Payment) so long as at the time of such making or declaration no Default shall be then continuing.
SECTION 6.07.  Transactions with Affiliates.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate , (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06, (d) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower to any employee, director, officer, manager, distributor or consultant (or their respective controlled Affiliates) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) reasonable compensation and salaries (and expense reimbursement and indemnification arrangements for) to officers and directors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 6.08.  Restrictive Agreements.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, regulation, rule or order, by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.08 (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or any assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or asset that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to agreements or obligations to which a Person was subject at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary so long as such agreements or obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.
SECTION 6.09.  Financial Covenants.
(r)Total Leverage Ratio.  The Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.
(s)Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 1.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.
SECTION 6.10.  Sanctions Laws and Regulations.

57

(a)    The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Designated Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of such funding is the subject of any sanctions under any Sanctions Laws and Regulations , or (ii) in any other manner  that would result in a violation of any Sanctions Laws and Regulations by any party to this Agreement.
(b)    None of the funds or assets of the Borrower that are used to pay any amount due pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute funds obtained from transactions with or relating to Designated Persons or countries which are the subject of sanctions under any Sanctions Laws and Regulations.
ARTICLES VII
Events of Default
If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:
(a)the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;
(b)the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;
(c)any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) when made or deemed made;
(d)the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.08 or in Article VI;
(e)the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);
(f)the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;
(g)any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property 

58

or assets securing such Indebtedness; provided, in each case, such event or condition remains unremedied or has not been waived by the holders of such Material Indebtedness; 
(h)an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any  Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(i)the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(j)the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(k)one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $40,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the insurer has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment; 
(l)an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(m)except as permitted by or pursuant to the terms of any Security Document, (i) such Security Document shall for any reason fail to create a valid security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, or (ii) any Lien securing any Secured Obligation shall cease to be a perfected, first priority Lien;
(n)any action shall be taken by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of any Security Document (other than with respect to releases of Collateral as permitted hereunder or the relevant Security Document);
(o)any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Loan Party shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms) other than any cessation in validity or enforceability that occurs in accordance with its terms; or 

59

(p)a Change in Control shall occur; 
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become  due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.
ARTICLES VIII
The Administrative Agent
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is 

60

given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor.  If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.
Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit and not investments in a business enterprise or securities.  Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire 

61

or hold Loans hereunder.  Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and informa-tion (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder.
The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Lenders to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Loan after the date such principal or interest has become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
In its capacity, the Administrative Agent is a “representative” of the Secured Parties within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the UCC.  Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to take all action contemplated thereby.  Each Lender agrees that no Secured Party (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by any Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of the Loan Documents.  In the event that any Collateral is hereafter pledged by any Person as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, and hereby granted a power of attorney, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any Loan Documents necessary or appropriate to grant and perfect a Lien on such Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and to take all actions contemplated thereby.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.]
The Secured Parties irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(a)    to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (x) upon termination of all Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made)), (y) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents, or (z) subject to Section 9.02,  if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders; and
(b)    to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Article VIII.

62

ARTICLES IX
Miscellaneous
SECTION 9.01.  Notices.  (a)  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
(i)  if to the Borrower, to it at Masimo Corporation, 40 Parker, Irvine, California 92618, Attention of Chief Financial Officer (Facsimile No. 949-297-7099) with a copy to Paul Hastings LLP, 1117 S. California Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, Attention of Jeff Hartlin;
(ii)  if to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, (A) in the case of Borrowings and Letters of Credit denominated in Approved Currencies, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, Operations Administration, CLS EMEA Loan Operations, C/O J.P. Morgan Chase London, 4th Floor Prestige Knowledge Park, Kadabeesanahalli, Vathur Hobli, Bangalore, 560087, email cls.emea.loan.ops@jpmorgan.com, facsimile + 44 2033201036, with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 3 Park Plaza, Suite 900, Irvine CA 92614, Attention of Ling Li, and (B) in the case of all other notices, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Attn: Awri McKee, 10 S. Dearborn St Floor 07, Chicago, IL 60603, Telephone Number: 312-385-7036, facsimile: 888-303-9732, with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 3 Park Plaza, Suite 900, Irvine CA 92614, Attention of Ling Li; and
(iii)  if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient).  Notices delivered through Electronic Systems, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).
(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by using Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or 

63

communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.
(c)     Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.
(d)    Electronic Systems.
(i)     The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar Electronic System.
(ii)     Any Electronic System used by the Administrative Agent is provided “as is” and “as available.”  The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of such Electronic Systems and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications.  No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or any Electronic System.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through an Electronic System.  “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through an Electronic System.
(e)    If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby”, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender who consent is necessary but not obtained being referred to herein as “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loan and the other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of replacement all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to an including the date of termination.

64

SECTION 9.02.  Waivers; Amendments.  (a)  No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase  the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (A) to amend or waive default interest pursuant hereto or (B) to amend any financial covenant (or any term defined therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or Letter of Credit or to reduce any fee payable hereunder, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement (other than the waiver of any mandatory prepayment), or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, or (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the  written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder (including any amendments or modifications to Section 2.19) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be; provided further that the Fee Letter may be amended in writing entered into by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 9.03.  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.  (a)  The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses actually incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses of legal counsel, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Sole Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent and their Affiliates), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and 

65

disbursements of one primary counsel, one local counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, any other primary and/or local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during  any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b)     The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that (A) for claims made by an Indemnitee pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 9.03(b), the Borrower shall not be liable for legal fees and expenses of legal counsel with respect to any individual claims, damages, losses, liabilities or expenses of more than one primary counsel, one local counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, any other primary and/or local counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (B) such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c)     To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.
(d)     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this clause (d) shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

66

(e)     All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after written demand therefor.
SECTION 9.04.  Successors and Assigns.  (a)  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)     (i)      Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons (other than an Ineligible Institution) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:
(A)the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; 
(B)the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment;
(C)the Issuing Bank, and
(D)the Swingline Lender.
(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(E)except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(B)     each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

67

(C)    the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and
(D)    the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its related parties or its securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “Approved Fund” and “Ineligible Institution” have the following meanings:
“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Ineligible Institution” means (a) a natural person, (b) a Defaulting Lender, (c) the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or (d) a company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or relative(s) thereof; provided that, such company, investment vehicle or trust shall not constitute an Ineligible Assignee if it (x) has not been established for the primary purpose of acquiring any Loans or Commitments, (y) is managed by a professional advisor, who is not such natural person or a relative thereof, having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, and (z) has assets greater than $25,000,000 and a significant part of its activities consist of making or purchasing commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business. 
(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section. 
(iv)  The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the 

68

contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v)  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(c)     Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”), other than an Ineligible Institution, in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant.  The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under 2.16(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.16(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.16, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.  Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.18(b) with respect to any Participant.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender.  Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of 

69

Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(d)     Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
SECTION 9.05.  Survival.  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments  delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
SECTION 9.06.  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.  (a)  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
(b)     Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, emailed pdf, or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any  document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National 

70

Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
SECTION 9.07.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 9.08  Right of Setoff.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
SECTION 9.09.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.  (a)  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
(b)     The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan, and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c)     The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d)     Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01.  Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 9.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO 

71

(A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 9.11.  Headings.  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.12.  Confidentiality.  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any permitted assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective permitted assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii)  any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.  For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
SECTION 9.13.  Material Non-Public Information.
(a)EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND  ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

72

(b)ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.
SECTION 9.14.  Authorization to  Distribute Certain Materials to Public-Siders.
(a)    If the Borrower does not file this Agreement with the SEC, then the Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute the execution version of this Agreement and the Loan Documents to all Lenders, including their Public-Siders. The Borrower acknowledges its understanding that Public-Siders and their firms may be trading in any of the Parties’ respective securities while in possession of the Loan Documents.
(b)    The Borrower represents and warrants that none of the information in the Loan Documents constitutes or contains material non-public information within the meaning of the federal and state securities laws. To the extent that any of the executed Loan Documents constitutes at any time a material non-public information within the meaning of the federal and state securities laws after the date hereof, the Company agrees that it will promptly make such information publicly available by press release or public filing with the SEC.
SECTION 9.15.  Interest Rate Limitation.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
SECTION 9.16.  USA Patriot Act.  Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.
SECTION 9.17.  California Judicial Reference.  If any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State of California by or against any party hereto in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) the parties agree, and hereby agree to advise the applicable court, that the adjudication of any such action or proceeding (and all related claims) shall be made pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 by a referee (who shall be a 

73

single active or retired judge) who shall hear and determine all of the issues in such action or proceeding (whether of fact or of law) and report a statement of decision, provided that at the option of any party to such proceeding, any such issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.8 shall be heard and determined by the court, and (b) without limiting the generality of Section 9.03, the Borrower shall be solely responsible to pay all fees and expenses of any referee appointed in such action or proceeding.
SECTION 9.18.  Judgment Currency.  If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “Specified Currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s New York office on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the Specified Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the Specified Currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss.

74

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
	
		
	MASIMO CORPORATION, as Borrower

	 

	By:
	/s/ MARK P. DE RAAD

	 
	Name: Mark P. de Raad
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

	
		
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent,

	 

	By:
	/s/ LING LI

	 
	Name: Ling Li
Title: Vice President

	
		
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Lender,

	 

	By:
	/s/ LING LI

	 
	Name: Ling Li
Title: Vice President

EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below  (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.  The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”).  Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
1.    Assignor:        ______________________________
2.    Assignee:        ______________________________
[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]    Select as applicable. ]
3.    Borrower:        Masimo Corporation
		
	4.
	Administrative Agent:    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

		
	5.
	Credit Agreement:    The Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2014 among Masimo Corporation, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other parties thereto

6.    Assigned Interest:
_____________________________
1    Select as applicable.

	
				
	Facility Assigned
	Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders
	Amount of Commitment/Loans Assigned
	Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans2

	Revolving Commitment
	$
	$
	%

	 
	$
	$
	%

	 
	$
	$
	%

Effective Date:  _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information  (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower[, the Loan Parties] and [its] [their] Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
	
		
	ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

	 

	By:
	 

	 
	Title:

	
		
	ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

	 

	By:
	 

	 
	Title:

_____________________________
2    Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

[Consented to and] 3 Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
By_________________________________
Title:
[Consented to:]4 
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By________________________________
Title:

___________________________
3    To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
4    To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

ANNEX 1

CREDIT AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF APRIL ___, 2014
for MASIMO CORPORATION

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR 
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1.  Representations and Warranties.
1.1  Assignor.  The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Agreement.
1.2.  Assignee.  The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2.  Payments.  From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
3.  General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one 

instrument.  Acceptance and adoption of the terms of this Assignment and Assumption by the Assignee and the Assignor by Electronic Signature or delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by any Electronic System shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

EXHIBIT C-1
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

	
		
	[NAME OF LENDER]

	By:

	 
	Name:

	 
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[  ]

EXHIBIT C-2
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

	
		
	[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

	By:

	 
	Name:

	 
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[  ]

EXHIBIT C-3
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April ___, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

	
		
	[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

	By:

	 
	Name:

	 
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[  ]

EXHIBIT C-4
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Masimo Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

	
		
	[NAME OF LENDER]

	By:

	 
	Name:

	 
	Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[  ]

Exhibit D

GUARANTY
This GUARANTY, dated as of April 23, 2014, is made by each of the guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto, together with each other Person who may become a party hereto pursuant to Section 15 of this Guaranty, jointly and severally in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”), for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement hereafter referred to, with reference to the following facts:
RECITALS
A.Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have executed that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), and the Lenders have agreed to provide and maintain certain credit facilities to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.  Additionally, as contemplated by the Credit Agreement, from time to time, certain Secured Parties may offer Banking Services and/or enter into Swap Agreements with the Borrower and the Guarantors.
B.As a condition to the availability of such credit facilities, and to induce the Secured Parties to offer Banking Services and to enter into Swap Agreements, Guarantors are required to enter into this Guaranty and to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations as hereinafter provided.
C.Guarantors expect to realize direct and indirect benefits as the result of the availability of (i) the aforementioned credit facilities to Borrower and (ii) the aforementioned Banking Services and Swap Agreements, as the result of financial or business support which will be provided to Guarantors by Borrower and each other Guarantor.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce the Lenders to extend and maintain the aforementioned credit facilities and the Secured Parties to maintain the financial accommodations under the Banking Services and Swap Agreements, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby are acknowledged, Guarantors hereby represent, warrant, covenant, agree and guaranty, in each case as follows:
1.Definitions.  This Guaranty is the Guaranty referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the Loan Documents.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings given those terms in the Credit Agreement when used herein and such definitions are incorporated herein as though set forth in full.  In addition, as used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:

“Guarantied Obligations” means all Secured Obligations at any time and from time to time owing to any one or more of the Secured Parties and arising under the Credit Agreement or under any other Loan Document or with respect to any Banking Services or Swap Agreements, or any one or more of them, but in the case of each Guarantor excluding any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guarantied Obligations and would be owed by any Loan Party to any Secured Party under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, the 

2

Banking Services and Swap Agreements but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving any Loan Party.
“Guarantors” means the Subsidiaries of Borrower that are parties hereto as indicated on the signature pages hereof, or that become parties hereto as provided in Section 15 hereof.
“Guaranty” means this Guaranty, and any extensions, modifications, renewals, restatements, reaffirmations, supplements or amendments hereof, including, without limitation, any documents or agreements by which additional Guarantors become party hereto.
2.Guaranty of Guarantied Obligations.  Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty and promise to pay the Guarantied Obligations and each and every one of them when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration or otherwise, including all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or extensions of any of them, whether such amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or extensions are evidenced by new or additional instruments, documents or agreements or change the rate of interest on, or increase the principal amount of, any Guarantied Obligation or the security therefor, or otherwise.  Any term or provision of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the aggregate maximum amount of the Guarantied Obligations for which each Guarantor shall be liable shall not exceed the maximum amount for which such Guarantor can be liable without rendering this Guaranty or any other Loan Document as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer.
3.Nature of Guaranty.  This Guaranty is irrevocable and continuing in nature and relates to any Guarantied Obligations now existing or hereafter arising, subject to Section 16 hereof.  This Guaranty is a guaranty of prompt and punctual payment and is not merely a guaranty of collection.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Guaranty, notices of default under the Loan Documents, the Swap Agreements Obligations, the Banking Services agreements or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7 and any right to consent to any thereof.
4.Relationship to Other Agreements.  Nothing herein shall in any way modify or limit the effect of terms or conditions set forth in any other document, instrument or agreement executed by any Guarantor or in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, but each and every term and condition hereof shall be in addition thereto.  All provisions contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document that expressly apply to Loan Documents generally are fully applicable to this Guaranty and are incorporated herein by this reference.
5.Subordination of Indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantors to the Guarantied Obligations.  Each Guarantor agrees that:
(a)Any indebtedness of any other Loan Party now or hereafter owed to any Guarantor hereby is subordinated to the Guarantied Obligations.
(b)If the Administrative Agent so requests, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any such indebtedness of any Loan Party now or hereafter owed to any Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by such Guarantor as trustee for the 

Administrative Agent and shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent in kind on account of the Guarantied Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the obligations of such Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.
6.Statutes of Limitations and Other Laws.  Until the termination of the Commitments and the payment in full of all Guarantied Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Lender shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made), all the rights, privileges, powers and remedies granted to the Secured Parties hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that any of the Guarantied Obligations may have become barred by any statute of limitations.  Each Guarantor expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of limitation, and any and all laws providing for exemption of property from execution or for evaluation and appraisal upon foreclosure, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable laws.
7.Waivers and Consents.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor acknowledges that this Guaranty may support obligations of Persons other than such Guarantor and, in full recognition of that fact, each Guarantor consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or security hereof:
(a)supplement, modify, amend, extend, renew, increase or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof, including any increase or decrease of the rate(s) of interest thereon or the principal amount(s) thereof;
(b)supplement, modify, amend or waive, or enter into or give any agreement, approval or consent with respect to, the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof or any of the Loan Documents or any additional security or guaranties, or any condition, covenant, default, remedy, right, representation or term thereof or thereunder;
(c)accept new or additional instruments, documents or agreements in exchange for or relative to any of the Loan Documents or the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof;
(d)accept partial payments on the Guarantied Obligations;
(e)receive and hold additional security or guaranties for the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof;
(f)release, reconvey, terminate, waive, abandon, subordinate, exchange, substitute, transfer and enforce any security or guaranties, and apply any security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Secured Parties in the exercise of their commercial discretion may determine;
(g)release any Person or any guarantor from any personal liability with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof;
(h)settle, release on terms satisfactory to the Secured Parties or by operation of applicable laws or otherwise liquidate or enforce any Guarantied Obligations and any security or guaranty therefor in any manner, consent to the transfer of any security and bid and purchase at any sale; and
(i)consent to the merger, change or any other restructuring or termination of the corporate existence of Borrower or any other Person, and correspondingly restructure the Guarantied Obligations, and any such merger, change, restructuring or termination shall not affect the liability of any Guarantor or the continuing existence of any Liens hereunder, under any other Loan Document to which any Guarantor is a party or the enforceability hereof or thereof with respect to all or any part of the Guarantied Obligations.

Upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Secured Parties may enforce this Guaranty independently as to each Guarantor and independently of any other remedy or security the Secured Parties at any time may have or hold in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, and it shall not be necessary for the Secured Parties to marshal assets in favor of any Guarantor, Borrower or any other Person or to proceed upon or against and/or exhaust any other security or remedy before proceeding to enforce this Guaranty.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor expressly waives any right to require the Secured Parties to marshal assets in favor of such Guarantor, Borrower or any other Person or to proceed against any other Person or any collateral provided by any other Person, and agrees that the Administrative Agent may proceed against any Person and/or collateral in such order as they shall determine in their sole and absolute discretion.  The Administrative Agent may file a separate action or actions against any Guarantor, whether action is brought or prosecuted with respect to any other security or against any other Guarantor, Borrower or any other Person, or whether any other Person is joined in any such action or actions.  Each Guarantor agrees that the Secured Parties, Borrower and any other Person may deal with each other in connection with the Guarantied Obligations or otherwise, or alter any contracts or agreements now or hereafter existing between any of them, in any manner whatsoever, all without in any way altering or affecting this Guaranty.  The Secured Parties’ rights hereunder shall be reinstated and revived, and the enforceability of this Guaranty shall continue, with respect to any amount at any time paid on account of the Guarantied Obligations which thereafter shall be required to be restored or returned by the Secured Parties upon the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, or otherwise, all as though such amount had not been paid.  The enforceability of this Guaranty at all times shall remain effective to guarantee payment of the full amount of all the Guarantied Obligations including, without limitation, the amount of all loans and interest thereon at the rates provided for in the Credit Agreement, even though the Guarantied Obligations, including any part thereof or any other security or guaranty therefor, may be or hereafter may become invalid or otherwise unenforceable as against Borrower or any other Person and whether or not Borrower or any other Person shall have any personal liability with respect thereto.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor expressly waives any and all defenses now or hereafter arising or asserted by reason of (a) any disability or other defense of any Loan Party or any other Person with respect to the Guarantied Obligations (other than full payment of the Guarantied Obligations), (b) the unenforceability or invalidity of the Guarantied Obligations or of any security or guaranty for the Guarantied Obligations or the lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure of priority of any security for the Guarantied Obligations, (c) the cessation for any cause whatsoever of the liability of any Loan Party or any other Person (other than by reason of the full payment of all Guarantied Obligations), (d) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to exercise or enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document, Swap Agreement Obligations, Banking Services Obligations or otherwise or any failure of any Secured Party to marshal assets in favor of such Guarantor or any other Person, (e) except as otherwise required by applicable law or as provided in this Agreement, any failure of any Secured Party to give notice of sale or other disposition of collateral to such Guarantor or any other Person or any defect in any notice that may be given in connection with any sale or disposition of collateral, (f) except as otherwise required by applicable law or as provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any failure of any Secured Party to comply with applicable laws in connection with the sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Guarantied Obligation, including without limitation any failure of any Secured Party to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Guarantied Obligation, (g) any act or omission of any Secured Party or others that directly or indirectly results in or aids the discharge or release of Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person or the Guarantied Obligations or any other security or guaranty therefor by operation of law or otherwise (other than full payment of the Guarantied Obligations), (h) any law which provides that the obligation of a surety or guarantor must neither be larger in amount nor 

in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal or which reduces a surety’s or guarantor’s obligation in proportion to the principal obligation, (i) any failure of any Secured Party to file or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or other proceeding with respect to any Person, (j) the election by any Secured Party, in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, of the application or non-application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (k) any extension of credit or the grant of any Liens under Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (l) any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (m) any agreement or stipulation with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, (n) the avoidance of any Liens in favor of any Secured Party for any reason, (o) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against any Person, including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any of the Guarantied Obligations (or any interest thereon) in or as a result of any such proceeding, (p) to the extent permitted, the benefits of any form of one-action rule, (q) any defense based on such Guarantor’s rights by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, 2899 and 3433 of the California Civil Code and (r) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety (other than the defense that the Guarantied Obligations shall have been fully performed or paid in full, subject to reinstatement and revival pursuant to this Section 7).
8.Condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.  Each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Secured Parties that each Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a continuing basis, financial and other information pertaining to the businesses, operations and condition (financial and otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their properties, and each Guarantor now is and hereafter will be completely familiar with the businesses, operations and condition (financial and otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their properties.  Each Guarantor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Secured Party (should any such duty exist) to disclose to any Guarantor any matter, fact or thing related to the businesses, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or their properties, whether now known or hereafter known by the Secured Parties during the life of this Guaranty.  With respect to any of the Guarantied Obligations, the Secured Parties need not inquire into the powers of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or the officers or employees acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and all Guarantied Obligations made or created in good faith reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be binding and enforceable.
9.Liens on Real Property.  In the event that all or any part of the Guarantied Obligations at any time are secured by any one or more deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments creating or granting Liens on any interests in real property, each Guarantor authorizes the Secured Parties, upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at their sole option, without notice or demand and without affecting any Guarantied Obligations of any Guarantor, the enforceability of this Guaranty, or the validity or enforceability of any Liens of any Secured Party on any Collateral, to foreclose any or all of such deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments by judicial or nonjudicial sale.  Each Guarantor expressly waives any defenses to the enforcement of this Guaranty or any rights of any Secured Party created or granted hereby or to the recovery by the Secured Parties against Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person liable therefor of any deficiency after a judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure or sale, even though such a foreclosure or sale may impair the subrogation rights of any Guarantor or may preclude any Guarantor from obtaining reimbursement or contribution from Borrower.  Each Guarantor expressly waives any defenses or benefits that may be derived from California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726, or comparable provisions of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and all other suretyship defenses it otherwise might or would have under California law or other applicable law.  Each Guarantor expressly waives any right to receive notice of any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure or sale of any real property or 

interest therein subject to any such deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments and any Guarantor’s or any other Person’s failure to receive any such notice shall not impair or affect Guarantors’ Obligations or the enforceability of this Guaranty or any rights of any Secured Party created or granted hereby.
10.Waiver of Rights of Subrogation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained herein or in any other Loan Document to which any Guarantor is a party, so long as the Guarantied Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made) remain outstanding, each Guarantor hereby expressly postpones with respect to each other Loan Party and its successors and assigns (including any surety) and any other Person which is directly or indirectly a creditor of such other Loan Party or any surety for such other Loan Party, any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, to reimbursement, to exoneration, to contribution, to setoff or to any other rights that could accrue to a surety against a principal, to a guarantor against a maker or obligor, to an accommodation party against the party accommodated, or to a holder or transferee against a maker, and which each Guarantor may have or hereafter acquire against any other Loan Party or any other such Person in connection with or as a result of such Guarantor’s execution, delivery and/or performance of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party.  Each Guarantor agrees that so long as the Guarantied Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made) remain outstanding, they shall not have or assert any such rights against any other Loan Party or its successors and assigns or any other Person (including any surety) which is directly or indirectly a creditor of such other Loan Party or any surety for such other Loan Party, either directly or as an attempted setoff to any action commenced against such Guarantor by any other Loan Party (as a borrower or in any other capacity), the Secured Parties or any other such Person.  Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit each other Loan Party and the Secured Parties and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Guarantor’s liability hereunder, under any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party, or the enforceability hereof or thereof.
11.Right of Contribution; Severability.
(a)Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of all payments made hereunder, provided that all then current Guarantied Obligations are then satisfied, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of all such payments.  The provisions of this Section 11 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.  The “proportionate share” of any Guarantor shall be a fraction (which shall in no event exceed 1.00) the numerator of which is the excess, if any, of the fair value of the assets of such Guarantor over a fair estimate of the liabilities of Guarantor and the denominator of which is the excess (but not less than $1.00) of the fair value of the aggregate assets (without duplication) of all Guarantors over a fair estimate of the aggregate liabilities (without duplication) of all Guarantors.  All relevant calculations shall be made as of the date such Guarantor became a Guarantor.
(b)Additionally, wherever possible, each provision of this Guaranty will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty is prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision will be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the 

remaining provisions of this Guaranty.  Consistent with the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, in the event that any action or proceeding is brought in whatever form and in whatever forum seeking to invalidate the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty under any fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer theory, or similar avoidance theory, whether under state or federal law, the Guarantor (the “Affected Guarantor”), automatically and without any further action being required of the Affected Guarantor or any Secured Party, shall be liable under this Guaranty only for an amount equal to the maximum amount of liability that could have been incurred under applicable law by the Affected Guarantor under any guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations (or any portion thereof) at the time of the execution and delivery of this Guaranty (or, if such date is determined not to be the appropriate date for determining the enforceability of the Affected Guarantor’s obligations hereunder for fraudulent conveyance or transfer (or similar avoidance) purposes, on the date determined to be so appropriate) without rendering such a hypothetical guaranty voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, or any other grounds for avoidance (such highest amount determined hereunder being the Affected Guarantor’s “Maximum Guaranty Amount”), and not for any greater amount, as if the stated amount of this Guaranty as to the Affected Guarantor had instead been the Maximum Guaranty Amount.  This Section is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Secured Parties under this Guaranty to the maximum extent not subject to avoidance under applicable law, and neither the Affected Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section with respect to the limitation described in this Guaranty, except to the extent necessary so that the obligations of the Affected Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not be rendered voidable under applicable law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the determination of a Maximum Guaranty Amount for the Affected Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of the second preceding sentence of this Section shall not in any manner reduce or otherwise affect the obligations of any other guarantors of any of the Guaranteed Obligations.
12.Understandings With Respect to Waivers and Consents.  Each Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein are made with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which such Guarantor otherwise may have against the other Loan Parties, the Secured Parties or others, or against any Collateral.  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it has either consulted with legal counsel regarding the effect of this Guaranty and the waivers and consents set forth herein, or has made an informed decision not to do so.  If this Guaranty or any of the waivers or consents herein are determined to be unenforceable under or in violation of applicable law, this Guaranty and such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.
13.Costs and Expenses.  Without limiting any other reimbursement obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and without duplication thereof, each Guarantor agrees to pay to the Secured Parties all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by the Secured Parties in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Guaranty, whether or not an action is filed in connection therewith, and in connection with any waiver or amendment of any term or provision hereof.  All reasonable advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (including the reasonably allocated cost of legal counsel employed by the Secured Parties), actually incurred or paid by the Secured Parties in exercising any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred by this Guaranty, or in the enforcement or attempted enforcement thereof, shall be subject hereto and shall become a part of the Guarantied Obligations and shall be paid to the Secured Parties by each Guarantor, immediately upon demand, together with interest thereon at the per annum rate then applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans, or the Default Rate if applicable.

14.Liability.  The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is independent of any other guaranties at any time in effect with respect to all or any part of the Guarantied Obligations, and each Guarantor’s liability hereunder may be enforced regardless of the existence of any such guaranties.  Any termination by or release of any guarantor in whole or in part (whether it be another Guarantor under this instrument or not) shall not affect the continuing liability of any Guarantor hereunder, and no notice of any such termination or release shall be required.
15.Joinder.  Any other Person may become a Guarantor under and become bound by the terms and conditions of this Guaranty by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent an Instrument of Joinder substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, accompanied by such documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to establish the due organization, valid existence and good standing of such Person, its qualification to engage in business in each material jurisdiction in which it is required to be so qualified, its authority to execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty, and the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act on its behalf.
16.Release of Guarantors.  This Guaranty shall be terminated and all Guarantied Obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be released when the Commitments have been terminated and the Guarantied Obligations have been paid in full (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Lender shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made).  Additionally, a Guarantor shall be released from its guarantee and its obligations hereunder upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Material Subsidiary of the Borrower.  Upon such release of any or all of Guarantors’ Guarantied Obligations hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall endorse, execute, deliver, record and file all instruments and documents, and do all other acts and things, reasonably required to evidence or document the release of the Secured Parties’ rights arising under this Guaranty, all as reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, Guarantors.
17.Successors and Assigns.  Subject to Section 16 hereof, this Guaranty shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors and assigns; provided that no Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.  By accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, each Lender agrees to be bound by all of the applicable provisions thereof.
18.Amendments in Writing.  None of the terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by each affected Guarantor and the Administrative Agent, subject to any consents required under the Credit Agreement; provided that any provision of this Guaranty imposing obligations on any Guarantor may be waived by the Administrative Agent in a written instrument executed by the Administrative Agent; provided, further, no such waiver amendment, supplement or modification shall require the consent of any Lender that provided Banking Services or a Swap Agreement.
19.Counterparts.  This Guaranty may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
20.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY 

HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 20.
21.SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF VENUE; SERVICE OF PROCESS.
(a)EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY SECURED PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY AGAINST THE GUARANTOR OR THEIR PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(b)EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(c)EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.01 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.  NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
22.THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
23.Keepwell Agreement.  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Guaranty in 

respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 23 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 23 or otherwise under this Guaranty voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount).  The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 23 shall remain in full force and effect until this Guaranty is terminated, or such Qualified ECP Guarantor is released from its obligations hereunder, in either case in accordance with Section 16.  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 23 constitute, and this Section 23 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has executed this Guaranty by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.
“Guarantors”
MASIMO CORPORATION 
a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title:

MASIMO AMERICAS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title:

Address for Guarantors:

c/o Masimo Corporation
40 Parker
Irvine, California 92618
Attn:  Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Paul Hastings LLP
1117 S. California Avenue
Palo Alto, California 94304
Attn:  Jeff Hartlin 

  

____________________________
1 Borrower to be a party for purposes of guaranteeing other Loan Parties’ swap and banking services obligations and for purposes of keepwell.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED 
AS OF THE DATE FIRST
ABOVE WRITTEN:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties

By: _____________________________________    
Name:
Title: 

EXHIBIT A
TO
GUARANTY
INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER
THIS INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER (“Joinder”) is executed as of ____________, ____, by ____________________________________, a ________________________________ (“Joining Party”), and delivered to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below (in such capacity and together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”), pursuant to the Guaranty, dated as of April 23, 2014 made by each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively, “Guarantors”) in favor of the Administrative Agent (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Guaranty”).  Terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Guaranty.
RECITALS
(a)The Guaranty was made by Guarantors in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February __, 2014, by and among Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).
(b)Joining Party is required pursuant to the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor.
(c)Joining Party expects to realize direct and indirect benefits as a result of the availability to Borrower of the Loans under the Credit Agreement and the availability of Banking Services and Swap Agreements to the Loan Parties.
NOW THEREFORE, Joining Party agrees as follows:
AGREEMENT
(1)By this Joinder, Joining Party becomes a “Guarantor” under and pursuant to Section 15 of the Guaranty.  Joining Party agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Guarantor under the Guaranty with respect to all Guarantied Obligations heretofore or hereafter incurred under the Loan Documents, and will be bound by all terms, conditions, and duties applicable to a Guarantor under the Guaranty.  Without limiting the foregoing, Joining Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, and jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, guaranties and promises to pay the Guarantied Obligations and each and every one of them, including all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or 

extensions of any of them, whether such amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, increases or extensions are evidenced by new or additional instruments, documents or agreements or change the rate of interest on, or principal amount of, any Guarantied Obligation or the security therefor, or otherwise.
(2)This Joinder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
(2)    The effective date of this Joinder is __________, _____.

“Joining Party”

_________________________________________________
a _______________________________________________    

By: _____________________________________________    
Name:    ___________________________________________________
Title: ____________________________________________    

Address:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________    
___________________________________________________________    
Attn: ____________________________________________    
Telephone:     
Facsimile:     
ACKNOWLEDGED:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. 
as Administrative Agent

By: ___________________________    
Name:    _____________________________
Title:    _____________________________

EXHIBIT E-1

BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT
This BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 2014, is made by Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties with reference to the following facts:
RECITALS
A.Grantor has entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among Grantor, the Lenders referred to therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, the “Credit Agreement”).  This Agreement is the Borrower Security Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the “Loan Documents” referred to in the Credit Agreement.
B.Pursuant to the Loan Documents of even date herewith the Lenders are making certain credit facilities available to Grantor.
C.As a condition of the availability of such credit facilities, Grantor is required to enter into this Agreement to grant security interests to Administration Agent as herein provided.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Administrative Agent to extend the aforementioned credit facilities, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby is acknowledged, Grantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants, agrees, assigns and grants, as follows:
1.Definitions.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Credit Agreement.  Terms defined in the New York UCC (as amended from time to time) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the UCC, as enacted in the State of New York.  In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:
“Agreement” means this Borrower Security Agreement, and any extensions, modifications, renewals, restatements, supplements or amendments hereof.
“Collateral” means and includes all present and future right, title and interest of Grantor in or to any personal property whatsoever, and all rights and powers of Grantor to transfer any interest in or to any personal property whatsoever, including, without limitation, any and all of the following personal property:
(a)All present and future accounts, accounts receivable, payment intangibles, agreements, contracts, leases, contract rights, rights to payment, instruments, promissory notes, documents, chattel paper, security agreements, guaranties, undertakings, surety bonds, health-care-insurance receivables, insurance policies, notes and drafts, and all forms of obligations owing to Grantor or in which Grantor may have any interest, however created or arising;

2

(b)All present and future general intangibles, all tax refunds of every kind and nature to which Grantor now or hereafter may become entitled, however arising, all other refunds, and all deposits, goodwill, choses in action, trade secrets, computer programs, software, customer lists, trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents, licenses or sublicenses (to the extent that there exists no prohibition as a matter of law or pursuant to any agreements governing such licenses or sublicenses on the transfer thereof for security as contemplated by this Agreement), copyrights, technology, processes, proprietary information and insurance proceeds;
(c)All present and future deposit accounts of Grantor, including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained by Grantor with any bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, and all money, cash and Cash Equivalents of Grantor, whether or not deposited in any such deposit account;
(d)All present and future letter-of-credit rights of Grantor;
(e)All present and future books and records, including, without limitation, books of account and ledgers of every kind and nature, all electronically recorded data relating to Grantor or its business, all receptacles and containers for such records, and all files and correspondence;
(f)All present and future goods, including, without limitation, all farm products, inventory, equipment, gaming devices and associated equipment, machinery, tools, molds, dies, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures, trade fixtures, motor vehicles and all other goods used in connection with or in the conduct of Grantor’s business;
(g)All present and future inventory and merchandise, including, without limitation, all present and future goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, all raw materials, work in process and finished goods, all packing materials, supplies and containers relating to or used in connection with any of the foregoing, and all bills of lading, warehouse receipts or documents of title relating to any of the foregoing;
(h)All present and future investment property, stocks, bonds, debentures, securities, subscription rights, options, warrants, puts, calls, certificates, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments and/or brokerage accounts and all rights, preferences, privileges, dividends, distributions, redemption payments, or liquidation payments with respect thereto; 
(i)All present and future accessions, appurtenances, components, repairs, repair parts, spare parts, replacements, substitutions, additions, issue and/or improvements to or of or with respect to any of the foregoing;
(j)All other tangible and intangible personal property of Grantor;
(k)All rights, remedies, powers and/or privileges of Grantor with respect to any of the foregoing; and
(l)Any and all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all money, accounts, general intangibles, payment intangibles, deposit accounts, documents, promissory notes, instruments, chattel paper, goods, insurance proceeds, and any 

3

other tangible or intangible property received upon the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing;
provided, however, “Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Assets.
“Excluded Accounts” means (i) deposit accounts with an average daily balance of less than $25,000 in the aggregate in each month, (ii) accounts used solely for taxes, payroll, payroll taxes, wage and employee benefit payments, trust, fiduciary or escrow payments (including, without limitation, funds set aside for medical plans and other employee benefit plans) and zero balance accounts, and (iii) any accounts subject to Liens permitted under clauses (c), (d) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement.
“Excluded Assets” means the following assets of the Loan Parties: (a) any assets or Equity Interests to the extent such assets or Equity Interests are subject to a Lien permitted by clauses (c), (d) and (e) of Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and clauses (c), (d), (m) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement, or to any extension or renewal of any such Lien that is permitted by the Agreement, but only to the extent that (and for so long as) the documentation relating to such Lien or the obligations secured thereby prohibits such assets from being Collateral; (b)(i) any Equity Interests of a Foreign Person or any FSHCO in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all outstanding Equity Interests of such Foreign Person or FSHCO, and (ii) any Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by such Person’s organizational documents, any shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement relating to such Equity Interest; (c)(i) any real property, and (ii) right, title and interest in any leasehold interest in any real property; (d) assets located outside the United States, to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (e) aircraft, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a Lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (f) any property, right, General Intangible or other interest to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate applicable law, constitute a breach or default under, result in the termination of or require a consent not obtained under, any contract, lease, license or other agreement, evidencing, giving rise to or relating such property, right, General Intangible or other interest, or result in the invalidation thereof or provide any party thereto with a right of termination; (g) any intent-to-use trademark or service mark application to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark or service mark application under applicable federal law; and (h) those assets as to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree that the cost of obtaining a security interest therein or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the value to the Secured Parties of the security to be afforded thereby; provided that, with respect to any assets or Equity Interests that constitute Excluded Assets solely because of the operations of clauses (b)(ii) or (f), such assets or Equity Interests shall not constitute Excluded Assets to the extent such prohibition, breach, default, termination (or right of termination) would not be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable Law.
“Foreign Person” means a Person organized in a jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

4

“FSCHO” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Persons.
“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of the Grantor’s trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents and copyrights constituting Collateral and which have been registered, or subject to any application for registration, under any United States federal registration statute.
2.Further Assurances.  At any time and from time to time at the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, Grantor shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent all such financing statements and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent as shall be necessary to fully perfect, when filed and/or recorded, Administrative Agent’s security interests granted pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements.  The Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements describing the Collateral as “all property” or “all assets” of the Grantor or words of similar import, and to file such financing statements (and related continuation statements) without its signature (to the extent allowed by applicable law).  At any time and from time to time, following Grantor’s failure to comply with the foregoing sentence that (except in the case of any UCC financing statement) continues for 5 Business Days, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to authenticate on behalf and in the name of Grantor, file and/or record any or all such financing statements, instruments and documents held by it, and any or all such further financing statements, documents and instruments, and to take all such other actions, as Administrative Agent may deem appropriate to perfect and to maintain perfected the security interests granted in Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements.  With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, documents or the like (other than Excluded Accounts), as to which Administrative Agent’s security interest need be perfected by, or the priority thereof need be assured by, possession and/or control of such Collateral, Grantor will, after the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly upon demand of Administrative Agent deliver possession of same in pledge to Administrative Agent and/or control of such Collateral, as requested by Administrative Agent, and Grantor will take all actions necessary to vest such possession or control in Administrative Agent (including delivery of a duly executed control agreement with respect to such Collateral in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent).  With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, instruments, partnership or joint venture interests or the like, Grantor hereby consents and agrees that the issuers of, or obligors on, any such Collateral, or any registrar or transfer agent or trustee for any such Collateral, shall be entitled to accept the provisions of this Agreement as conclusive evidence of the right of Administrative Agent to effect any transfer or exercise any right hereunder or with respect to any such Collateral, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by Grantor or any other Person to such issuers or such obligors or to any such registrar or transfer agent or trustee.  With respect to all Intellectual Property Collateral, Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly executed trademark security agreement, patent security agreement or copyright security agreement, as the case may be (each, an “Intellectual Property Security Agreement”).  Concurrently with any supplement to Schedule I, in the event that Grantor has filed any new application to register any Intellectual Property Collateral, or has obtained any ownership interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case, since the most recent date on which such financial statements were delivered, Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to modify this Agreement or the Intellectual Property Security Agreements after obtaining Grantor’s written approval of or signature to such modification by amending Schedule I (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) or such Intellectual Property Security Agreements to include reference to such new application, registration or ownership interest, and to the extent that Grantor that has not executed an applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreement, upon request of the Administrative Agent, Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative 

5

Agent a duly executed Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to such new application, registration or ownership interest.  In each case Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any other document required to acknowledge or register, record or perfect the Administrative Agent’s interest in any part of such item of Intellectual Property Collateral unless Grantor shall determine in good faith using its commercially reasonable business judgment (with the consent of the Administrative Agent) that any such Intellectual Property Collateral is not material and is of negligible economic value to Grantor.
3.Security Agreement.  For valuable consideration, Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to Administrative Agent, and grants to Administrative Agent a security interest in, all presently existing and hereafter acquired Collateral, as security for the timely payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and each of them.  This Agreement is a continuing and irrevocable agreement and all the rights, powers, privileges and remedies hereunder shall apply to any and all Secured Obligations, including those arising under successive transactions which shall either continue the Secured Obligations, increase or decrease them, or from time to time create new Secured Obligations after all or any prior Secured Obligations have been satisfied, and notwithstanding the bankruptcy of Grantor or any other Person or any other event or proceeding affecting any Person.
4.Grantor’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements.  Except as otherwise disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing concurrently herewith, Grantor represents, warrants and agrees that: (a) Grantor will, to the extent consistent with good business practice, keep the Collateral in reasonably good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and from time to time make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto and, as appropriate and applicable, will otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property; (b) Grantor will take all steps to preserve and protect the Collateral; (c) Grantor will maintain, with responsible insurance companies, insurance covering the Collateral against such insurable losses as is required by the Credit Agreement and as is consistent with sound business practice, and will cause Administrative Agent to be designated as an additional insured and loss payee with respect to such insurance, will obtain the written agreement of the insurers that such insurance shall not be canceled, terminated or materially modified to the detriment of Administrative Agent without at least 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent, and will furnish copies of such insurance policies or certificates to Administrative Agent promptly upon request therefor; (d) Grantor will promptly notify Administrative Agent in writing in the event of any material damage to a substantial portion the Collateral from any source whatsoever, and, except for the disposition of collections and other proceeds of the Collateral permitted by Section 6 hereof, Grantor will not remove or permit to be removed any part of the Collateral from its place of business without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, except for such items of the Collateral as are removed in the ordinary course of business or in connection with any transaction or disposition not prohibited by the Loan Documents; and (e) Schedule I, as of the date hereof and as of the most recent date of delivery of a supplement to such Schedule (as supplemented by the Grantor from time to time), contains a complete listing of all of the Grantor’s material Intellectual Property Collateral owned as of such date.
5.Administrative Agent’s Rights with Respect to Collateral.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon prior written notice to Grantor, Agent may perform any obligation of Grantor under this Agreement or any obligation of any other Person under the Loan Documents.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall at any time at Administrative Agent’s request mark the Collateral and/or Grantor’s ledger cards, books of account and other records relating to the Collateral with appropriate notations satisfactory to Administrative Agent disclosing that they are subject to Administrative Agent’s security interests.  Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to preserve any rights of or against any prior or other parties in connection with the Collateral, to exercise any voting rights or managerial rights with respect to any 

6

Collateral, whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred, or to make or give any presentments, demands for performance, notices of non-performance, protests, notices of protests, notices of dishonor or notices of any other nature whatsoever in connection with the Collateral or the Secured Obligations.  Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to protect or preserve the Collateral or any rights of Grantor therein, or to make collections or enforce payment thereon, or to participate in any foreclosure or other proceeding in connection therewith.
6.Collections on the Collateral.  Except as otherwise provided in any Loan Document, Grantor shall have the right to use, dispose of and to continue to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of all of the Collateral, provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the option of Administrative Agent by notice to Grantor, except as prohibited by applicable Law, Grantor’s right to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of the Collateral and to use or dispose of such collections and proceeds shall terminate, and any and all dividends, proceeds and collections, including all partial or total prepayments, then held or thereafter received on or on account of the Collateral will be held or received by Grantor in trust for Administrative Agent and immediately delivered in kind to Administrative Agent.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have the right at all times to receive, receipt for, endorse, assign, deposit and deliver, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantor, any and all checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money constituting proceeds of or otherwise relating to the Collateral; and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to affix, by facsimile signature or otherwise, the general or special endorsement of it, in such manner as Administrative Agent shall deem advisable, to any such instrument in the event the same has been delivered to or obtained by Administrative Agent without appropriate endorsement, and Administrative Agent and any collecting bank are hereby authorized to consider such endorsement to be a sufficient, valid and effective endorsement by Grantor, to the same extent as though it were manually executed by the duly authorized officer of Grantor, regardless of by whom or under what circumstances or by what authority such facsimile signature or other endorsement actually is affixed, without duty of inquiry or responsibility as to such matters, and Grantor hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest or dishonor and all other notices of every kind and nature with respect to any such instrument.
7.Possession of Collateral by Administrative Agent.  All the Collateral now, heretofore or hereafter delivered to Administrative Agent shall be held by Administrative Agent in its possession, custody and control; provided, however, that any Collateral delivered to the Administrative Agent upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be promptly returned to the Borrower upon the waiver of such Event of Default in accordance with the Credit Agreement.  Any or all of the cash Collateral delivered to Administrative Agent will be held in an interest bearing account until it is applied in accordance with the terms hereof.  Nothing herein shall obligate Administrative Agent to invest any Collateral or obtain any particular return thereon.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever any of the Collateral is in Administrative Agent’s possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent may use, operate and consume the Collateral, whether for the purpose of preserving and/or protecting the Collateral, or for the purpose of performing any of Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, or otherwise.  Administrative Agent may at any time deliver or redeliver the Collateral or any part thereof to Grantor, and the receipt of any of the same by Grantor shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered, and Administrative Agent thereafter shall be discharged from any liability or responsibility therefor.  So long as Administrative Agent exercises reasonable care with respect to any Collateral in its possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent shall have no liability for any loss of or damage to such Collateral, and in no event shall Administrative Agent have liability for any diminution in value of Collateral occasioned by economic or market conditions or events.  Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care within the meaning of the preceding sentence if the Collateral in the possession, custody or control of Administrative Agent is 

7

accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for (a) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (b) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.
8.Events of Default.  There shall be an Event of Default hereunder upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.
9.Rights Upon Event of Default.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have, in any jurisdiction where enforcement hereof is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies that Administrative Agent may have under applicable law or in equity or under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all rights set forth in Section 6 hereof) or under any other Loan Document, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC as enacted in any jurisdiction, and, in addition, the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without notice to Grantor and without affecting the Obligations of Grantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or the enforceability of the Liens and security interests created hereby: (a) to foreclose the Liens and security interests created hereunder or under any other agreement relating to any Collateral by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process; (b) to enter any premises where any Collateral may be located for the purpose of securing, protecting, inventorying, appraising, inspecting, repairing, preserving, storing, preparing, processing, taking possession of or removing the same; (c) to sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or any part thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board, in lot or in bulk, for cash, on credit or otherwise, with or without representations or warranties and upon such terms as shall be acceptable to Administrative Agent; (d) to notify obligors on the Collateral that the Collateral has been assigned to Administrative Agent and that all payments thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to Administrative Agent; (e) to collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all dividends, distributions, interest, principal or other sums now or hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral; (f) to enter into any extension, reorganization, deposit, merger or consolidation agreement, or any other agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral, and in connection therewith Administrative Agent may deposit or surrender control of the Collateral and/or accept other property in exchange for the Collateral; (g) to settle, compromise or release, on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent, in whole or in part, any amounts owing on the Collateral and/or any disputes with respect thereto; (h) to extend the time of payment, make allowances and adjustments and issue credits in connection with the Collateral in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantor; (i) to enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any or all of the Collateral and take or bring, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantor, any and all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to effect collection of or to realize upon the Collateral, including any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure thereof or thereon, and Grantor specifically consents to any nonjudicial foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral or any other action taken by Administrative Agent which may release any obligor from personal liability on any of the Collateral, and Grantor waives any right not expressly provided for in this Agreement to receive notice of any public or private judicial or nonjudicial sale or foreclosure of any security or any of the Collateral; and any money or other property received by Administrative Agent in exchange for or on account of the Collateral, whether representing collections or proceeds of Collateral, and whether resulting from voluntary payments or foreclosure proceedings or other legal action taken by Administrative Agent or Grantor may be applied by Administrative Agent without notice to Grantor to the Secured Obligations in such order and manner as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall determine; (j) to insure, process and preserve the Collateral; (k) to exercise all rights, remedies, powers or privileges provided under any of the Loan Documents; (l) to remove, from any premises where the same may be located, the Collateral and any and all documents, instruments, files and records, and any receptacles and cabinets containing the same, relating to the Collateral, 

8

and Administrative Agent may, at the cost and expense of Grantor, use such of its supplies, equipment, facilities and space at its places of business as may be necessary or appropriate to properly administer, process, store, control, prepare for sale or disposition and/or sell or dispose of the Collateral or to properly administer and control the handling of collections and realizations thereon, and Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have a rent-free tenancy of any premises of Grantor for such purposes and for such periods of time as reasonably required by Administrative Agent; (m) to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Grantor and notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Administrative Agent may designate; provided that Administrative Agent agrees that it will promptly deliver over to Grantor such mail as does not relate to the Collateral; and (n) to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies of an owner of the Collateral; all at Administrative Agent’s sole option and as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may deem advisable.  Grantor will, at Administrative Agent’s request, assemble the Collateral and make it available to Administrative Agent at places which Administrative Agent may designate, whether at the premises of Grantor or elsewhere, and will make available to Administrative Agent, free of cost, all premises, equipment and facilities of Grantor for the purpose of Administrative Agent’s taking possession of the Collateral or storing same or removing or putting the Collateral in salable form or selling or disposing of same.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent also shall have the right, without notice or demand, either in person, by agent or by a receiver to be appointed by a court, and without regard to the adequacy of any security for the Secured Obligations, to take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and to collect and receive the rents, issues, profits, income and proceeds thereof.  Taking possession of the Collateral shall not cure or waive any Event of Default or notice thereof or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice.  The rights, remedies and powers of any receiver appointed by a court shall be as ordered by said court.
Any public or private sale or other disposition of the Collateral may be held at any office of Administrative Agent, or at Grantor’s place of business, or at any other place permitted by applicable Law, and without the necessity of the Collateral being within the view of prospective purchasers.  Administrative Agent may direct the order and manner of sale of the Collateral, or portions thereof, as it in its sole and absolute discretion may determine, and Grantor expressly waives any right to direct the order and manner of sale of any Collateral.  Administrative Agent or any Person on Administrative Agent’s behalf may bid and purchase at any such sale or other disposition.  The net cash proceeds resulting from the collection, liquidation, sale, lease or other disposition of the Collateral shall be applied, first, to the expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale or lease, selling, leasing, collecting, liquidating and the like, and then to the satisfaction of the Secured Obligations in such order as shall be determined by Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion.  Grantor and any other Person then obligated therefor shall pay to Administrative Agent on demand any deficiency with regard thereto which may remain after such sale, disposition, collection or liquidation of the Collateral.
With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments or the like, and whether or not any of such Collateral has been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or other applicable laws, Administrative Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, sell all or any part of such Collateral at private sale in such manner and under such circumstances as Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable in order that the sale may be lawfully conducted.  Without limiting the foregoing, Administrative Agent may (i) approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers, and (ii) restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing such Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  In the event that any such Collateral is sold at private sale, Grantor agrees that if such Collateral is sold for a price which Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable 

9

under the circumstances then existing, then (a) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable in all respects, (b) Grantor shall not be entitled to a credit against the Secured Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (c) Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability or responsibility to Grantor in connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized at a public sale.  Grantor recognizes that a ready market may not exist for such Collateral if it is not regularly traded on a recognized securities exchange, and that a sale by Administrative Agent of any such Collateral for an amount substantially less than a pro rata share of the fair market value of the issuer’s assets minus liabilities may be commercially reasonable in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell a large amount of such Collateral or Collateral that is privately traded.
Upon consummation of any sale of Collateral hereunder, Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold.  Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold absolutely free from any claim or right upon the part of Grantor or any other Person, and Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable laws) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  If the sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, Administrative Agent shall not be required to apply any portion of the sale price to the Secured Obligations until such amount actually is received by Administrative Agent, and any Collateral so sold may be retained by Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid in full by the purchaser or purchasers thereof.  Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Collateral may be sold again.
10.Attorney-in-Fact.  Grantor hereby irrevocably nominates and appoints Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact for the following purposes: (a) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantor’s failure to perform that continues for more than five (5) Business Days, to do all acts and things which Administrative Agent may deem necessary to perfect and continue perfected the security interests created by this Agreement and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to preserve, process, develop, maintain and protect the Collateral; (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon notice to Grantor, to do any and every act which Grantor is obligated to do under this Agreement, at the expense of the Grantor so obligated and without any obligation to do so; (c) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantor’s failure to perform that continues for five (5) Business Days, to prepare, sign, file and/or record, for Grantor, in the name of the Grantor, any financing statement, application for registration, or like paper, and to take any other action deemed by Administrative Agent necessary in order to perfect or maintain perfected the security interests granted hereby; and (d) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to execute any and all papers and instruments and do all other things necessary to preserve and protect the Collateral and to protect Administrative Agent’s security interests therein; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and, absent bad faith or actual malice, Administrative Agent shall have no liability or responsibility for any act taken or omission with respect thereto.
11.Costs and Expenses.  Grantor agrees to pay to Administrative Agent all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Administrative Agent in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement, whether or not an action is filed in connection therewith, and in connection with any waiver or amendment of any term or provision hereof.  All advances, charges, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred or paid by Administrative Agent in exercising any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the right to perform any Secured Obligation of Grantor under the Loan Documents), or in the enforcement or attempted enforcement thereof, shall be secured hereby and shall become a part of the Secured 

10

Obligations and shall be paid to Administrative Agent by Grantor, immediately upon demand, together with interest thereon at a rate set forth in Section 2.12(c) of the Credit Agreement.
12.Statute of Limitations and Other Laws.  Until the Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made), shall have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full, the power of sale and all other rights, privileges, powers and remedies granted to Administrative Agent hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that any of the Secured Obligations may have become barred by any statute of limitations.  Grantor expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of limitation, and any and all laws providing for exemption of property from execution or for valuation and appraisal upon foreclosure, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law.
13.Other Agreements.  Nothing herein shall in any way modify or limit the effect of terms or conditions set forth in any other security or other agreement executed by Grantor or in connection with the Secured Obligations, but each and every term and condition hereof shall be in addition thereto.  All provisions contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document that apply to Loan Documents generally are fully applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated herein by this reference.
14.Understandings With Respect to Waivers and Consents.  Grantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein are made after consultation with legal counsel and with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which Grantor otherwise may have against Administrative Agent or others, or against Collateral.  If any of the waivers or consents herein are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.
15.Release of Grantor.  This Agreement and all Secured Obligations of Grantor hereunder shall be released when all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full and when no portion of the Commitments remains outstanding.  Upon such release of Grantor’s Secured Obligations hereunder, Administrative Agent shall return any pledged Collateral to Grantor, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and shall endorse, execute, deliver, record and file all instruments and documents, and do all other acts and things, reasonably required for the return of the Collateral to Grantor, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and to evidence or document the release of Administrative Agent’s interests arising under this Agreement, all as reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, Grantor.  Upon the consummation of any sale of Collateral to a third party pursuant to a transaction not prohibited by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Liens granted hereby with respect to such Collateral shall automatically terminate (but shall attach to the proceeds or products thereof) and the Administrative Agent shall at the request and at the expense of the applicable Grantor, provide evidence of such termination.
16.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR 

11

OTHERWISE; AND GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY AGREE AND CONSENT THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT GRANTOR OR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
17.CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF FORUM.
(A)ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS.  GRANTOR HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER GRANTOR, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR.  GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH OPPOSITE ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.  GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST GRANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
(B)GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has executed this Agreement by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.
“Grantor”

MASIMO CORPORATION

By:  _____________________________________
Name:
Title: 

Borrower Security Agreement

13

ACCEPTED AND AGREED
AS OF THE DATE FIRST
ABOVE WRITTEN:

“Administrative Agent”

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. 
as Administrative Agent

By:     _____________________________________
Name:
Title: 

Borrower Security Agreement

14

Schedule I

Borrower Security Agreement

EXHIBIT E-2

SUBSIDIARIES SECURITY AGREEMENT
This SUBSIDIARIES SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 2014 is made by each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto and each other Person who may become a party hereto pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement (each a “Grantor” and collectively, “Grantors”), jointly and severally, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties with reference to the following facts:
RECITALS
A.Grantors have guarantied the obligations of Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), arising under or in respect of the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, and Administrative Agent (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, the “Credit Agreement”).  This Agreement is the Subsidiaries Security Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the “Loan Documents” referred to in the Credit Agreement.
B.Pursuant to the Loan Documents of even date herewith, the Lenders are making certain credit facilities available to Borrower.
C.As a condition of the availability of such credit facilities, Grantors are required to enter into this Agreement to grant security interests to Administrative Agent as herein provided.
D.Grantors expect to realize direct and indirect benefits from the execution of this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Administrative Agent to extend the aforementioned credit facilities, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby is acknowledged, Grantors hereby jointly and severally represent, warrant, covenant, agree, assign and grant, in each case as follows:
1.Definitions.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Credit Agreement.  Terms defined in the New York UCC (as amended from time to time) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the UCC, as enacted in the State of New York.  In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:
“Agreement” means this Subsidiaries Security Agreement, and any extensions, modifications, renewals, restatements, supplements or amendments hereof.
“Collateral” means and includes all present and future right, title and interest of Grantors, or any of them, in or to any personal property whatsoever, and all rights and powers of Grantors, or any of them, to transfer any interest in or to any personal property whatsoever, including, without limitation, any and all of the following personal property:

2

(a)All present and future accounts, accounts receivable, payment intangibles, agreements, contracts, leases, contract rights, rights to payment, instruments, promissory notes, documents, chattel paper, security agreements, guaranties, undertakings, surety bonds, health-care-insurance receivables, insurance policies, notes and drafts, and all forms of obligations owing to Grantors, or any of them, or in which Grantors, or any of them, may have any interest, however created or arising;
(b)All present and future general intangibles, all tax refunds of every kind and nature to which Grantors, or any of them, now or hereafter may become entitled, however arising, all other refunds, and all deposits, goodwill, choses in action, trade secrets, computer programs, software, customer lists, trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents, licenses or sublicenses (to the extent that there exists no prohibition as a matter of law or pursuant to any agreements governing such licenses or sublicenses on the transfer thereof for security as contemplated by this Agreement), copyrights, technology, processes, proprietary information and insurance proceeds;
(c)All present and future deposit accounts of Grantors, or any of them, including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained by Grantors, or any of them, with any bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, and all money, cash and Cash Equivalents of Grantors, or any of them, whether or not deposited in any such deposit account;
(d)All present and future letter-of-credit rights of Grantors, or any of them;
(e)All present and future books and records, including, without limitation, books of account and ledgers of every kind and nature, all electronically recorded data relating to Grantors, or their businesses, all receptacles and containers for such records, and all files and correspondence;
(f)All present and future goods, including, without limitation, all farm products, inventory, equipment, gaming devices and associated equipment, machinery, tools, molds, dies, furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures, trade fixtures, motor vehicles and all other goods used in connection with or in the conduct of Grantors’ or any of their businesses;
(g)All present and future inventory and merchandise, including, without limitation, all present and future goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, all raw materials, work in process and finished goods, all packing materials, supplies and containers relating to or used in connection with any of the foregoing, and all bills of lading, warehouse receipts or documents of title relating to any of the foregoing;
(h)All present and future investment property, stocks, bonds, debentures, securities, subscription rights, options, warrants, puts, calls, certificates, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments and/or brokerage accounts and all rights, preferences, privileges, dividends, distributions, redemption payments, or liquidation payments with respect thereto;
(i)All present and future accessions, appurtenances, components, repairs, repair parts, spare parts, replacements, substitutions, additions, issue and/or improvements to or of or with respect to any of the foregoing;
(j)All other tangible and intangible personal property of Grantors, or any of them;

3

(k)All rights, remedies, powers and/or privileges of Grantors, or any of them, with respect to any of the foregoing; and
(l)Any and all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, all money, accounts, general intangibles, payment intangibles, deposit accounts, documents, promissory notes, instruments, chattel paper, goods, insurance proceeds, and any other tangible or intangible property received upon the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing;
provided, however, “Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Assets.
“Excluded Accounts” means (i) deposit accounts with an average daily balance of less than $25,000 in the aggregate in each month, (ii) accounts used solely for taxes, payroll, payroll taxes, wage and employee benefit payments, trust, fiduciary or escrow payments (including, without limitation, funds set aside for medical plans and other employee benefit plans) and zero balance accounts, and (iii) any accounts subject to Liens permitted under clauses (c), (d) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement.
“Excluded Assets” means the following assets of the Loan Parties: (a) any assets or Equity Interests to the extent such assets or Equity Interests are subject to a Lien permitted by clauses (c), (d) and (e) of Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and clauses (c), (d), (m) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” set forth in the Credit Agreement, or to any extension or renewal of any such Lien that is permitted by the Agreement, but only to the extent that (and for so long as) the documentation relating to such Lien or the obligations secured thereby prohibits such assets from being Collateral; (b)(i) any Equity Interests of a Foreign Person or any FSHCO in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all outstanding Equity Interests of such Foreign Person or FSHCO, and (ii) any Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that a pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by such Person’s organizational documents, any shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement relating to such Equity Interest; (c)(i) any real property, and (ii) right, title and interest in any leasehold interest in any real property; (d) assets located outside the United States, to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (e) aircraft, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a Lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of a Loan Party; (f) any property, right, General Intangible or other interest to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate applicable law, constitute a breach or default under, result in the termination of or require a consent not obtained under, any contract, lease, license or other agreement, evidencing, giving rise to or relating such property, right, General Intangible or other interest, or result in the invalidation thereof or provide any party thereto with a right of termination; (g) any intent-to-use trademark or service mark application to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark or service mark application under applicable federal law; and (h) those assets as to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree that the cost of obtaining a security interest therein or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the value to the Secured Parties of the security to be afforded thereby; provided that, with respect to any assets or Equity Interests that constitute Excluded Assets solely because of the operations of clauses (b)(ii) or (f), such assets or Equity Interests shall not constitute Excluded Assets to the extent such prohibition, breach, 

4

default, termination (or right of termination) would not be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable Law.
“Foreign Person” means a Person organized in a jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“FSCHO” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Persons.
“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of the Grantor’s trademarks, trade names, service marks, patents and copyrights constituting Collateral and which have been registered, or subject to any application for registration, under any United States federal registration statute.
2.Further Assurances.  At any time and from time to time at the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, Grantors, and each of them, shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent all such financing statements and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent as shall be necessary to fully perfect, when filed and/or recorded, Administrative Agent’s security interests granted pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements.  Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements describing the Collateral as “all property” or “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar import, and to file such financing statements (and related continuation statements) without its signature (to the extent allowed by applicable law).  At any time and from time to time, following Grantors’ failure to comply with the foregoing sentence that (except in the case of any UCC financing statement) continues for 5 Business Days, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to authenticate on behalf and in the name of any Grantor, file and/or record any or all such financing statements, instruments and documents held by it, and any or all such further financing statements, documents and instruments, and to take all such other actions, as Administrative Agent may deem appropriate to perfect and to maintain perfected the security interests granted in Section 3 of this Agreement to the extent that such security interests can be fully perfected by the filing of financing statements.  With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, documents or the like (other than Excluded Accounts), as to which Administrative Agent’s security interest need be perfected by, or the priority thereof need be assured by, possession and/or control of such Collateral, Grantors, and each of them, will, after the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, promptly upon demand of Administrative Agent deliver possession of same in pledge to Administrative Agent and/or control of such Collateral, as requested by Administrative Agent, and Grantor will take all actions necessary to vest such possession or control in Administrative Agent (including delivery of a duly executed control agreement with respect to such Collateral in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent).  With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, instruments, partnership or joint venture interests or the like, Grantors hereby jointly and severally consent and agree that the issuers of, or obligors on, any such Collateral, or any registrar or transfer agent or trustee for any such Collateral, shall be entitled to accept the provisions of this Agreement as conclusive evidence of the right of Administrative Agent to effect any transfer or exercise any right hereunder or with respect to any such Collateral, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by Grantors, or any of them, or any other Person to such issuers or such obligors or to any such registrar or transfer agent or trustee.  With respect to all Intellectual Property Collateral, Grantors have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly executed trademark security agreement, patent security agreement or copyright security agreement, as the case may be (each, an “Intellectual Property Security Agreement”).  Concurrently with any supplement to Schedule I, in the event that Grantors have 

5

filed any new application to register any Intellectual Property Collateral, or have obtained any ownership interest in any Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case, since the most recent date on which such financial statements were delivered, Grantors hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to modify this Agreement or the Intellectual Property Security Agreements after obtaining Grantors’ written approval of or signature to such modification by amending Schedule I (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) or such Intellectual Property Security Agreements to include reference to such new application, registration or ownership interest, and to the extent that Grantors that have not executed an applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreement, upon request of the Administrative Agent, Grantors shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to such new application, registration or ownership interest.  In each case Grantors shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any other document required to acknowledge or register, record or perfect the Administrative Agent’s interest in any part of such item of Intellectual Property Collateral unless Grantors shall determine in good faith using its commercially reasonable business judgment (with the consent of the Administrative Agent) that any such Intellectual Property Collateral is not material and is of negligible economic value to Grantors.
3.Security Agreement.  For valuable consideration, Grantors hereby jointly and severally assign and pledge to Administrative Agent, and grant to Administrative Agent a security interest in, all presently existing and hereafter acquired Collateral, as security for the timely payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and each of them.  This Agreement is a continuing and irrevocable agreement and all the rights, powers, privileges and remedies hereunder shall apply to any and all Secured Obligations, including those arising under successive transactions which shall either continue the Secured Obligations, increase or decrease them, or from time to time create new Secured Obligations after all or any prior Secured Obligations have been satisfied, and notwithstanding the bankruptcy of any Grantor or any other Person or any other event or proceeding affecting any Person.
4.Grantors’ Representations, Warranties and Agreements.  Except as otherwise disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing concurrently herewith, Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and agree that: (a) Grantors will to the extent consistent with good business practice, keep the Collateral in reasonably good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and from time to time make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto and, as appropriate and applicable, will otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property; (b) Grantors will take all steps to preserve and protect the Collateral; (c) Grantors will maintain, with responsible insurance companies, insurance covering the Collateral against such insurable losses as is required by the Credit Agreement and as is consistent with sound business practice, and will cause Administrative Agent to be designated as an additional insured and loss payee with respect to such insurance, will obtain the written agreement of the insurers that such insurance shall not be canceled, terminated or materially modified to the detriment of Administrative Agent without at least 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent, and will furnish copies of such insurance policies or certificates to Administrative Agent promptly upon request therefor; (d) Grantors will promptly notify Administrative Agent in writing in the event of any material damage to a substantial portion the Collateral from any source whatsoever, and, except for the disposition of collections and other proceeds of the Collateral permitted by Section 6 hereof, Grantors will not remove or permit to be removed any part of the Collateral from its place of business without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, except for such items of the Collateral as are removed in the ordinary course of business or in connection with any transaction or disposition not prohibited by the Loan Documents; and (e) Schedule I, as of the date hereof and as of the most recent date of delivery of a supplement to such Schedule (as supplemented by the Grantor from time to time), contains a complete listing of all of the Grantors’ material Intellectual Property Collateral owned as of such date.

6

5.Administrative Agent’s Rights with Respect to Collateral.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon prior written notice to Grantors, Administrative Agent may perform any obligation of Grantors under this Agreement or any obligation of any other Person under the Loan Documents.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantors shall at any time at Administrative Agent’s request mark the Collateral and/or Grantors’ ledger cards, books of account and other records relating to the Collateral with appropriate notations satisfactory to Administrative Agent disclosing that they are subject to Administrative Agent’s security interests.  Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to preserve any rights of or against any prior or other parties in connection with the Collateral, to exercise any voting rights or managerial rights with respect to any Collateral, whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred, or to make or give any presentments, demands for performance, notices of non-performance, protests, notices of protests, notices of dishonor or notices of any other nature whatsoever in connection with the Collateral or the Secured Obligations.  Administrative Agent shall be under no duty or obligation whatsoever to take any action to protect or preserve the Collateral or any rights of Grantors therein, or to make collections or enforce payment thereon, or to participate in any foreclosure or other proceeding in connection therewith.
6.Collections on the Collateral.  Except as otherwise provided in any Loan Document, Grantors shall have the right to use, dispose of and to continue to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of all of the Collateral, provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the option of Administrative Agent by notice to Grantor, except as prohibited by applicable Law, Grantors’ right to make collections on and receive dividends and other proceeds of the Collateral and to use or dispose of such collections and proceeds shall terminate, and any and all dividends, proceeds and collections, including all partial or total prepayments, then held or thereafter received on or on account of the Collateral will be held or received by Grantors in trust for Administrative Agent and immediately delivered in kind to Administrative Agent.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have the right at all times to receive, receipt for, endorse, assign, deposit and deliver, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantors, any and all checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money constituting proceeds of or otherwise relating to the Collateral; and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantors hereby authorize Administrative Agent to affix, by facsimile signature or otherwise, the general or special endorsement of it, in such manner as Administrative Agent shall deem advisable, to any such instrument in the event the same has been delivered to or obtained by Administrative Agent without appropriate endorsement, and Administrative Agent and any collecting bank are hereby authorized to consider such endorsement to be a sufficient, valid and effective endorsement by Grantors, and each of them, to the same extent as though it were manually executed by the duly authorized officer of each Grantor, regardless of by whom or under what circumstances or by what authority such facsimile signature or other endorsement actually is affixed, without duty of inquiry or responsibility as to such matters, and each Grantor hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest or dishonor and all other notices of every kind and nature with respect to any such instrument.
7.Possession of Collateral by Administrative Agent.  All the Collateral now, heretofore or hereafter delivered to Administrative Agent shall be held by Administrative Agent in its possession, custody and control; provided, however, that any Collateral delivered to the Administrative Agent upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be promptly returned to the Borrower upon the waiver of such Event of Default in accordance with the Credit Agreement.  Any or all of the cash Collateral delivered to Administrative Agent will be held in an interest bearing account until it is applied in accordance with the terms hereof.  Nothing herein shall obligate Administrative Agent to invest any Collateral or obtain any particular return thereon.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever any of the Collateral is in Administrative Agent’s possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent may use, operate and consume 

7

the Collateral, whether for the purpose of preserving and/or protecting the Collateral, or for the purpose of performing any of Grantors’ obligations with respect thereto, or otherwise.  Administrative Agent may at any time deliver or redeliver the Collateral or any part thereof to Grantors, and the receipt of any of the same by Grantors shall be complete and full acquittance for the Collateral so delivered, and Administrative Agent thereafter shall be discharged from any liability or responsibility therefor.  So long as Administrative Agent exercises reasonable care with respect to any Collateral in its possession, custody or control, Administrative Agent shall have no liability for any loss of or damage to such Collateral, and in no event shall Administrative Agent have liability for any diminution in value of Collateral occasioned by economic or market conditions or events.  Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care within the meaning of the preceding sentence if the Collateral in the possession, custody or control of Administrative Agent is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for (a) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (b) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.
8.Events of Default.  There shall be an Event of Default hereunder upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.
9.Rights Upon Event of Default.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall have, in any jurisdiction where enforcement hereof is sought, in addition to all other rights and remedies that Administrative Agent may have under applicable law or in equity or under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all rights set forth in Section 6 hereof) or under any other Loan Document, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC as enacted in any jurisdiction, and, in addition, the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without notice to Grantors and without affecting the Obligations of Grantors hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or the enforceability of the Liens and security interests created hereby: (a) to foreclose the Liens and security interests created hereunder or under any other agreement relating to any Collateral by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process; (b) to enter any premises where any Collateral may be located for the purpose of securing, protecting, inventorying, appraising, inspecting, repairing, preserving, storing, preparing, processing, taking possession of or removing the same; (c) to sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or any part thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board, in lot or in bulk, for cash, on credit or otherwise, with or without representations or warranties and upon such terms as shall be acceptable to Administrative Agent; (d) to notify obligors on the Collateral that the Collateral has been assigned to Administrative Agent and that all payments thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to Administrative Agent; (e) to collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all dividends, distributions, interest, principal or other sums now or hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral; (f) to enter into any extension, reorganization, deposit, merger or consolidation agreement, or any other agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral, and in connection therewith Administrative Agent may deposit or surrender control of the Collateral and/or accept other property in exchange for the Collateral; (g) to settle, compromise or release, on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent, in whole or in part, any amounts owing on the Collateral and/or any disputes with respect thereto; (h) to extend the time of payment, make allowances and adjustments and issue credits in connection with the Collateral in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantors; (i) to enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any or all of the Collateral and take or bring, in the name of Administrative Agent or in the name of Grantors, any and all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to effect collection of or to realize upon the Collateral, including any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure thereof or thereon, and each Grantor specifically consents to any nonjudicial foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral or any other action taken by Administrative Agent which may release any obligor from personal liability on any of the 

8

Collateral, and each Grantor waives any right not expressly provided for in this Agreement to receive notice of any public or private judicial or nonjudicial sale or foreclosure of any security or any of the Collateral; and any money or other property received by Administrative Agent in exchange for or on account of the Collateral, whether representing collections or proceeds of Collateral, and whether resulting from voluntary payments or foreclosure proceedings or other legal action taken by Administrative Agent or Grantors may be applied by Administrative Agent without notice to Grantors, to the Secured Obligations in such order and manner as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall determine; (j) to insure, process and preserve the Collateral; (k) to exercise all rights, remedies, powers or privileges provided under any of the Loan Documents; (l) to remove, from any premises where the same may be located, the Collateral and any and all documents, instruments, files and records, and any receptacles and cabinets containing the same, relating to the Collateral, and Administrative Agent may, at the cost and expense of Grantors, use such of its supplies, equipment, facilities and space at its places of business as may be necessary or appropriate to properly administer, process, store, control, prepare for sale or disposition and/or sell or dispose of the Collateral or to properly administer and control the handling of collections and realizations thereon, and Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have a rent-free tenancy of any premises of Grantors for such purposes and for such periods of time as reasonably required by Administrative Agent; (m) to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Grantors, or any of them, and notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Administrative Agent may designate; provided that Administrative Agent agrees that it will promptly deliver over to Grantors such mail as does not relate to the Collateral; and (n) to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies of an owner of the Collateral; all at Administrative Agent’s sole option and as Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may deem advisable.  Grantors will, at Administrative Agent’s request, assemble the Collateral and make it available to Administrative Agent at places which Administrative Agent may designate, whether at the premises of Grantors or elsewhere, and will make available to Administrative Agent, free of cost, all premises, equipment and facilities of Grantors for the purpose of Administrative Agent’s taking possession of the Collateral or storing same or removing or putting the Collateral in salable form or selling or disposing of same.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent also shall have the right, without notice or demand, either in person, by agent or by a receiver to be appointed by a court, and without regard to the adequacy of any security for the Secured Obligations, to take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and to collect and receive the rents, issues, profits, income and proceeds thereof.  Taking possession of the Collateral shall not cure or waive any Event of Default or notice thereof or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice.  The rights, remedies and powers of any receiver appointed by a court shall be as ordered by said court.
Any public or private sale or other disposition of the Collateral may be held at any office of Administrative Agent, or at any Grantor’s place of business, or at any other place permitted by applicable Law, and without the necessity of the Collateral being within the view of prospective purchasers.  Administrative Agent may direct the order and manner of sale of the Collateral, or portions thereof, as it in its sole and absolute discretion may determine, and Grantors, expressly waives any right to direct the order and manner of sale of any Collateral.  Administrative Agent or any Person on Administrative Agent’s behalf may bid and purchase at any such sale or other disposition.  The net cash proceeds resulting from the collection, liquidation, sale, lease or other disposition of the Collateral shall be applied, first, to the expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale or lease, selling, leasing, collecting, liquidating and the like, and then to the satisfaction of the Secured Obligations in such order as shall be determined by Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion.  Grantors and any other Person then obligated therefor shall pay to Administrative Agent on demand any deficiency with regard thereto which may remain after such sale, disposition, collection or liquidation of the Collateral.

9

With respect to any Collateral consisting of securities, partnership interests, joint venture interests, Investments or the like, and whether or not any of such Collateral has been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or other applicable laws, Administrative Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, sell all or any part of such Collateral at private sale in such manner and under such circumstances as Administrative Agent may deem necessary in order that the sale may be lawfully conducted.  Without limiting the foregoing, Administrative Agent may (i) approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers, and (ii) restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing such Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  In the event that any such Collateral is sold at private sale, each Grantor agrees that if such Collateral is sold for a price which Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable under the circumstances then existing, then (a) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable in all respects, (b) no Grantor shall be entitled to a credit against the Secured Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (c) Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability or responsibility to any Grantor in connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized at a public sale.  Each Grantor recognizes that a ready market may not exist for such Collateral if it is not regularly traded on a recognized securities exchange, and that a sale by Administrative Agent of any such Collateral for an amount substantially less than a pro rata share of the fair market value of the issuer’s assets minus liabilities may be commercially reasonable in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell a large amount of such Collateral or Collateral that is privately traded.Upon consummation of any sale of Collateral hereunder, Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold.  Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold absolutely free from any claim or right upon the part of any Grantor or any other Person, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable laws) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  If the sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, Administrative Agent shall not be required to apply any portion of the sale price to the Secured Obligations until such amount actually is received by Administrative Agent, and any Collateral so sold may be retained by Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid in full by the purchaser or purchasers thereof.  Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Collateral may be sold again.
10.Joinder.  Any other Person may become a Grantor hereunder and become bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement by executing and delivering to Administrative Agent an Instrument of Joinder substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, accompanied by such documentation as Administrative Agent may require to establish the due organization, valid existence and good standing of such Person, its qualification to engage in business in each material jurisdiction in which it is required to be so qualified, its authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act on its behalf.
11.Attorney-in-Fact.  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably nominates and appoints Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact for the following purposes: (a) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantors’ failure to perform that continues for more than five (5) Business Days, to do all acts and things which Administrative Agent may deem necessary to perfect and continue perfected the security interests created by this Agreement and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to preserve, process, develop, maintain and protect the Collateral; (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon notice to Grantors, to do any and every act which such Grantor is obligated to do under this Agreement, at the expense of the Grantors, so obligated and without any obligation to do so; (c) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and Grantors’ failure to perform 

10

that continues for five (5) Business Days, to prepare, sign, file and/or record, for such Grantor, in the name of the Grantor, any financing statement, application for registration, or like paper, and to take any other action deemed by Administrative Agent necessary in order to perfect or maintain perfected the security interests granted hereby; and (d) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to execute any and all papers and instruments and do all other things necessary to preserve and protect the Collateral and to protect Administrative Agent’s security interests therein; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and, absent bad faith or actual malice, Administrative Agent shall have no liability or responsibility for any act taken or omission with respect thereto.
12.Costs and Expenses.  Each Grantor agrees to pay to Administrative Agent all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Administrative Agent in the enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement, whether or not an action is filed in connection therewith, and in connection with any waiver or amendment of any term or provision hereof.  All advances, charges, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred or paid by Administrative Agent in exercising any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the right to perform any Secured Obligation of such Grantor under the Loan Documents), or in the enforcement or attempted enforcement thereof, shall be secured hereby and shall become a part of the Secured Obligations and shall be paid to Administrative Agent by such Grantor, immediately upon demand, together with interest thereon at a rate set forth in Section 2.12(c) of the Credit Agreement.
13.Statute of Limitations and Other laws.  Until the Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Service Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made), shall have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full, the power of sale and all other rights, privileges, powers and remedies granted to Administrative Agent hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that any of the Secured Obligations may have become barred by any statute of limitations.  Each Grantor expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of limitation, and any and all laws providing for exemption of property from execution or for valuation and appraisal upon foreclosure, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.
14.Other Agreements.  Nothing herein shall in any way modify or limit the effect of terms or conditions set forth in any other security or other agreement executed by Grantors, or any of them, or in connection with the Secured Obligations, but each and every term and condition hereof shall be in addition thereto.  All provisions contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document that apply to Loan Documents generally are fully applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated herein by this reference.
15.Understandings With Respect to Waivers and Consents.  Each Grantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth herein are made after consultation with legal counsel and with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which such Grantor otherwise may have against Administrative Agent or others, or against Collateral.  If any of the waivers or consents herein are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.
16.Release of Grantors.  This Agreement and all Secured Obligations of Grantors hereunder shall be released when all Secured Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) Banking Service Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made) have been paid, discharged or satisfied 

11

in full and when no portion of the Commitments remains outstanding.  Upon such release of Grantors’ Secured Obligations hereunder, Administrative Agent shall return any pledged Collateral to Grantors, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and shall endorse, execute, deliver, record and file all instruments and documents, and do all other acts and things, reasonably required for the return of the Collateral to Grantors, or to the Person or Persons legally entitled thereto, and to evidence or document the release of Administrative Agent’s interests arising under this Agreement, all as reasonably requested by, and at the sole expense of, Grantors.  Upon the consummation of any sale of Collateral to a third party pursuant to a transaction not prohibited by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Liens granted hereby with respect to such Collateral shall automatically terminate (but shall attach to the proceeds or products thereof) and the Administrative Agent shall at the request and the expense of the applicable Grantor, provide evidence of such termination.
17.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY AGREE AND CONSENT THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT EACH GRANTOR OR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
18.CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF FORUM.
(A)ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS.  EACH GRANTOR HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR.  EACH GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH OPPOSITE ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.  EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR 

12

PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY GRANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
(B)EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has executed this Agreement by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.
“Grantors”

MASIMO AMERICAS, INC., 
a Delaware corporation

By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title: 

Subsidiaries Security
Agreement

14

ACCEPTED AND AGREED
AS OF THE DATE FIRST
ABOVE WRITTEN:

“Administrative Agent”

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders

By: __________________________________    
Name:
Title: 

Subsidiaries Security
Agreement

EXHIBIT A

TO

SUBSIDIARIES SECURITY AGREEMENT
INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER

THIS INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER (“Joinder”) is executed as of ___________________, _____, by ____________________________________, a _________________________ (“Joining Party”), and delivered to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, pursuant to the Subsidiaries Security Agreement dated as of April 23, 2014, by each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereto and certain other Subsidiaries party thereto from time to time in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”).  Terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall have the meanings defined for those terms in the Agreement.
RECITALS
(A)The Agreement was made by the Grantors in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders that are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of [__], 2014 by and among Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), the Lenders therein named and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent for the Lenders.
(B)Joining Party has become a Subsidiary of Borrower, and as such is required pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor.
(C)Joining Party expects to realize direct and indirect benefits as a result of the availability to Borrower of the credit facilities under the Credit Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, Joining Party agrees as follows:
AGREEMENT
(1)By this Joinder, Joining Party becomes a “Grantor” under and pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.  Joining Party agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Grantor under the Agreement with respect to the Secured Obligations, and will be bound by all terms, conditions, and duties applicable to a Grantor under the Agreement.
(2)The effective date of this Joinder is ___________, _______.

“Joining Party”

__________________________________________________________    
a _______________________________________________    

By: _____________________________________________
Title: ____________________________________________

ACKNOWLEDGED:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent

By: ___________________________
Title: __________________________

EXHIBIT E-3

PLEDGE AGREEMENT
This PLEDGE AGREEMENT (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, this “Agreement”), dated as of April 23, 2014, is made by Masimo Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto (each a “Grantor” and collectively, “Grantors”), jointly and severally, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties with reference to the following facts:
RECITALS
A.Grantors (other than the Borrower) have guarantied the obligations of the Borrower arising under or in respect of the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as it may from time to time be amended, restated, extended, renewed, modified or supplemented, the “Credit Agreement”).  This Agreement is the Pledge Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the “Loan Documents” referred to in the Credit Agreement.
B.Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders are making certain credit facilities available to the Borrower.
C.As a condition to the availability of such credit facilities, Grantors are required to enter into this Agreement to pledge certain Pledged Collateral (as hereinafter defined) to Administrative Agent as herein provided.
D.Grantors expect to realize direct and indirect benefits as the result of the availability of the aforementioned credit facilities to the Borrower, as the result of financial or business support which will be provided to Grantors by the Borrower.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce the Lenders to extend the aforementioned credit facilities, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby are acknowledged, Grantors hereby jointly and severally represent, warrant, covenant, agree, and pledge as follows:
1.Definitions.  This Agreement is the Pledge Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement and is one of the Loan Documents.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given those terms in the Credit Agreement as though set forth herein in full.  The following terms shall have the meanings respectively set forth after each:
“Certificates” means all certificates, instruments or other documents now or hereafter representing or evidencing any Pledged Securities.
“Distributions” means dividends, distributions, redemption payments, liquidation payments, and all rights to any of the foregoing.
“FSHCO” means any Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

2

“Issuer” means any issuer of any Pledged Securities.
“Pledged Collateral” means any and all property of Grantors, or any of them, now or hereafter pledged and delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, and includes without limitation (a) the Pledged Securities, and any Certificates or other written evidences representing such equity interests and any interest of Grantors, or any of them, in the entries on the books of any securities intermediary or financial intermediary pertaining thereto, (b) all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing, and (c) any and all collections, Distributions, interest or premiums with respect to any of the foregoing, provided however, that the term “Pledged Collateral” as used in this Agreement.
“Pledged Securities” means: (a) any and all shares of capital stock or member or other equity interests in each of the domestic Subsidiaries listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “Domestic Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Domestic Subsidiaries”), (b) sixty- five percent (65%) of the capital stock or member or other equity interests in each FSHCO and each of the foreign Subsidiaries that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code and listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “Foreign Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Foreign Subsidiaries”), (c) any and all securities now or hereafter issued in substitution, exchange or replacement for any of the foregoing shares, or with respect thereto, and (d) any and all warrants, options or other rights to subscribe to or acquire any additional capital stock or member or other equity interests in any Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary (except that in no event shall more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the capital stock or member or other equity interest of any Foreign Subsidiary be pledged to Administrative Agent hereunder).
2.Incorporation of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Other Provisions of Loan Documents.  This Agreement is one of the Loan Documents referred to in the Credit Agreement.  Grantors, and each of them, hereby represent and warrant to Administrative Agent as follows:
(a)Grantors have good and marketable title to the Pledged Collateral in which Grantors are purporting to grant a security interest to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent, and the Pledged Collateral is not subject to any Lien other than Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement;
(b)Grantors have the right and power to pledge the Pledged Collateral owned by Grantors to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent without the consent, approval or authorization of, or notice to, any Person (other than such consents, approvals, authorization or notices which have been obtained or given prior to the date hereof) and such pledge constitutes the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Grantors, and each of them, enforceable against Grantors, and each of them, in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief laws or equitable principles relating to the granting of specific performance and other equitable remedies as a matter of judicial discretion;
(c)Upon delivery to Administrative Agent of the Pledged Collateral referred to in this Agreement, Administrative Agent will have a first priority perfected security interest in the Pledged Collateral securing the Obligations;
(d)All shares of capital stock or member or other equity interest that constitute a portion of the Pledged Collateral are duly authorized, validly issued in accordance with all applicable laws, fully paid and non-assessable, and represent one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or member or other equity interest of each of the Domestic Subsidiaries 

3

(other than any FSHCO) and sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or member or other equity interest of each of the Foreign Subsidiaries and each FSHCO owned by the Grantors.
3.Creation of Security Interest.
3.1    Pledge of Pledged Collateral.  Grantors hereby jointly and severally pledge to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent and grant to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent a security interest in and to all Pledged Collateral for the benefit of Administrative Agent, together with all products, proceeds, Distributions, Cash, instruments and other Property, and any and all rights, titles, interests, privileges, benefits and preferences appertaining or incidental to the Pledged Collateral (provided that in no event shall more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the capital stock or member or other equity interest of any Foreign Subsidiary and FSHCO be pledged to Administrative Agent hereunder).  The security interest and pledge created by this Section 3.1 shall continue in effect so long as any Obligation (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made) is owed to Administrative Agent or any commitment to extend credit to Grantors under the Loan Documents remains outstanding from the Lenders.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Pledged Collateral includes Pledged Securities that are equity interests in a partnership that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as required by applicable law, the pledge of such Pledged Securities shall be treated as a pledge of capital stock or other equity interests in a corporation, and not a direct pledge of the applicable partnership assets, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
3.2    Delivery of Certain Pledged Collateral.  On or before the Effective Date, Grantors shall cause to be pledged and delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent the Certificates evidencing the capital stock listed on Schedule I hereto.  Following the Effective Date additional Pledged Collateral may from time to time be delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent by agreement between Administrative Agent and Grantors, including any and all shares of capital stock or member or other equity interests in any Subsidiary of any Grantor required to be pledged hereunder pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement.  All Certificates at any time delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent.  Administrative Agent shall hold all Certificates pledged hereunder pursuant to this Agreement unless and until released in accordance with Section 3.3 of this Agreement/
3.3    Release of Pledged Collateral.  Pledged Collateral that is released or is required to be released from the pledge and security interest created by this Agreement in order to permit Grantors to consummate any disposition of stock or assets, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, acquisition, transfer or dividend payment or distribution that Grantors are entitled to consummate pursuant to the Loan Documents, if any, shall be so released by Administrative Agent at such times and to the extent necessary or appropriate to permit Grantors to consummate such permitted transactions promptly following Administrative Agent’s receipt of written request therefor by Grantors specifying the purpose for which release is requested and such further certificates or other documents as Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent reasonably shall request in its discretion to confirm that Grantors are permitted to consummate such permitted transaction.  Any request for any permitted release shall be transmitted to Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent.  Administrative Agent, at the expense of Grantors, promptly shall redeliver all Certificates and shall execute and deliver to Grantors all documents requested by Grantors that are reasonably necessary to release 

4

Pledged Collateral of record whenever Grantors shall be entitled to the release thereof in accordance with this Section 3.3.
4.Security for Obligations.  This Agreement and the pledge and security interests granted herein secure the timely payment, in full in cash, and full performance of the Secured Obligations.
5.Further Assurances.  Each Grantor agrees that at any time, and from time to time, at its own expense such Grantor will promptly execute, deliver and file or record all further financing statements, instruments and documents, and will take all further actions, including, without limitation, causing the issuers of, or obligors on any of the Pledged Collateral to so execute, deliver, file or take other actions, that Administrative Agent reasonably may request that are necessary in order to perfect and protect any pledge or security interest granted hereby or to enable Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Pledged Collateral and to preserve, protect and maintain the Pledged Collateral and the value thereof, including, without limitation, payment of all taxes, assessments and other charges imposed on or relating to the Pledged Collateral.  Each Grantor hereby, irrevocably directs the issuers of or obligors on any such Pledged Collateral, or each securities intermediary, registrar, transfer agent or trustee for any such Pledged Collateral, to accept the provisions of this Agreement as conclusive evidence of the right of Administrative Agent to effect any transfer or exercise any right hereunder or with respect to any such Pledged Collateral upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by such Grantor or any other Person to any of such parties.
6.Voting Rights; Dividends; etc.  So long as Event of Default under the Credit Agreement occurs and remains continuing:
6.1     Voting Rights.  Grantors shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Securities, or any part thereof, for any purpose not specifically prohibited by the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or the other Loan Documents.
6.2      Interest and Distribution Rights.  Grantors shall be entitled to receive and to retain and use any and all interest, premiums or Distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral; provided, however, that any and all such Distributions received in the form of capital stock (or other equity interest) shall be, and the Certificates representing such capital stock (or other equity interest) forthwith shall be delivered to Administrative Agent to hold as, Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by Grantors, be received in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, be segregated from the other property of Grantors, and forthwith be delivered to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements).  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Grantors shall not be required to deliver to Administrative Agent to hold as Pledged Collateral any Distributions received in the form of capital stock (or other equity interest), and such Distributions shall not constitute Pledged Collateral, to the extent that (a) such capital stock (or other equity interest) represents an equity interest in a Foreign Subsidiary or an FSHCO and (b) Administrative Agent’s receipt of such capital stock (or other equity interest) would cause Administrative Agent to obtain a pledge pursuant to this Agreement of greater than sixty-six percent (66%) of the applicable equity interest of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO.
7.Rights During Default or Event of Default.  When an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
7.1     Voting and Distribution Rights.  At the option of Administrative Agent upon notice to the Grantors, all rights of Grantors to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which they would 

5

otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 6.1 above, and to receive the interest, premiums and Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 6.2 above, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent who shall thereupon, at the direction of Administrative Agent, have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive and to hold as Pledged Collateral such Distributions, provided, however, that Grantors’ rights to receive Distributions pursuant to Section 6.2 above shall not cease with respect to, and Administrative Agent shall not have the right to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral, any Distributions made in respect of the Pledged Collateral in the form of capital stock (or other equity interest), or the Certificates representing such capital stock (or other equity interest), to the extent that (a) such capital stock (or other equity interest) represents an equity interest in a Foreign Subsidiary or an FSHCO and (b) Administrative Agent’s receipt of such capital stock (or other equity interest) would cause Administrative Agent to obtain a pledge pursuant to this Agreement of greater than sixty-six percent (66%) of the applicable equity interest of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO.  Administrative Agent shall give notice to Grantors of Administrative Agent’s election to exercise voting rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral.
7.2    Distributions Held in Trust.  All Distributions which are received by Grantors contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be received in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of Grantors, and subject to applicable law, forthwith shall be paid over to Administrative Agent for the account of Administrative Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements)
7.3     Irrevocable Proxy.  Grantors hereby jointly and severally revoke all previous proxies with regard to the Pledged Securities and appoints Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent as its proxyholder to attend and vote at any and all meetings of the shareholders (or other equity holders, as applicable) of the corporations (or other entities, as applicable) which issued the Pledged Securities, and any adjournments thereof, held on or after the date of the giving of this proxy and prior to the termination of this proxy and to execute any and all written consents of shareholders (or other equity holders, as applicable) of such corporations (or other entities, as applicable) executed on or after the date of the giving of this proxy and prior to the termination of this proxy, with the same effect as if each Grantor had personally attended the meetings or had personally voted its shares (or other equity interests, as applicable) or had personally signed the written consents; provided, however, that the proxyholder shall have rights hereunder only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement and upon notice to the Grantors.  Grantors hereby jointly and severally authorize Administrative Agent to substitute another Person as the proxyholder and, upon the occurrence or during the continuance of any Event of Default, hereby authorizes the proxyholder to file this proxy and the substitution instrument with the secretary or other appropriate officer of the appropriate corporation or other entity as applicable.  This proxy is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until such time as no commitment to extend credit to Grantors remains outstanding from the Lenders and until such time as all Obligations have been paid in full (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, (B) Banking Services Obligations and Swap Agreement Obligations as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party shall have been made and (C) Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have been made).
8.Transfers and Other Liens.  Grantors agree that, except as specifically permitted under the Loan Documents, they will not (i) sell, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or contract to sell, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral, (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral, except 

6

for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (iii) take any action with respect to the Pledged Collateral which is specifically prohibited by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
9.Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact.  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent as such Grantor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor, and in the name of such Grantor, or otherwise, from time to time, in Administrative Agent’s sole and absolute discretion to do any of the following acts or things: (a) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and such Grantor’s failure to perform that continues for five Business Days, to do all acts and things and to execute all documents necessary to perfect and continue perfected the security interests created by this Agreement and to preserve, maintain and protect the Pledged Collateral; (b) from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default upon prior notice to the Grantors to do any and every act which such Grantor is obligated to do under this Agreement; (c) following Administrative Agent’s request thereof and such Grantor’s failure to perform, to prepare, sign, file and record, in such Grantor’s name, any financing statement covering the Pledged Collateral; and (d) from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to endorse and transfer the Pledged Collateral upon foreclosure by Administrative Agent; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation whatsoever to take any of the foregoing actions, and neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability or responsibility for any act (other than Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or omission taken with respect thereto.  Each Grantor hereby agrees to repay immediately upon demand all reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred or expended by Administrative Agent in exercising any right or taking any action under this Agreement, together with interest as provided for in the Credit Agreement.
10.Administrative Agent May Perform Obligations.  If any Grantor fails to perform any Obligation contained herein and such failure continues for five Business Days, Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent may without any obligation to do so and upon notice to such Grantor, perform the same and take such other action as Administrative Agent may deem necessary to protect the Pledged Collateral or Administrative Agent’s security interests therein, Administrative Agent being hereby authorized (without limiting the general nature of the authority hereinabove conferred) to pay, purchase, contest and compromise any Lien which in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent appears to be prior or superior to Administrative Agent’s security interests, and in exercising any such powers and authority to pay necessary expenses, employ counsel and pay reasonable attorneys’ fees.  Each Grantor hereby agrees to repay promptly upon demand all sums so expended by Administrative Agent, together with interest from the date of expenditure at the rates provided for in the Credit Agreement.  Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any duty or obligation to preserve, maintain or protect the Pledged Collateral or any of such Grantor’s rights or interest therein, exercise any voting rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral, whether an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, or make or give any notices of default, presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance or dishonor, protests, notices of protest or notice of any other nature whatsoever in connection with the Pledged Collateral on behalf of such Grantor or any other Person having any interest therein; and neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes and none shall be obligated to perform the obligations of such Grantor, if any, with respect to the Pledged Collateral.
11.Reasonable Care.  Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral in its possession if the Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which Administrative Agent accords its own property it being understood that Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for ascertaining or taking action with respect to maturities, calls, conversions, exchanges, tenders or other matters relative to any Pledged Collateral, whether or not Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Pledged Collateral.

7

12.Events of Default and Remedies.
12.1    Rights Upon Event of Default.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, Grantors shall be in default hereunder and Administrative Agent shall have in any jurisdiction where enforcement is sought in addition to all other rights and remedies that Administrative Agent may have under this Agreement and under applicable law or in equity, all of its rights and remedies as a Administrative Agent under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any such jurisdiction, and in addition the following rights and remedies, all of which may be exercised with or without further notice to Grantors (other than notice expressly required under Section 7 of this Agreement):
(a)to notify any Issuer of any Pledged Securities and any and all other obligors on any Pledged Collateral that the same has been pledged to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Administrative Agent and that all Distributions and other payments thereon are to be made directly and exclusively to Administrative Agent for the account of Administrative Agent; to renew, extend, modify, amend, accelerate, accept partial payments on, make allowances and adjustments and issue credits with respect to, release, settle, compromise, compound, collect or otherwise liquidate, on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent, in whole or in part, the Pledged Collateral and any amounts owing thereon or any guaranty or security therefor; to enter into any other agreement relating to or affecting the Pledged Collateral; and to give all consents, waivers and ratifications with respect to the Pledged Collateral and exercise all other rights (including voting rights), powers and remedies and otherwise act with respect thereto as if Administrative Agent were the owner thereof;
(b)to enforce payment and prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to any and all of the Pledged Collateral and take or bring, in Administrative Agent’s name(s) or in the name of Grantors, all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to effect collection of or to realize upon the Pledged Collateral;
(c)in accordance with applicable law, to take possession of the Pledged Collateral with or without judicial process;
(d)to endorse, in the name of Grantors, all checks, notes, drafts, money orders, instruments and other evidences of payment relating to the Pledged Collateral;
(e)to transfer any or all of the Pledged Collateral into the name of Administrative Agent or its nominee or nominees; and
(f)in accordance with applicable law to foreclose the Liens and security interests created under this Agreement or under any other agreement relating to the Pledged Collateral by any available judicial procedure or without judicial process, and to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, either at public or private sale or at any broker’s board or securities exchange, in lots or in bulk, for cash, on credit or on future delivery, or otherwise, with or without representations or warranties, and upon such terms as shall be acceptable to Administrative Agent; all at the sole option of and in the sole discretion of Administrative Agent.
12.2    Sales.  Any sale of the Pledged Collateral shall be held at such time or times and at such place or places as Administrative Agent may determine in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion.  Administrative Agent may bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of Obligations) for and purchase for the account of Administrative Agent or any nominee of Administrative Agent the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral.  Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral if it shall determine not to do so regardless of the fact that notice of sale 

8

of the Pledged Collateral may have been given.  Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn the sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned.
12.3     Private Sales.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, whether or not any of the Pledged Collateral has been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or other applicable laws, Administrative Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, sell all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at private sale in such manner and under such circumstances as Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable in order that the sale may be lawfully conducted.  Without limiting the foregoing, Administrative Agent may (i) approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers, and (ii) restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Pledged Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  In the event that any of the Pledged Collateral is sold at private sale, each Grantor agrees that if the Pledged Collateral is sold for a price which Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be reasonable, then, (A) the sale shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable in all respects, (B) such Grantor shall not be entitled to a credit against the Obligations in an amount in excess of the purchase price, and (C) Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability or responsibility to such Grantor in connection therewith, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized at a public sale.  Grantors recognize that a ready market may not exist for Pledged Collateral which is not regularly traded on a recognized securities exchange or in another recognized market, and that a sale by Administrative Agent of any such Pledged Collateral for an amount substantially less than a pro rata share of the fair market value of such Issuer’s assets minus liabilities may be commercially reasonable in view of the difficulties that may be encountered in attempting to sell a large amount of Pledged Collateral or Pledged Collateral that is privately traded.
12.4     Title of Purchasers.  Upon consummation of any sale of Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Section 12, Administrative Agent on behalf of Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Pledged Collateral so sold.  Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Pledged Collateral sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of Grantors, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  If the sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, Administrative Agent shall not be required to apply any portion of the sale price to the Obligations until such amount actually is received by Administrative Agent, and any Pledged Collateral so sold may be retained by Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid in full by the purchaser or purchasers thereof.  Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to pay for the Pledged Collateral so sold, and, in case of any such failure, the Pledged Collateral may be sold again upon like notice.
12.5     Disposition of Proceeds of Sale.  The net cash proceeds resulting from the collection, liquidation, sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral shall be applied, first, to the reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale, selling, collecting and liquidating the Pledged Collateral, and the like; second, to the satisfaction of all Obligations, with application as to any particular Obligations to be in the order set forth in the Credit Agreement or other Loan Documents; third, to all other indebtedness secured hereby in such order and manner as Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion may determine; and fourth, to the Grantors or any other Person entitled to such proceeds under applicable law.
13.Continuing Effect.  This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against Grantors for liquidation or reorganization, should Grantors 

9

become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of Grantors’ assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
14.Covenant Not to Issue Uncertificated Securities.  Except as set forth on Schedule II attached hereto, Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to Administrative Agent that, as of the date hereof, all of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of each of the Issuers is in certificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code), and covenant to Administrative Agent that they will not, without prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, cause or permit any such Issuer to convert all or any part of its existing capital stock (or other equity interest) into uncertificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) or (ii) any Issuer to convert all or any part of its existing Equity Interest that is in uncertificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) to certificated form (as defined in Article 8 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) unless contemporaneously therewith, such Certificates are delivered to Administrative Agent hereunder in accordance with Section 3.2.  The foregoing representations, warranties and covenants shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
15.[Intentionally Omitted].
16.Indemnity.  Grantors jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless Administrative Agent from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, judgments and liabilities (including without limitation liabilities for penalties) of whatsoever kind or nature, and to reimburse Administrative Agent for all costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and/or costs and expenses associated with, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the exercise by Administrative Agent of any right or remedy granted to it hereunder or under the other Loan Documents; provided that such indemnity shall not be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Administrative Agent.  In no event shall Administrative Agent be liable for any matter or thing in connection with this Agreement other than to account for monies actually received by it in accordance with the terms hereof.  If and to the extent that the agreements of Grantors under this Section 16 are unenforceable for any reason, Grantors hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable law.
17.GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
18.Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
19.Additional Powers and Authorization.  The Administrative Agent has been appointed as the Administrative Agent hereunder pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall be entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may employ agents, trustees, or attorneys-in-fact and may vest any of them with 

10

any property (including, without limitation, the Pledged Collateral), title, right or power deemed necessary for the purposes of such appointment.
20.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH GRANTOR AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY GRANTOR OR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
21.CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; CHOICE OF FORUM.
(A)ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS.  EACH GRANTOR HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH GRANTOR.  EACH GRANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH GRANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH OPPOSITE ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.  EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY GRANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
(B)EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY, TO THE 

11

EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.  Signature page to follow.]

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
“Grantors”

Masimo Corporation, 
a Delaware corporation

By:  _____________________________________
Name:
Title:

Masimo Americas, Inc., 
a Delaware corporation

By:  _____________________________________
Name:
Title: 

Pledge Agreement

13

ACCEPTED AND AGREED
AS OF THE DATE FIRST
ABOVE WRITTEN:

“Administrative Agent”

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders

By:  _________________________________________
Name:
Title:

Pledge AgreementExhibit 4.1 - Indenture

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION 

SunEdison, Inc.
(Company)

Wilmington Trust, National Association
(Trustee)

0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 

INDENTURE

Dated as of June 10, 2014

 NY\6371365.3

	
			
	ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	1
	

	Section 1.01 - Definitions
	1
	

	Section 1.02 - References to Interest
	13
	

	Section 1.03 - Acts of Holders    
	13
	

	ARTICLE 2.  THE NOTES
	15
	

	Section 2.01 - Title and Terms; Payments
	15
	

	Section 2.02 - Ranking
	16
	

	Section 2.03 - Denominations
	16
	

	Section 2.04 - Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
	16
	

	Section 2.05 - Temporary Notes
	17
	

	Section 2.06 - Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange
	17
	

	Section 2.07 - Transfer Restrictions
	19
	

	Section 2.08 - Expiration of Restrictions
	21
	

	Section 2.09 - Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	22
	

	Section 2.10 - Persons Deemed Owners
	23
	

	Section 2.11 - Transfer and Exchange
	23
	

	Section 2.12 - Purchase of Notes; Cancellation
	26
	

	Section 2.13 - CUSIP Numbers
	27
	

	Section 2.14 - Payment and Computation of Interest
	27
	

	ARTICLE 3. REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDERS
	28
	

	Section 3.01 - Purchase at Option of Holders upon a Fundamental Change
	28
	

	Section 3.02 - Fundamental Change Company Notice
	28
	

	Section 3.03 - Repurchase Procedures
	30
	

	Section 3.04 - Effect of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice
	30
	

	Section 3.05 -  Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice
	31
	

	Section 3.06 - Deposit of Fundamental Change Purchase Price
	31
	

	Section 3.07 - Notes Purchased in Whole or in Part
	31
	

	Section 3.08 - Covenant To Comply with Applicable Laws upon Purchase of Notes
	32
	

	Section 3.09 - Repayment to the Company
	32
	

	ARTICLE 4. CONVERSION
	32
	

	Section 4.01 - Right To Convert
	32
	

	Section 4.02 - Conversion Procedures
	35
	

i
 NY\6371365.3

	
			
	Section 4.03 - Settlement Upon Conversion
	37
	

	Section 4.04 - Adjustment of Conversion Rate
	42
	

	Section 4.05 - Discretionary and Voluntary Adjustments
	52
	

	Section 4.06 - Adjustment to Conversion Rate Upon Conversion in Connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change
	53
	

	Section 4.07 - Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale    
	55
	

	Section 4.08 - Certain Covenants
	56
	

	Section 4.09 - Responsibility of Trustee
	57
	

	Section 4.10 - Notice of Adjustment to the Trustee
	57
	

	Section 4.11 - Notice to Holders
	57
	

	ARTICLE 5. COVENANTS
	59
	

	Section 5.01 - Payment of Principal and Interest and the Fundamental Change Purchase Price.
	59
	

	Section 5.02 - Maintenance of Office or Agency
	59
	

	Section 5.03 - Provisions as to Paying Agent
	59
	

	Section 5.04 - Reports
	61
	

	Section 5.05 - Statements as to Defaults
	62
	

	Section 5.06 - Additional Interest Notice
	62
	

	Section 5.07 - Compliance Certificate and Opinions of Counsel
	62
	

	Section 5.08 - Additional Interest
	63
	

	Section 5.09 - Corporate Existence
	64
	

	Section 5.10 - Restriction on Resales
	64
	

	Section 5.11 - Further Instruments and Acts
	64
	

	Section 5.12 - Par Value Limitation
	64
	

	Section 5.13 - Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders    
	64
	

	ARTICLE 6. REMEDIES
	65
	

	Section 6.01 - Events of Default
	65
	

	Section 6.02 - Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment
	66
	

	Section 6.03 - Additional Interest
	67
	

	Section 6.04 - Waiver of Past Defaults
	68
	

	Section 6.05 - Control by Majority
	68
	

	Section 6.06 - Limitation on Suits
	69
	

	Section 6.07 - Rights of Holders to Receive Payment and to Convert
	69
	

	Section 6.08 - Collection of Indebtedness; Suit for Enforcement by Trustee
	69
	

	Section 6.09 - Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
	69
	

	Section 6.10 - Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	70
	

ii
 NY\6371365.3

	
			
	Section 6.11 - Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	70
	

	Section 6.12 - Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	70
	

	Section 6.13 - Delay or Omission Not a Waiver
	70
	

	Section 6.14 - Priorities
	71
	

	Section 6.15 - Undertaking for Costs
	71
	

	Section 6.16 - Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	71
	

	Section 6.17 - Notices from the Trustee
	72
	

	ARTICLE 7. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	72
	

	Section 7.01 - Discharge of Liability on Notes
	72
	

	Section 7.02 - Deposited Monies to Be Held in Trust by Trustee
	73
	

	Section 7.03 - Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held
	73
	

	Section 7.04 - Return of Unclaimed Monies
	73
	

	Section 7.05 - Reinstatement
	73
	

	ARTICLE 8. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
	73
	

	Section 8.01 - Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders
	73
	

	Section 8.02 - Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders
	74
	

	Section 8.03 - Notice of Amendment or Supplement
	75
	

	Section 8.04 - Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc
	75
	

	ARTICLE 9. SUCCESSOR COMPANY
	75
	

	Section 9.01 - Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms
	75
	

	Section 9.02 - Successor Corporation to Be Substituted
	76
	

	Section 9.03 - Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee    
	77
	

	ARTICLE 10. NO REDEMPTION
	77
	

	Section 10.01 - No Redemption
	77
	

	ARTICLE 11. THE TRUSTEE
	77
	

	Section 11.01 - Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee
	77
	

	Section 11.02 - [RESERVED]
	79
	

	Section 11.03 - Rights of the Trustee.
	79
	

	Section 11.04 - Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	80
	

	Section 11.05 - Trustee or Agents May Own Notes
	80
	

	Section 11.06 - Monies to be Held in Trust
	80
	

	Section 11.07 - Compensation and Expenses of Trustee
	81
	

	Section 11.08 - Officer’s Certificate as Evidence
	81
	

	Section 11.09 - Conflicting Interests of Trustee
	82
	

	Section 11.10 - Eligibility of Trustee
	82
	

	Section 11.11 - Resignation or Removal of Trustee
	82
	

	Section 11.12 - Acceptance by Successor Trustee
	83
	

	Section 11.13 - Succession by Merger, Etc.
	84
	

iii
 NY\6371365.3

	
			
	Section 11.14 - Preferential Collection of Claims
	84
	

	Section 11.15 - Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company
	84
	

	ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS
	85
	

	Section 12.01 - Effect on Successors and Assigns
	85
	

	Section 12.02 - Governing Law
	85
	

	Section 12.03 - No Note Interest Created
	85
	

	Section 12.04 - Trust Indenture Act
	85
	

	Section 12.05 - Benefits of Indenture
	85
	

	Section 12.06 - Calculations
	85
	

	Section 12.07 - Execution in Counterparts
	86
	

	Section 12.08 - Notices
	86
	

	Section 12.09 - No Recourse Against Others
	87
	

	Section 12.10 - Tax Withholding
	87
	

	Section 12.11 - Waiver of Jury Trial
	87
	

	Section 12.12 - U.S.A. Patriot Act
	87
	

	Section 12.13 - Force Majeure
	88
	

	Section 12.14 - Submission to Jurisdiction.
	88
	

    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    

iv
 NY\6371365.3

INDENTURE, dated as of June 10, 2014, between SunEdison, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, conversion agent, registrar, bid solicitation agent and paying agent (in such capacities, the “Trustee”, “Conversion Agent”, “Registrar”, “Bid Solicitation Agent” and “Paying Agent”, respectively).
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of the Company’s 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”), having the terms, tenor, amount and other provisions hereinafter set forth, and, to provide therefor, has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and
WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Notes, when duly executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder of the Notes have in all respects been duly authorized;
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchases of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of each other and the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders (as hereinafter defined), as follows:
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    
Section 1.01 Definitions and References.  The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01.  The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision.  The word “or” is not exclusive and the word “including” means including without limitation.  The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.  References to any Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit are to this Indenture except as herein otherwise expressly provided.
   
“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.

“Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable by the Company pursuant to Section 5.08 or Section 6.03, as applicable. 
 
“Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01, with the same terms as the Initial Notes except to the extent permitted otherwise under Section 2.01.
“Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 4.06(a). 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agent Members” has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b).

“Agent” means any Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or any other agent appointed pursuant to this Indenture.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any matter at any time, the policies and procedures of a Depositary, if any, that are applicable to such matter at such time.
“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.

1
 NY\6371365.3

“Bid Solicitation Agent” means, initially, the Trustee, or any agent the Company may appoint in the future (which may be the Company) to solicit market bid quotations for the Notes as may be required pursuant to Section 4.01(b)(ii).

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

“Board Resolution” when used with reference to the Company means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.

“Capital Stock” means, for any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

“Change in Control” means an event that will be deemed to have occurred at the time, after the first date of original issuance for the Initial Notes, any of the following occurs:

(1)any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, or the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ employee benefit plans, files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s Common Equity representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s Common Equity, or has the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors;

(2)the Company consolidates with, enters into a binding share exchange, merger or similar transaction with or into another person other than one or more of its subsidiaries or Company sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company; provided, that any merger, binding share exchange, consolidation or similar transaction pursuant to which the Persons that “beneficially owned,” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, the Company’s Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own,” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, the Common Equity representing at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of the Common Equity of the surviving or transferee Person and such holders’ proportional voting power immediately after such transaction vis-à-vis each other with respect to the securities they receive in such transaction will be in substantially the same proportions as their respective voting power vis-à-vis each other immediately prior to such transaction will not constitute a “Change in Control”; or
(3)the holders of the Company’s Capital Stock approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with this Indenture).

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” will not be deemed to have occurred if at least 90% of the consideration paid for the Common Stock in a transaction or transactions described under clauses (1) or (2) of this definition of “Change in Control” above (excluding cash payments for any fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights) consists of shares of common stock traded on a Permitted Exchange, or will be so traded immediately following such transaction (“Publicly Traded Securities”), and as a result therefrom, such consideration becomes the Reference Property for the Notes; provided, further, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (A) to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of TerraForm Power, the transactions described under “Summary-Recent Events-Proposed Initial Public Offering of TerraForm Power, Inc.” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum (including any subsequent dispositions of the Company’s interests in TerraForm Power) and (B) transactions similar to the transactions described in clause (A) immediately above (to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of the entity involved in such transaction) will not constitute a “Change in Control”.
If any transaction in which the Common Stock is replaced by the Reference Property comprised of securities of another entity occurs, following completion of any related Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period and any related 

2
 NY\6371365.3

Fundamental Change Purchase Date, references to the Company in this definition of “Change in Control” will apply to such other entity instead.
“Clause A Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
“Clause B Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).

“Clause C Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).

“Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

“Closing Sale Price” of the Common Stock for any day means the closing sale price per share (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and last ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid and the average last ask prices) at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on that day as reported in composite transactions for the Exchange, or if the Common Stock is not listed on the Exchange, the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on such date (or, in either case, the then-standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system).  If the closing sale price of the Common Stock is not so reported, the “Closing Sale Price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and last ask prices for the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose.

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
“Common Equity” of any Person means the Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

“Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company authorized at the date of this instrument as originally executed or shares of any class or classes of common stock resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof; provided, however, that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares so issuable on conversion of Notes shall include shares of all such classes, and the shares of each such class then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications. 

“common stock” includes any stock of any class of Capital Stock which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the issuer thereof and which is not subject to redemption by the issuer thereof.

“Company” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of Article 9, shall include its successors and assigns.

“Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by one of its Officers, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Conversion Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02.

“Conversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(b).

“Conversion Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(b).

“Conversion Period” means, with respect to any Note surrendered for conversion, (i) if the relevant Conversion Date occurs prior to the 30th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the third VWAP Trading Day immediately following such Conversion Date; and (ii) if the relevant Conversion Date occurs on or after the 30th Scheduled Trading 

3
 NY\6371365.3

Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the 27th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

“Conversion Price” means, in respect of each Note, as of any date, $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate in effect on such date.

“Conversion Rate” means initially 37.2148 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as set forth herein.

“Corporate Trust Office” means, with respect to the office of the Trustee, the designated corporate trust office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attn: SunEdison, Inc. 2020 Notes Administrator, or such other address in the continental United States as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 

“corporation” means a corporation, association, joint stock company, limited liability company or business trust.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Notes (so long as the Notes constitute Global Notes), or any successor entity.

“Daily Conversion Value” means, for each VWAP Trading Day during any Conversion Period, one-twenty-fifth (1/25th) of the product of (i) the Conversion Rate in effect on such VWAP Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP on such VWAP Trading Day.

“Daily Measurement Value” means, for any conversion of Notes, the applicable Specified Dollar Amount divided by 25.

“Daily Net Share Number” means, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes surrendered for conversion, for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the Conversion Period, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (B) the Daily VWAP for such VWAP Trading Day.

“Daily Settlement Amount” for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes surrendered for conversion, for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the Conversion Period, will consist of: (i) if the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, (x) a cash payment equal to the Daily Measurement Value; and (y) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Daily Net Share Number for such VWAP Trading Day; or (ii) if the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day is less than or equal to the Daily Measurement Value, a cash payment equal to the Daily Conversion Value.

“Daily VWAP” for the Common Stock (or any security that is part of the Reference Property), in respect of any VWAP Trading Day, means the per share volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock (or other security) as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg Page SUNE.N Equity AQR (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available, or the Bloomberg Page for any security that is part of the Reference Property, if applicable) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such VWAP Trading Day or, if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable (or the Reference Property is not a security), the market value of one share of the Common Stock (or other Reference Property) on such VWAP Trading Day as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof in a commercially reasonable manner, using a volume-weighted average price method (unless the Reference Property is not a security).  The “Daily VWAP” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside the regular trading session.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in the form of a Global Note, the Person designated as Depositary by the Company until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depositary” shall mean or include each Person who is then a 

4
 NY\6371365.3

Depositary hereunder. The Company has appointed The Depository Trust Company as the initial Depositary for the Notes.

“Dollar” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the U.S. that is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts at the time of payment.

“Effective Date” means, with respect to a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as applicable, the date such Fundamental Change or Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

“Ex-Dividend Date” means, except to the extent otherwise provided under Section 4.04(c), the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of the Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market.

“Exchange” means The New York Stock Exchange or its successor.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Form of Assignment and Transfer” means the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” means the “Form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Form of Notice of Conversion” means the “Form of Notice of Conversion” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Free Trade Date” means the date that is one year after the Last Original Issuance Date.

“Free Transferability Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

“Freely Tradable” means, with respect to any Notes, that such Notes are eligible to be sold by a Person who is not an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) and has not been an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) during the immediately preceding 90 days without any volume or manner of sale restrictions under the Securities Act.

“Fundamental Change” means the occurrence of a Change in Control or a Termination of Trading.  

“Fundamental Change Company Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(a).

“Fundamental Change Expiration Time” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(a)(i).

“Fundamental Change Purchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

“Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(a)(i).

“Fundamental Change Purchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

“Global Note” means a Note evidencing all or part of a series of Notes, issued to the Depositary for such series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depositary or nominee.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Register.

5
 NY\6371365.3

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

“Initial Purchasers” means the Persons listed in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.

“Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to the payment of interest on the Notes, each January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on, in the case of the Initial Notes, January 15, 2015.

“Issue Date” means, with respect to any Notes, the date the Notes are originally issued as set forth on the face of the Notes under this Indenture. 

“Last Original Issuance Date” means the last date of original issuance of the Initial Notes.

“Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means (i) any Change in Control (determined after giving effect to any exceptions or exclusions from the definition of “Change in Control” but without giving effect to the proviso in clause (2) of the definition thereof).

“Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.06(a).

“Market Disruption Event” means, if the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Exchange or listed on another U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the occurrence or existence during the one-half hour period ending on the scheduled close of trading on any Scheduled Trading Day of any material suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.

“Maturity Date” means January 15, 2020.

“Merger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07(a).

“Non-Affiliate Legend” has the meaning specified in the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Note” or “Notes” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the Recitals of this Indenture.

“Offer Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(e).

“Officer” or “officer” shall mean, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”) or any Director of the Company.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

“Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time.
 
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of, or counsel for, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, who is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

“Outstanding” means, with respect to the Notes, any Notes authenticated by the Trustee except (i) Notes cancelled by it, (ii) Notes delivered to it for cancellation and (iii)(A) Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, on and after the time such Note is replaced (unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that such Note is held by a protected purchaser), (B) Notes converted pursuant to Article 4 hereof, on and after their Conversion Date, (C) any and all Notes, the principal of which has become due and payable as of the Maturity Date, on a Fundamental Change Purchase Date or otherwise and in respect of which the Paying Agent is holding, in accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to pay all of the Notes then payable, and (D) any and all Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company will be considered as though not Outstanding, except that in determining whether the Trustee shall be 

6
 NY\6371365.3

protected in relying upon any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only such Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be disregarded.

“Paying Agent” means, initially, the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company in the future to pay the principal amount of, any premium on, interest on, or the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of any Notes on behalf of the Company.
“Permitted Exchange” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Termination of Trading” under this Section 1.01.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Physical Notes” means permanent, non-global certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form issued in minimum denominations of  $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

“Preliminary Offering Memorandum” means the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated June 4, 2014 related to the offering of the Initial Notes.

“Publicly Traded Securities” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Fundamental Change” under this Section 1.01.

“Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated June 4, 2014, among the Company and the Initial Purchaser.

“Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, statute, contract or otherwise).

“Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07(a).

“Register” and “Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.06. 

“Regular Record Date” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, January 1 (whether or not a Business Day) or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

“Relevant Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).

“Reporting Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.03.

“Resale Restriction Termination Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b)(ii).

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department (or any other successor group of the Trustee) customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who in each case shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“Restricted Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b)(i).

“Restricted Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(a)(i).

“Restricted Notes Legend” has the meaning specified in the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Restricted Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(b)(i).

7
 NY\6371365.3

“Restricted Stock Legend” means a legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Scheduled Trading Day” means any day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a “Business Day.”

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(ii).

“Settlement Election” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).

“Settlement Election Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).

“Settlement Method” means, with respect to any conversion of Notes, Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, as elected (or deemed to be elected) by the Company in accordance with Section 4.03(a)(i).

“Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any given time, a Subsidiary of such person that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” as such term is defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Specified Dollar Amount” means, for any conversion of Notes, the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to be received by the Holder upon conversion as specified in the Company’s Specified Dollar Amount Election Notice (which may be part of the Settlement Election Notice) or otherwise deemed to be elected by the Company in respect of such conversion as provided herein.

“Specified Dollar Amount Election” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).

“Specified Dollar Amount Election Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).

“Spin-Off” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).

“Stock Price” has the meaning specified in Section 4.06(c).

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding total voting power ordinarily entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees or other voting members of the governing body thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries or (b) any partnership the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or the only general partners of which are the Company or of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company (or any combination thereof).

“Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(a).

“Termination of Trading” means that the Common Stock (or other Reference Property into which the Notes are then convertible) are not approved for listing on any of the Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) (such exchanges or any of their respective successors, a “Permitted Exchange”).

“TerraForm Power” means TerraForm Power, Inc., the Subsidiary of the Company described under “Summary-Recent Events-Proposed Initial Public Offering of TerraForm Power, Inc.” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.

8
 NY\6371365.3

“Trading Day” means a day on which (i) the Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Exchange, the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed is open for trading or, if the Common Stock is not so listed, any Business Day and (ii) a Closing Sale Price for the Common Stock is available on such securities exchange or market.  A “Trading Day” only includes those days that have a scheduled closing time of 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) or the then-standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system.

“Trading Price” means, on any date of determination, the average of the secondary market bid quotations per $1,000 principal amount of Notes obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Bid Solicitation Agent, the Company) for $1,000,000 principal amount of the Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company; provided that, if three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Company or the Bid Solicitation Agent, as applicable, but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Company or the Bid Solicitation Agent, as applicable, that one bid shall be used.  If on any date of determination, (i) the Company or the Bid Solicitation Agent, as applicable, cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $1,000,000 principal amount of the Notes from an independent nationally recognized securities dealer, (ii) the Company fails to request the Bid Solicitation Agent to obtain bids when required or (iii) the Company requests that the Bid Solicitation Agent obtain bids and the Bid Solicitation Agent fails to make such determination (or, if the Company is the Bid Solicitation Agent, the Company fails to make such determination), then, in each case, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes on such date of determination or on each Trading Day of such failure (as the case may be) will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of (i) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such date and (ii) the then-current Conversion Rate.  

“Trigger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to Section 11.12, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Unit of Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07(a).

“U.S.” means the United States of America.

“Valuation Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).

“Vice President,” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

“VWAP Market Disruption Event” means (i) a failure by the primary exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock trades or is quoted to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such day.

“VWAP Trading Day” means a day on which (i) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event and (ii) the Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Exchange, the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed is open for trading or, if the Common Stock is not so listed, any Business Day.  For these purposes, a “VWAP Trading Day” includes only those days that have a scheduled closing time of 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) or the then-standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system.

Section 1.02    References to Interest.  Any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note in this Indenture shall be deemed to include Additional Interest, if, in such context, Additional Interest, is, was or would be payable pursuant hereto.  Any express mention of the payment of Additional Interest in any provision 

9
 NY\6371365.3

hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

Section 1.03    Acts of Holders.  (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of Notes, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.03.

(b)    The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c)    The amount of Notes held by any Person executing any such instrument or writings as the Holder thereof, the numbers of such Notes and the date of his holding the same may be proved by the production of such Notes or by a certificate executed, as depositary, by any trust company, bank, banker or member of a national securities exchange (wherever situated), if such certificate is in form satisfactory to the Trustee, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depositary, or exhibited to it, the Notes therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person executing such instrument or writing as the Holder thereof, if such certificate or affidavit is in form satisfactory to the Trustee.  The Trustee and the Company may assume that such ownership of any Notes continues until (1) another certificate bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Notes is produced or (2) such Notes are produced by some other Person or (3) such Notes are no longer Outstanding.

(d)    The fact and date of execution of any such instrument or writing and the amount and number of Notes held by the Person so executing such instrument or writing may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. The Trustee may in any instance require further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this Section 1.03.

(e)    The principal amount (except as otherwise contemplated in clause (ii) of the definition of “Outstanding”), serial numbers of Notes held by any Person and the date of holding the same shall be proved by the Register.

(f)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(g)    The Company may but shall not be obligated to set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of any Outstanding Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted by Sections 2.11, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06, 8.02 or 11.11.  Such record date shall be not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders of such Notes furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.13 prior to such solicitation.

(h)    If the Company solicits from Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  If such a record date is fixed, 

10
 NY\6371365.3

such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

Section 2.01    Title and Terms; Payments.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $600,000,000 (the “Initial Notes”), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.11, or 3.07.  The Company may, from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, execute and deliver to the Trustee for authentication Additional Notes of an unlimited aggregate principal amount, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Additional Notes to or upon receipt of a Company Order, without any further action by the Company hereunder; provided, however, that (1) if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number for so long as they remain not fungible; (2) such Additional Notes must be issued pursuant to the same terms (other than the date of issuance for such Notes and, if applicable in accordance with Section 2.14, the date from which interest will initially accrue and the date of the first interest payment) as the Initial Notes; (3) the Trustee must receive an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such issuance of Additional Notes complies with the provisions of this Indenture, including each provision of this paragraph and all conditions precedent to the issuance and authentication of such Additional Notes have been satisfied; and (4) the Trustee must receive an Opinion of Counsel which shall state (a) that the form of such Additional Notes has been established by a supplemental indenture or pursuant to the Board Resolutions in accordance with this Section 2.01 and Section 2.04 and in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; (b) that the terms of such Additional Notes have been established in accordance with this Section 2.01 and in conformity with the other provisions of this Indenture and all conditions precedent to the issuance and authentication of such Additional Notes have been satisfied; and (c) that such Additional Notes have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and to general equity principles.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020” of the Company.  The principal amount shall be payable on the Maturity Date unless no longer Outstanding because earlier purchased or converted in accordance with this Indenture.
The principal amount of Physical Notes shall be payable in U.S. dollars at the Corporate Trust Office and at any other office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose.  Interest on Physical Notes will be payable (i) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or less of Notes, by check mailed to such Holders at the address set forth in the Register and (ii) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $1,000,000 of Notes, either by check mailed to such Holders or, upon written application by a Holder to the Company and Registrar at least three Business Days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such Holder’s account within the U.S., which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies the Registrar to the contrary in writing.  The Company will pay or cause the Trustee or Paying Agent to pay principal of, and interest on, Global Notes in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Global Note, on each Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Maturity Date or other payment date, as the case may be.  
Section 2.01    Ranking.  The Notes constitute direct unsecured, senior obligations of the Company.

Section 2.03    Denominations.  The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000.

11
 NY\6371365.3

Section 2.04    Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.  The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one of its Officers.

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time Officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes.  The Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as one or more Global Notes or as one or more Physical Notes.  The Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Indenture and not otherwise.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by an authorized signatory of the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.
Section 2.05    Temporary Notes.  Pending the preparation of Physical Notes, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the Physical Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Officer executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by such Officer’s execution of such Notes; provided that any such temporary Notes shall bear legends on the face of such Notes as set forth in the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A and/or Sections 2.07 and 2.11.

After the preparation of Physical Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 5.02, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver, in exchange therefor a like principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Physical Notes.
Section 2.06    Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

(a)The Company shall cause to be kept at the applicable Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in the continental United States a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 5.02 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of Notes.  The Trustee is hereby appointed registrar (the “Registrar”) for the purpose of registering the transfer and exchange of the Notes as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at an office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 5.02 for such purpose, the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, each such Note bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture (including the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A and Sections 2.07 and 2.11).
At the option of the Holder and subject to the other provisions of Sections 2.07 and 2.11, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

12
 NY\6371365.3

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.  As a condition to the registration of transfer of any Restricted Notes, the Company or the Trustee may require evidence satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend on such Notes.
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company and the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.11 not involving any transfer.
Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note in the circumstances set forth in Section 2.11(a)(iv).   
(b)Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (collectively, the “Agent Members”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf any Agent Member may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Note, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, the Agents and any of their respective agents as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any liability, responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person on whose behalf Agent Members may act with respect to (i) any ownership interests in the Global Note, (ii) the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) any notice required hereunder, (iv) any payments under or with respect to the Global Note or (v) actions taken or not taken by any Agent Members.
(c)Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any of their respective agents from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.  The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 2.07    Transfer Restrictions.

(d)Restricted Notes.

(i)Every Note (and any security issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) that bears, or that is required under this Section 2.07 to bear, the Restricted Notes Legend will be deemed to be a “Restricted Note.”  Each Restricted Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Indenture (including in the Restricted Notes Legend) and will bear the restricted CUSIP number for the Notes unless the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that such restrictions on transfer are eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company (including, without limitation, by the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate as provided herein), and each Holder of a Restricted Note, by such Holder’s acceptance of such Restricted Note, will be deemed to be bound by the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Note.

(ii)Until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any Note will bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless:

(A)(1)    such Note, since last held by the Company or an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144), if ever, was transferred (I) to a Person other than (x) the Company, (y) an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) or (z) a Person that was an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the 90 

13
 NY\6371365.3

days immediately preceding such transfer and (II) pursuant to a registration statement that was effective under the Securities Act at the time of such transfer; or 

(2)    such Note was transferred (I) to a Person other than (x) the Company or (y) an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) or a Person that was an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the 90 days immediately preceding such transfer and (II) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act; and

(B)the Company delivers written notice to the Trustee and the Registrar (including, without limitation, by the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate as provided herein) stating that the Restricted Notes Legend may be removed from such Note and all Applicable Procedures have been complied with.

(iii)In addition, until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, no transfer of any Restricted Note will be registered by the Registrar unless the transferring Holder delivers to the Trustee a completed notice substantially in the form of the Form of Assignment and Transfer, which contains a certification that the transferee is SunEdison, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof or that the transferee is not an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) and has not been an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the 90 days immediately preceding the date of such proposed transfer.

(iv)On and after the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any Note will bear the Restricted Note Legend if at any time the Company determines that, to comply with law, such Note must bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Company notifies the Trustee in writing.

(b)    Restricted Stock.

(i)    Every share of Common Stock that bears, or that is required under this Section 2.07 to bear, the Restricted Stock Legend will be deemed to be “Restricted Stock”.  Each share of Restricted Stock will be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Indenture (including in the Restricted Stock Legend) and will bear a restricted CUSIP number unless such restrictions on transfer are eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent (including, without limitation, by the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate in connection with the Notes as provided herein) of the Company, and each Holder of Restricted Stock, by such Holder's acceptance of Restricted Stock, will be deemed to be bound by the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Stock.

(ii)    Until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of a Note, and any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Restricted Note, will be issued in book-entry form by or on behalf of the Company and will bear the Restricted Stock Legend unless the Company delivers written notice to the transfer agent for the Common Stock stating that such shares of Common Stock need not bear the Restricted Stock Legend.

(iii)    On and after the Resale Restriction Termination Date, shares of Common Stock will be issued in book-entry form and will bear the Restricted Stock Legend at any time the Company reasonably determines that, to comply with law, such shares of Common Stock must bear the Restricted Stock Legend.

(c)     As used in this Section 2.07, the term “transfer” means any sale, pledge, transfer, loan, hypothecation or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Note, any interest therein or any Restricted Stock.

(d)    All Notes, whether Global Notes or Physical Notes, are required to bear the Non-Affiliate Legend at all times, whether before or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date.

14
 NY\6371365.3

Section 2.08    Expiration of Restrictions.  

(e)Physical Notes.  Any Physical Note (or any security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) that does not constitute a Restricted Note may be exchanged for a new Note or Notes of like tenor and aggregate principal amount that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend required by Section 2.07.  To exercise such right of exchange, the Holder of such Note must surrender such Note in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 and deliver any additional documentation required by this Indenture in connection with such exchange.
(f)Global Notes; Resale Restriction Termination Date.
(i)If, on the Free Trade Date, or the next succeeding Business Day if the Free Trade Date is not a Business Day, any Notes are represented by a Global Note that is a Restricted Note (any such Global Note, a “Restricted Global Note”), as promptly as practicable, the Company will automatically exchange every beneficial interest in each Restricted Global Note for beneficial interests in Global Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend and in Section 2.07. 

(ii)To effect such automatic exchange, the Company will (A) deliver to the Depositary an instruction letter for the Depositary’s mandatory exchange process at least 15 days immediately prior to the Free Trade Date (with a copy to the Trustee) and (B) deliver to each of the Trustee and the Registrar a duly completed Free Transferability Certificate promptly after the Free Trade Date.  The date of the Free Transferability Certificate will be known as the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”. The Trustee shall assume that the Free Trade Date has not occurred unless and until it receives a Free Transferability Certificate.  

(iii)Immediately upon receipt of the Free Transferability Certificate by each of the Trustee and the Registrar:

(A) the Restricted Notes Legend will be deemed removed from each of the Global Notes specified in such Free Transferability Certificate and the restricted CUSIP number will be deemed removed from each of such Global Notes and deemed replaced with the unrestricted CUSIP number;
(B) the Restricted Stock Legend will be deemed removed from any shares of Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of the Notes; and
(C)thereafter, shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes will be assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number and will not bear the Restricted Stock Legend (except as provided in Section 2.07(b)(iii)) or any similar legend.

(iv)    Promptly after the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the Company will provide Bloomberg LLP with a copy of the Free Transferability Certificate and will use reasonable efforts to cause Bloomberg LLP to adjust its screen page for the Notes to indicate that the Notes are no longer Restricted Notes and are then identified by an unrestricted CUSIP number.

(v)    Prior to the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate and afterwards, the Company and the Trustee will comply with the Applicable Procedures and the Company shall otherwise use reasonable efforts to cause each Global Note that is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend to be identified by an unrestricted CUSIP number in the facilities of the Depositary by the date the Free Transferability Certificate is delivered to the Trustee and the Registrar or as promptly as possible thereafter.

(vi)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 2.08(b)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company will not be required to deliver the Free Transferability Certificate if it reasonably believes that removal of the Restricted Notes Legend or the changes to the CUSIP numbers for the Notes could result in or facilitate transfers of the Notes in violation of applicable law.

Section 2.09    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes.  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and deliver, in exchange therefor a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. If there shall be 

15
 NY\6371365.3

delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of written notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.
Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.09, the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.09 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
Section 2.10    Persons Deemed Owners.  Subject to the rights of Holders as of the Regular Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date, prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, each Agent, and any of their respective agents may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the Register as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, the Agents nor any of their respective agents shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.11    Transfer and Exchange.  

(a)    Provisions Applicable to All Transfers and Exchanges.
(i)    Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.11, Physical Notes and beneficial interests in Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged from time to time as desired, and each such transfer or exchange will be noted by the Registrar in the Register.
(ii)    All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange in accordance with this Indenture will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(iii)    No service charge will be imposed on any Holder of a Physical Note or any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note for any exchange or registration of transfer, but each of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar may require such Holder or owner of a beneficial interest to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed in connection with such registration of transfer or exchange.
(iv)Unless the Company specifies otherwise, none of the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar or any co-Registrar will be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note (i) that has been surrendered for conversion or (ii) as to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn, except to the extent any portion of such Note is not subject to the foregoing. 
(v)Neither the Trustee nor any Agent will have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

16
 NY\6371365.3

(b)    In General; Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law or by Section 2.11(c):
(i)    all Notes will be represented by one or more Global Notes;

(ii)    every transfer and exchange of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the provisions of this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.07); and

(iii)    each Global Note may be transferred only as a whole and only (A) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, (B) by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary or (C) by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  

(c)    Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes for Physical Notes.
(i)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, each Global Note will be exchanged for Physical Notes if the Depositary delivers notice to the Company that:

(A)the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary; or 

(B)the Depositary is no longer registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act or is otherwise no longer permitted under applicable law to continue as Depositary for such Global Note; 

and, in each case, the Company promptly delivers a copy of such notice to the Trustee and the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after receiving notice from the Depositary.
In each such case, the Company will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly authenticate and deliver, for each beneficial interest in each Global Note so exchanged, an aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes equal to the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest, registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary specifies, and bearing any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07.
(ii)    In addition, if an Event of Default has occurred with regard to the Notes represented by the relevant Global Note and such Event of Default has not been cured or waived, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may deliver a written request through the Depositary to exchange such beneficial interest for Physical Notes.

In such case, (A) the Registrar will deliver notice of such request to the Company and the Trustee, which notice will identify the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest and the CUSIP of the relevant Global Note; (B) the Company will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly authenticate and deliver, to such owner, for the beneficial interest so exchanged by such owner, Physical Notes registered in such owner’s name having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest as the Depositary specifies, and bearing any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07; and (C) the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, will cause the principal amount of such Global Note to be decreased by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest so exchanged.  If all of the beneficial interests in a Global Note are so exchanged, such Global Note will be deemed surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Trustee will cause such Global Note to be cancelled in accordance with the Trustee's customary procedures and the Applicable Procedures.
(d)    Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes.  

(i)    If Physical Notes are issued, a Holder may transfer a Physical Note by: (A) surrendering such Physical Note for registration of transfer to the Registrar, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar; (B) if such Physical Note is a Restricted Note, delivering any documentation required by Section 2.07; and (C) satisfying all other requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.11 

17
 NY\6371365.3

and Section 2.07.  Upon the satisfaction of conditions (A), (B) and (C) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Company, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Physical Notes, of any authorized denomination, having like aggregate principal amount and bearing any restrictive legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07.
(ii)    If Physical Notes are issued, a Holder may exchange a Physical Note for other Physical Notes of any authorized denominations and aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be exchanged by surrendering such Notes, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar, at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purposes pursuant to Section 5.02.  Whenever a Holder surrenders Notes for exchange, the Company, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order and in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly authenticate and deliver the Notes that such Holder is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding and any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07. 
(iii)    If Physical Notes are issued, a Holder may transfer or exchange a Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Security by (A) surrendering such Physical Note for registration of transfer or exchange, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar, at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purposes pursuant to Section 5.02; (B) if such Physical Note is a Restricted Note, delivering any documentation required by Section 2.07; (C) satisfying all other requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.11 and Section 2.07; and (D) providing written instructions to the Trustee to make, or to direct the Registrar to make, an adjustment in its books and records with respect to the applicable Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by such Global Note, which instructions will contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase.  Upon the satisfaction of conditions (A), (B), (C) and (D), the Trustee will cancel such Physical Note and cause, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of such Physical Note, and will credit or cause to be credited the account of the Person specified in the instructions provided by the exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Physical Note.  If no Global Notes are then Outstanding, the Company, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order and in accordance with Section 2.04, will authenticate, a new Global Note in the appropriate aggregate principal amount.

Section 2.12    Purchase of Notes; Cancellation.  The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), purchase Notes in the open market or by tender offer at any price or by private agreement.  The Company will cause any Notes so purchased (other than Notes purchased pursuant to cash-settled swaps or other derivatives) to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.  For the avoidance of doubt, any such Notes purchased by the Company will be retired and no longer Outstanding hereunder.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold.  The Trustee shall promptly cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, purchase, repurchase, conversion or cancellation in accordance with its standard procedures.  If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes in any manner whatsoever, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Notes so acquired, while held by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall not entitle the Holder thereof to convert the Notes.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  
The Registrar shall retain, in accordance with its customary procedures, copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.12.  The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

18
 NY\6371365.3

Section 2.13    CUSIP Numbers.  In issuing the Notes, the Company may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use); provided that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP numbers as they appear on any Notes, notice, or elsewhere.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

Section 2.14    Payment and Computation of Interest.  The Notes will bear cash interest at a rate of 0.25% per year until the Maturity Date, unless earlier purchased, converted or redeemed in accordance with the provisions herein.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, (x) in the case of the Initial Notes, June 10, 2014 or (y) in the case of any other Notes, the date of original issuance of such Notes.  Interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date semiannually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that, if any Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date of a Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of the delay.  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months; provided, however, that for any period in which a particular interest rate is applicable for less than a full semiannual period, interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 30-day month and, for periods of less than a month, the actual number of days elapsed over a 30-day month.  

Unless the context otherwise requires, payments of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, principal and interest on any Note, in each case, that are not made when due will accrue interest per annum at the then-applicable interest rate from the required payment date.
The Company will pay Additional Interest under certain circumstances as provided in Section 5.08 and 6.03.

ARTICLE 3.
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDERS

Section 3.01    Purchase at Option of Holders upon a Fundamental Change.  If a Fundamental Change occurs, then each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to purchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of such Holder’s Notes that is equal to $1,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000, on a date (the “Fundamental Change Purchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than 20 or more than 35 Business Days after the Company provides the Fundamental Change Company Notice, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Purchase Price”); provided, however, that if the Fundamental Change Purchase Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which it relates, the Company shall instead pay interest accrued to the Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record of the Note as of the close of business on  Regular Record Date and the Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall then be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Note subject to purchase and will not include any accrued and unpaid interest.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no purchase of any Notes pursuant to this Section 3.01 if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price with respect to such Notes).    In the event the principal amount of the Notes is accelerated following delivery of a Fundamental Change Company Notice (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price with respect to such Notes), the Trustee will promptly (i) return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes tendered to it or (ii) effect appropriate book-entry transfers to the respective beneficial holders thereof any beneficial interests in a Global Note tendered to it in compliance with the Applicable Procedures, in which case, upon such return or transfer, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

Section 3.02    Fundamental Change Company Notice.  
(g)General.  On or before the 10th Business Day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (in the case of any Paying Agent other than the Trustee) a written notice (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice”) of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the purchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof.  Such notice shall be sent to the Holders in accordance with Section 12.08(c) (with a copy to the Trustee).  Simultaneously with providing such Fundamental Change Company Notice, the Company shall issue 

19
 NY\6371365.3

a press release announcing the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and make the press release available on the Company’s website.  Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:
(i)the events causing the Fundamental Change;
(ii)the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change, and whether the Fundamental Change is a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, in which case the notice shall state the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change;
(iii)information about the Holder’s right to convert the Notes;
(iv)information about the Holder’s right to require the Company to purchase the Notes;
(v)the last date on which a Holder of Notes may exercise the purchase right pursuant to Section 3.01;
(vi)the Fundamental Change Purchase Price;
(vii)the Fundamental Change Purchase Date;
(viii)the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent, if applicable;
(ix)the applicable Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the applicable Conversion Rate resulting from the Fundamental Change;
(x)if applicable, that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice in accordance with Section 3.05;
(xi)the procedures required for exercise of the purchase option upon the Fundamental Change, including that the Holder must exercise the purchase option prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time; and
(xii)that the Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Notes surrendered for purchase prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time and the procedures required for withdrawal of any such exercise as described in 3.05; 
(h)No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01.
(i)At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give the Fundamental Change Company Notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company; provided, further that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before the Fundamental Change Company Notice is required to be given to the Holders (or such shorter period agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and attaching the form of Fundamental Change Company Notice and including the information required by Section 3.02(a). Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall be responsible for determining if a Fundamental Change has occurred or for delivering a Fundamental Change Company Notice to Holders or for the content of any Fundamental Change Company Notice.

Section 3.03    Repurchase Procedures.  
(j)Purchases of Notes under Section 3.01 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:
(i)if the Notes to be purchased are Physical Notes, delivery to the Trustee by the Holder of a duly completed notice in the Form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice (the “Fundamental Change Purchase Notice”) together with the Physical Notes duly endorsed for transfer, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, (the “Fundamental Change Expiration Time”); and
(ii)if the Notes to be purchased are Global Notes, delivery to the Trustee of the beneficial interest in such Global Notes, by book-entry transfer, in compliance with the Applicable Procedures and the satisfaction of any other requirements of the Depositary in connection with tendering beneficial interests in a Global Note for purchase by the Fundamental Change Expiration Time.

The Fundamental Change Purchase Notice in respect of any Notes to be purchased shall state:
(i)if certificated, the certificate numbers of such Holder’s Notes;
(ii)the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be purchased, which must be such that the principal amount not purchased equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000; and
(iii)that such Notes are to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture.

20
 NY\6371365.3

(a)Notice to Company.  The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

Section 3.04    Effect of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice.  Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of Physical Notes and a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or beneficial interests in a Global Note by book-entry transfer as specified in Section 3.03, the Holder of the tendered Note shall (unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with Section 3.05) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, in cash with respect to such Note (and any previously accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, if applicable).  Such Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder, provided that the conditions in this Article 3 have been satisfied (including, without limitation, the proper delivery or book-entry transfer of such Note as required under Section 3.03(a)) and subject to the Paying Agent holding money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, promptly following the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Purchase Date and the time of delivery or book-entry transfer of such Note to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.01.

Section 3.05    Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice.  A Fundamental Change Purchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent in accordance with the Fundamental Change Company Notice, as applicable, at any time prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time, as applicable, specifying:
(a)the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted;
(b)if certificated, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes; and
(c)the principal amount, if any, of each Note that remains subject to the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, which must be such that the principal amount of such Holder’s Notes not purchased equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;
provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.
The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with the provisions of this Section 3.05.
Section 3.06    Deposit of Fundamental Change Purchase Price.  Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided herein) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date.  If the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of the tendered Notes on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, then (a) such tendered Notes will cease to be Outstanding and (except as provided below in clause (b)) interest will cease to accrue thereon (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes is made or whether or not the Notes are delivered to the Paying Agent) and (b) all other rights of the Holders of such tendered Notes will terminate (other than (x) the right to receive the Fundamental Change Purchase Price and (y) the right of the Holder of record on such Regular Record Date to receive any interest payment pursuant to Section 3.01, if applicable).

Section 3.07    Notes Purchased in Whole or in Part.  Any Note that is to be purchased pursuant to this Article 3, whether in whole or in part, shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and, to the extent that only a part of the Note so surrendered is to be purchased, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Note so surrendered that is not purchased.

Section 3.08    Covenant To Comply with Applicable Laws upon Purchase of Notes.  In connection with any purchase of Notes under Section 3.01, the Company shall, in each case if required by law, (i) comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4, Rule 14e-1 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act to the 

21
 NY\6371365.3

extent any such rules are applicable, (ii) file a Schedule TO or any successor or similar schedule, if required, under the Exchange Act and (iii) otherwise comply with all U.S. federal or state securities laws applicable to the Company in connection with offer by the Company to purchase Notes under Section 3.01, in each case, so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Article 3 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified under this Article 3.

Section 3.09    Repayment to the Company.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of money deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.06 exceeds the aggregate Fundamental Change Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof that the Company is obligated to purchase as of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, then, following the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Paying Agent shall, upon demand of the Company, promptly return any such excess to the Company.

ARTICLE 4
CONVERSION

Section 4.01    Right To Convert.  (a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion of its Notes at an initial Conversion Rate of 37.2148 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes (equivalent to an initial Conversion Price of approximately $26.87 per share of Common Stock) into the Settlement Amount determined in accordance with Section 4.03(a)(ii), prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding October 15, 2019, (x) only upon satisfaction of one or more of the conditions described in Section 4.01(b), and (y) on or after October 15, 2019, at any time until the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the stated Maturity Date regardless of whether the conditions described in Section 4.01(b) are satisfied.

(b)     (i)      A Holder may surrender all or any portion of its Notes for conversion during any calendar quarter commencing after the quarter ending September 30, 2014 if the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the calendar quarter in which the conversion occurs, is more than 130% of the applicable Conversion Price in effect on each applicable Trading Day.  Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation (x) to determine whether the market price condition described in this Section 4.01(b)(i) has been met or (y) to verify the Company’s determination regarding such market price condition.

(ii)    If, prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding October 15, 2019, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes on each Trading Day during any ten consecutive Trading-Day period (the “Measurement Period”) is less than 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day, a Holder may surrender Notes for conversion at any time during the five consecutive Trading Days following such Measurement Period.  Whenever the condition to conversion set forth in this Section 4.01(b)(ii) has been met, the Company shall so notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Bid Solicitation Agent and the Conversion Agent (in each case, if other than the Trustee) in writing.  The Trading Price shall be determined by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.01(b)(ii) and the definition of “Trading Price” set forth in Section 1.01.  The Company shall provide written notice to the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Company) of the three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company in accordance with the definition of Trading Price, along with the appropriate contact information for each.  However, the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Company) shall have no obligation to solicit market bid quotations for the Company to determine the Trading Price of the Notes unless the Company has requested such solicitation in writing; and the Company shall have no obligation to make such request (or, if the Company is the Bid Solicitation Agent, to determine the Trading Price of the Notes) unless a Holder of a Note provides it and the Trustee with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes would be less than 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day.  At such time, the Company shall instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent in writing to solicit market bid quotations for the Notes from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company for the Company to determine (or, if the Company is the Bid Solicitation Agent, the Company shall determine) the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes beginning on such Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for a Trading Day 

22
 NY\6371365.3

is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day.  If, on any Trading Day after the condition to conversion set forth in this Section 4.01(b)(ii) has been met, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day, the Company will so notify the Holders, the Trustee, the Bid Solicitation Agent and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing.  
(iii)If the Company elects to issue or distribute, as the case may be, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock to (x) any rights, options or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or purchase, for a period expiring within 60 calendar days after the declaration date for such issuance, shares of the Common Stock, at a price per share that is less than the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such issuance; or (y) cash, debt securities (or other evidence of indebtedness) or other assets or securities (excluding dividends or distributions in respect of which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is made pursuant to Section 4.04(a)), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock as of the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution, then, in either case, the Company must deliver notice of such distribution, and of the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution, to the Holders at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.  After the Company has delivered such notice, Holders may surrender their Notes for conversion at any time until the earlier of (a) Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Ex-Dividend Date and (b) the Company’s announcement that such issuance or distribution will not take place.  Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation (I) to determine whether a distribution described in this Section 4.01(b)(iii) has occurred or (II) to verify the Company’s determination regarding such a distribution.
(iv)If a transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding October 15, 2019, a holder may surrender Notes for conversion at any time from and after the date that is 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction or event (or, if later, the date on which the Company gives notice of such transaction) until the Close of Business on (1) if such transaction or event is a Fundamental Change, the Business Day immediately preceding the related Fundamental Change Purchase Date, or (2) otherwise, on the 40th Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the effective date for such transaction or event.  To the extent commercially reasonably practicable, the Company will give notice to Holders of the anticipated effective date for such transaction or event not less than 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date or, if the Company does not have knowledge of such transaction or event or the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction or event at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date, within one Business Day of the date upon which the Company receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware of, such transaction or event, unless the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is no longer impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction or event (but in no event later than the actual effective date of such transaction or event).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Company be required to provide such notice to the Holders before the earlier of (i) the actual effective date of such transaction or event and (ii) the earlier of such time as the Company or its Affiliates (a) have publicly disclosed or acknowledged the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction or event or (b) are required to publicly disclose under applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s equity is then listed the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction or event. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation to (x) determine whether a Fundamental Change or Make-Whole Fundamental Change has occurred or (y) verify the Company's determination regarding such occurrence or non-occurrence.
(v)Holders will have the right to surrender Notes for conversion if the Company is a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property and assets that does not also constitute a Fundamental Change, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property.  In such event, Holders will have the right to surrender Notes for conversion at any time from and including the 35th Scheduled Trading Day prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction to, and including, the 40th Scheduled Trading Day following the effective date of such transaction.  To the extent commercially reasonably practicable, the Company will give notice to Holders of the anticipated effective date for such transaction not less 

23
 NY\6371365.3

than 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date or, if the Company does not have knowledge of such transaction or it determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date, within one Business Day of the date upon which the Company receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware, of such transaction, unless the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is no longer impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction (but in no event later than the actual effective date of such transaction).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Company be required to provide such notice to Holders before the earlier of (i) the actual effective date of such transaction and (ii) the earlier of such time as the Company or its Affiliates (a) have publicly disclosed or acknowledged the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction or (b) are required to publicly disclose under applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our equity is then listed the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction.  Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation (x) to determine whether a corporate event described in this Section 4.01(b)(v) has occurred or (y) to verify the Company’s determination regarding such a corporate event.

Section 4.02    Conversion Procedures.  
(a)    Each Physical Note shall be convertible at the office of the Conversion Agent and, if applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.
(b)    To exercise the conversion privilege with respect to a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Holder must comply with the Applicable Procedures for converting, and effecting a book-entry transfer to the Conversion Agent of, a beneficial interest on a Global Note and pay the funds, if any, required by Section 4.02(f) and any taxes or duties if required pursuant to Section 4.02(g), and the Conversion Agent must be informed of the conversion in accordance with the customary practice of the Depositary.

To exercise the conversion privilege with respect to any Physical Notes, the Holder of such Physical Notes shall:
(i)    duly sign and complete a conversion notice in the form set forth in the Form of Notice of Conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) or a facsimile of the Conversion Notice;
(ii)    deliver the Conversion Notice, which is irrevocable, and the Note to the Conversion Agent;
(iii)    if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents;
(iv)    if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes as set forth in Section 4.02(g); and
(v)    if required, make any payment required under Section 4.02(f).

If, upon conversion of a Note, any shares of Common Stock are to be issued to a Person other than the Holder of such Note, the related Conversion Notice shall include such other Person’s name and address.
If a Note has been submitted for repurchase pursuant to a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, such Note may not be converted except to the extent such Note has been withdrawn by the Holder and is no longer submitted for repurchase pursuant to a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with Section 3.07 prior to the relevant Fundamental Change Expiration Time.
For any Note, the date on which the Holder of such Note satisfies all of the applicable requirements set forth above with respect to such Note shall be the “Conversion Date” with respect to such Note.  
Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such Notes (or portion thereof) surrendered for conversion immediately prior to the Close of Business on the applicable Conversion Date; provided, however, that except to the extent required by Section 4.04, the person in whose name any shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon conversion, if any, shall be treated as a stockholder of record (i) as of the Close of Business on the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Conversion Period in a Combination Settlement and (ii) as of the Close of Business on the Conversion Date in a Physical Settlement.  At the Close of Business on the Conversion Date for a Note, the converting Holder shall no longer be the Holder of such Note.
(c)    Endorsement.  Any Notes surrendered for conversion shall, unless shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as the registration of such Notes, be duly endorsed by, 

24
 NY\6371365.3

or be accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder or its duly authorized attorney.
(d)    Physical Notes.  If any Physical Notes in a denomination greater than $1,000 shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of the Physical Notes so surrendered, without charge, new Physical Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Physical Notes.
(e)    Global Notes.  Upon the conversion of a beneficial interest in Global Notes, the Conversion Agent shall make a notation in its records as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversions of Notes effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee.
(f)    Interest Due Upon Conversion.  If a Holder converts a Note after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the Open of Business on the Interest Payment Date corresponding to such Regular Record Date, such Holder must accompany such Note with an amount of cash equal to the amount of interest that will payable on such Note on the corresponding Interest Payment Date; provided, however, that a Holder need not make such payment (1) if the Conversion Date follows the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Purchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (3) to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Note.
(g)    Taxes Due upon Conversion.  If a Holder converts a Note, the Company will pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of the Common Stock upon the conversion, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests that any shares be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder will pay that tax.

Section 4.03    Settlement Upon Conversion.  

(k)Settlement.  Subject to this Section 4.03 and Sections 4.06 and 4.07, upon conversion of any Note, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to Holders, in full satisfaction of its conversion obligation under Section 4.01, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, a Settlement Amount consisting of, at the election of the Company, solely cash (“Cash Settlement”), solely shares of Common Stock (together with cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)) (“Physical Settlement”) or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock (“Combination Settlement”).
(i)Settlement Election.  All conversions occurring on or after October 15, 2019 shall be settled using the same Settlement Method.  Prior to October 15, 2019, the Company will use the same Settlement Method for all conversions occurring on the same Conversion Date, but the Company shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with respect to conversions that occur on different Conversion Dates.  If the Company elects a Settlement Method (a “Settlement Election”) and a Specified Dollar Amount, if applicable (a “Specified Dollar Amount Election”), the Company shall provide to the Holders so converting through the Trustee a notice of such Settlement Method (each such notice, a “Settlement Election Notice”) or such Specified Dollar Amount (each such notice, a “Specified Dollar Amount Election Notice”), no later than the Close of Business on the second Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date (or, in the case of any conversions occurring on or after October 15, 2019, no later than October 15, 2019).  If the Company does not timely elect a Settlement Method, the Company shall no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Physical Settlement, and the Company shall be deemed to have elected Combination Settlement in respect of its Conversion Obligation, and the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be $1,000.  If the Company elects Combination Settlement but does not timely notify converting Holders of the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, such Specified Dollar Amount will be deemed to be $1,000.

In addition, the Company may, prior to October 15, 2019, at its option, irrevocably elect Combination Settlement with a particular Specified Dollar Amount for all conversions subsequent to its notice to Holders thereof by notice of such election to Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent.

25
 NY\6371365.3

(ii)Settlement Amount.  The cash, shares of Common Stock or combination of cash and shares of Common Stock in respect of any conversion of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be computed as follows:

(A)if the Company elects Physical Settlement, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of its Notes being converted, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate, together with cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b);
(B)if the Company elects (or is deemed to have elected) Cash Settlement, the Company shall pay to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of its Notes being converted, cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the related Conversion Period; and
(C)if the Company elects (or is deemed to have elected) Combination Settlement, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of its Notes being converted, an amount of cash and number of shares of Common Stock, if any, equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the related Conversion Period.

(iii)Delivery Obligation.  The Settlement Amounts upon conversion of the Notes will be paid or delivered, as the case may be, by the Company through the Conversion Agent.  The Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the Settlement Amount due in respect of its conversion obligation under this Section 4.03, (i) on the third Business Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date, if the Company elects Physical Settlement, unless such Conversion Date occurs following the regular record date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, in which case the Company will make such delivery (and payment, if applicable) on the Maturity Date and (ii) on the third Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of the related Conversion Period, in any other case; provided, however, that if prior to the Conversion Date for any converted Notes, the Common Stock has been replaced by Reference Property consisting solely of cash, the Company will pay the conversion consideration due in respect of such conversion on the tenth Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date, and, notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 4.03, no Conversion Period will apply to those conversions.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, if a VWAP Market Disruption Event occurs on a Scheduled Trading Day during the Conversion Period, or if such Scheduled Trading day is not a Trading Day for any other reason, then the Daily Conversion Value or Daily Settlement Amount, as applicable, will be determined on the next following Trading Day, and delivery of the Settlement Amount will be delayed accordingly.  No interest will accrue on account of such delay.

(iv)Exchange-Related Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Notes or in this Indenture, in connection with limitations imposed by the continued listing standards of the Exchange, the Company shall not enter into any transaction, or take any other action, that would result in the Notes, in the aggregate, becoming convertible into shares of Common Stock in excess of 20% of Common Stock outstanding as of the Last Original Issuance Date, unless the Company, at its election, either (i) obtains shareholder approval of such issuances, in accordance with the shareholder approval rules contained in such listing standards, or (ii) pays cash in lieu of delivering any shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon conversion in excess of such limitations based on (x) the Daily VWAP on each VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Conversion Period in respect of which, in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the Company pays cash pursuant to this Section 4.03(a)(iv), in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement or (y) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Conversion Date, in the case of Physical Settlement.  If the Company pays cash in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.03(a)(iv), it will notify the Trustee, the Conversion Agent and the Holders of the maximum number of shares it will deliver per $1,000 principal amount of converted Notes (x) in respect of each VWAP Trading Day in the relevant Conversion Period, in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement or (y) in respect of the relevant conversion, in the case of Physical Settlement. 

(b)    Fractional Shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not issue fractional shares of Common Stock as part of the Settlement Amount due with respect to any converted Note.  Instead, if 

26
 NY\6371365.3

any Settlement Amount includes a fraction of a share of the Common Stock, the Company will, in lieu of delivering such fraction of a share of Common Stock, pay an amount of cash equal to the product of such fraction of a share and (i) in a Physical Settlement, the Daily VWAP on the relevant Conversion Date, or if such Conversion Date is not a VWAP Trading Day, the immediately preceding VWAP Trading Day or (ii) in the case of any other Settlement Method, the Daily VWAP on the last VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Conversion Period (subject to Section 4.03(c) immediately below).

(c)    Conversion of Multiple Notes by a Single Holder.  If a Holder surrenders more than one Note for conversion on a single Conversion Date, the Company will calculate the amount of cash and the number of shares of Common Stock due with respect to such Notes as if such Holder had surrendered for conversion one Note having an aggregate principal amount equal to the sum of the principal amounts of each of the Notes surrendered for conversion by such Holder on such Conversion Date or, if the Notes surrendered for conversion are beneficial interests in a Global Note, based on such other aggregate number of Notes, or beneficial interests therein, being surrendered by the Holder for conversion on the same date as the Depositary may otherwise request.

(d)    Settlement of Accrued Interest and Deemed Payment of Principal.  If a Holder converts a Note, the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate to account for any accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, and the Company’s delivery or payment, as the case may be, of cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock into which a Note is convertible will be deemed to satisfy and discharge in full the Company’s obligation to pay the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, such Note to, but excluding, the Conversion Date; provided, however, that subject to Section 4.02(f), if a Holder converts a Note after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date and prior to the Open of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Company will still be obligated to pay the interest due on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of such Note on such Regular Record Date.

As a result, except as otherwise provided in the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, any accrued and unpaid interest with respect to a converted Note will be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited.  In addition, if the Settlement Amount for any Note includes both cash and shares of Common Stock, accrued and unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid first out of the amount of cash delivered upon such conversion.  
(e)    Notices.  Whenever a Conversion Date occurs with respect to a Note, the Conversion Agent will, as promptly as possible, and in no event later than the Business Day immediately following such Conversion Date, deliver to the Company and the Trustee, if it is not then the Conversion Agent, notice that a Conversion Date has occurred, which notice will state such Conversion Date, the principal amount of Notes converted on such Conversion Date and the names of the Holders that converted Notes on such Conversion Date.
On the first Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of the Conversion Period applicable to any Note surrendered for conversion in a Cash Settlement or a Combination Settlement, the Company will deliver a written notice to the Conversion Agent and the Trustee (if not also the Conversion Agent) stating the amount of cash and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, that the Company is obligated to pay or deliver, as the case may be, to satisfy its conversion obligation with respect to each Note converted on such Conversion Date.
(f)    Exchange in Lieu of Conversion.  When a Holder surrenders Notes for conversion, the Company may, at its election, direct the Conversion Agent to surrender, on or prior to the first Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date, such Notes to a financial institution designated by the Company for exchange in lieu of conversion.  In order to accept any Notes surrendered for conversion, the designated financial institution must agree to pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, in exchange for such Notes, the Settlement Amount that the Company would be obligated to deliver upon the conversion of such Notes at the time the Company would otherwise be required to deliver such consideration.  By the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date, the Company will notify the Holder surrendering Notes for conversion, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent that it has directed the designated financial institution to make an exchange in lieu of conversion and that the designated financial institution has agreed to make such exchange in lieu of conversion.  A copy of such notice shall include wire instructions and delivery instructions and shall be delivered to the conversion agent and to the designated institution.  

(i)    If the designated institution accepts any such Notes, it will deliver the amount of cash, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, due upon conversion of such Notes 

27
 NY\6371365.3

directly to the Holder of such Notes no later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date the Company would have otherwise been required to deliver such consideration.  In the case of Notes held through the Depositary, (x) the designated institution shall send an e-mail confirmation to the Conversion Agent once it has (a) wired such cash, if any, to the Holder, providing a Federal Reference Number, (b) processed a transfer to such Holder of such number of shares of Common Stock, if any, and (y) the Conversion Agent shall then contact the Holder’s custodian with the Depositary to confirm their receipt of such cash and number of shares of Common Stock, if any.  Notes exchanged by the designated institution will remain outstanding.  If the designated institution agrees to accept any Notes for exchange in lieu of conversion but does not timely deliver the related consideration, or if such designated institution does not accept the Notes for exchange, the Company will deliver the relevant consideration to the Holder on the applicable settlement date therefor as if the Company had not made an exchange in lieu of conversion election.  

(ii)    The Company’s designation of a financial institution to which the Notes may be submitted for exchange does not require the financial institution to accept any Notes.  The Company will not pay any consideration to, and the Company may, but will not be obligated to, otherwise enter into any agreement with, the designated institution for or with respect to such designation.

Section 4.04    Adjustment of Conversion Rate.  The Conversion Rate will be adjusted as described in this Section 4.04, except that no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made for a given transaction if Holders of the Notes will participate in that transaction, without conversion of the Notes, on the same terms and at the same time as a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the principal amount of a Holder’s Notes (expressed in thousands) multiplied by the Conversion Rate would participate.
(l)If the Company issues solely shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on all or substantially all shares of the Common Stock, or if the Company subdivides or combines the Common Stock, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x
	OS1

	OS0

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as applicable;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as applicable;

		
	OS0 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as applicable; and

		
	OS1 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the effective date of such subdivision or combination of common stock, as the case may be.

Any adjustment made under this clause (a) will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution (regardless of whether the dividend or distribution is scheduled to occur after the Maturity Date), or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date of such subdivision or combination of Common Stock, as the case may be.  If such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination described in this clause (a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof determines not to pay such dividend or distribution or to effect such subdivision or combination, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or subdivision or combination had not been announced.

28
 NY\6371365.3

(m)If an Ex-Dividend Date occurs for a distribution to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them, for a period of not more than 60 calendar days from the announcement date for such distribution, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock, at a price per share less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement date for such distribution, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x
	OS0 + X

	OS0 + Y

		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	OS0 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	X =
	the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and

		
	Y =
	the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement date for such distribution.

Any increase made under this clause (b) will be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution, regardless of whether the distribution date is scheduled to occur after the Maturity Date. To the extent that such rights, options or warrants expire prior to the Maturity Date and shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered.  If such rights, options or warrants were scheduled to be distributed prior to the Maturity Date and are not so distributed, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution had not occurred.
For purposes of this Section 4.04(b) and Section 4.01(b)(iii)(x), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price that is less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for each Trading Day in the applicable 10 consecutive Trading-Day period, there shall be taken into account any consideration the Company receives for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise thereof, with the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.
(n)If an Ex-Dividend Date occurs for a distribution (the “Relevant Distribution”) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, evidences of the Company’s indebtedness or other assets or property of the Company’s or rights, options or warrants to acquire the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock (excluding (i) dividends or distributions and rights, options or warrants as to which an adjustment was effected under clause (a) or (b) above; (ii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash; and (iii) Spin-Offs), then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x
	SP0

	SP0 - FMV

where,

29
 NY\6371365.3

		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	SP0 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day-period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and

		
	FMV =
	the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof) of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets or property or rights, options or warrants distributed with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock as of the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

Any increase made under the above portion of this clause (c) will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. No adjustment pursuant to the above formula will result in a decrease of the Conversion Rate. However, if such distribution is scheduled to be paid or made prior to the Maturity Date and is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock, without having to convert its Notes, the amount and kind of the Relevant Distribution that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution.  In the case of rights, options or warrants, if such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, or if no such rights, options or warrants are exercised prior to their expiration, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution of such rights, options or warrants had not occurred.
With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (c) where there has been an Ex-Dividend Date for a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x 
	FMV0 + MP0

	MP0 

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;

		
	FMV0 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common Stock over the first 10 consecutive Trading-Day period commencing on, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off (such period, the “Valuation Period”); and

		
	MP0 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

The adjustment to the applicable conversion rate under the preceding paragraph of this clause (c) will be determined on the last day of the Valuation Period but will be given effect immediately after the Open of 

30
 NY\6371365.3

Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off.  If the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off is less than 10 Trading Days prior to, and including, the end of the Conversion Period in respect of any conversion, references within this clause (c) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off to, and including, the last VWAP Trading Day of such Conversion Period.  In respect of any conversion during the Valuation Period for any Spin-Off, references within this clause (c) related to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date.
For purposes of the second adjustment formula set forth in this Section 4.04(c), (i) the Closing Sale Price of any Capital Stock or similar equity interest shall be calculated in a manner analogous to that used to calculate the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock in the definition of “Closing Sale Price” set forth in Section 1.01, (ii) whether a day is a Trading Day (and whether a day is a Scheduled Trading Day and whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred) for such Capital Stock or similar equity interest shall be determined in a manner analogous to that used to determine whether a day is a Trading Day (or whether a day is a Scheduled Trading Day and whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred) for the Common Stock, and (iii) whether a day is a Trading Day to be included in a Valuation Period will be determined based on whether a day is a Trading Day for both the Common Stock and such Capital Stock or similar equity interest.
Subject to Section 4.04(g), for the purposes of this Section 4.04(c), rights, options or warrants distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to acquire the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities, (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (a “Trigger Event”):  (1) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (2) are not exercisable; and (3) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 4.04(c) (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.04(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 4.04(c).  If any such rights, options or warrants, distributed prior to the Issue Date are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date of such deemed distribution (in which case the original rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders).  In addition, in the event of any distribution or deemed distribution of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.04(c) was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants which shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any Holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and (y) the Conversion Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming each such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued.
For purposes of Sections 4.04(a) through (c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 4.04(c) applies includes one or both of:
(A)a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 4.04(a) also applies (the “Clause A Distribution”); or
(B)an issuance of rights, options or warrants entitling holders of the Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock to which Section 4.04(b) also applies (the “Clause B Distribution”),
then (i) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a distribution to which this Section 4.04(c) applies (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Conversion Rate adjustment required to be made under this Section 4.04(c) with respect to such Clause C 

31
 NY\6371365.3

Distribution shall be made, (ii) the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 4.04(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company, (A) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause B Distribution and the Clause A Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or the Clause B Distribution shall not be deemed to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 4.04(b), and (iii) the Clause A Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution or the Clause B Distribution, as the case may be, except that, if determined by the Company, (A) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution, and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution shall not be deemed to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or such effective date” within the meaning of Section 4.04(a).
(o)If an Ex-Dividend Date occurs for a cash dividend or distribution to all, or substantially all, holders of the outstanding Common Stock (other than any dividend or distribution in connection with the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x 
	SP0

	SP0 - C

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;

		
	SP0 =
	the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and

		
	C =
	the amount in cash per share that the Company pays or distributes to substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

Any increase made under this clause (d) shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend date for such dividend or distribution. No adjustment pursuant to the above formula will result in a decrease of the Conversion Rate. However, if any dividend or distribution described in this clause (d) is scheduled to be paid or made prior to the Maturity Date but is not so paid or made, the new Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, without having to convert its Notes, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate on the Ex-Dividend Date for such cash dividend or distribution.
(p)If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock, and if the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “Offer Expiration Date”), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:

32
 NY\6371365.3

	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x 
	AC + (SP1 x OS1)

	OS0 x SP1

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date;

		
	AC =
	the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;

		
	OS0 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the time (the “Offer Expiration Time”) such tender or exchange offer expires (prior to giving effect to such tender or exchange offer);

		
	OS1 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Offer Expiration Time (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and

		
	SP1 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date.

The adjustment to the Conversion Rate under the preceding paragraph of this clause (e) will be determined at the Close of Business on the tenth Trading Day immediately following, but excluding, the Offer Expiration Date but will be given effect at the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date.  If the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date is less than 10 Trading Days prior to, and including, the end of the Conversion Period in respect of any conversion, references within this clause (e) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date to, and including, the last VWAP Trading Day of such conversion period.  In respect of any conversion during the 10 Trading Days commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date, references within this clause (e) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date.  No adjustment pursuant to the above formula will result in a decrease of the Conversion Rate.
(q)Special Settlement Provisions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Holder converts a Note in a Combination Settlement, and the Daily Settlement Amount for any VWAP Trading Day during the Conversion Period applicable to such Note:
(i)is calculated based on a Conversion Rate adjusted on account of any event described in Sections 4.04(a) through (e); and
(ii)includes any shares of Common Stock that, but for this provision, would entitle their holder to participate in such event;
then, although the Company will otherwise treat such Holder as the holder of record of such shares of Common Stock on the last VWAP Trading Day of such Conversion Period, the Company will not permit such Holder to participate in such event on account of such shares of Common Stock.
In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Holder converts a Note and:
(i)Combination Settlement is applicable to such Note and shares of Common Stock are deliverable to settle the Daily Net Share Number for a given Trading Day within the Conversion Period applicable to such Note;

33
 NY\6371365.3

(ii)any distribution, transaction or event described in Sections 4.04(a)-(e) has not yet resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Rate on such Trading Day; and 
(iii)the shares of Common Stock deliverable in respect of such Trading Day are not entitled to participate in the relevant distribution or transaction (because such shares of Common Stock were not held on a related Record Date or otherwise),
then the Company will adjust the number of shares of Common Stock delivered in respect of the relevant Trading Day to reflect the relevant distribution or transaction. 
If a Holder converts a Note and:
(i)Physical Settlement is applicable to such Note;
(ii)any distribution or transaction described in Sections 4.04(a)-(e) has not yet resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Rate on a given Conversion Date; and
(iii)the shares of Common Stock deliverable on settlement of the related conversion are not entitled to participate in the relevant distribution or transaction (because such shares of Common Stock were not held on a related Record Date or otherwise),
then the Company will adjust the number of shares of Common Stock delivered in respect of the relevant Trading Day to reflect the relevant distribution or transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Conversion Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Ex-Dividend Date as described above, and a Holder that has converted its Notes on or after such Ex-Dividend Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the related Conversion Date pursuant to Section 4.03 based on an adjusted Conversion Rate for such Ex-Dividend Date, then, notwithstanding the foregoing Conversion Rate adjustment provisions, the Conversion Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date will not be made for such converting Holder.  Instead, such Holder will be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.
(r)Poison Pill.  If a Holder converts a Note, to the extent that the Company has a rights plan in effect, if Physical Settlement applies to such Note, on the Conversion Date applicable to such Note, and if Combination Settlement applies to such Note on any VWAP Trading Day in the Conversion Period applicable to such Note, the Holder converting such Note will receive, in addition to any shares of Common Stock otherwise received in connection with such conversion on such Conversion Date or such VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights under the rights plan, unless prior to such Conversion Date or such VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights have separated from the Common Stock, in which case, and only in such case, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all holders of the Common Stock, Distributed Property as described in Section 4.04(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.
(s)Deferral of Adjustments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company will not be required to adjust the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent; provided, however, that any such minor adjustments that are not required to be made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and provided, further, that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made shall be made upon the occurrence of (i) the Effective Date for any Fundamental Change or Make-Whole Fundamental Change (ii) in the case of any Note to which Physical Settlement applies,  the Conversion Date, and, in the case of any Note to which Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies, each VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Conversion Period and (iii) every one year anniversary of the date hereof.  In addition, the Company shall not account for such deferrals when determining whether any of the conditions to conversion have been satisfied or what number of shares of Common Stock a Holder would have held on a given day had it converted its Notes.
(t)Limitation on Adjustments.  Except as stated in this Section 4.04, the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.  If, however, the application of the formulas in Sections 4.04(a) through (e) would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, then, except to the extent of any readjustment to the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made (other than as a result of a reverse share split or share combination).
In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Conversion Rate will not be adjusted:
(i)upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and 

34
 NY\6371365.3

the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by us or any of our subsidiaries;
(ii)upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan, program or agreement or employee stock purchase plan of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(iii)upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in Section 4.04(i)(ii) immediately above and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;
(iv)for a change in the par value of the Common Stock; or
(v)for accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any. 
For purposes of this Section 4.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company so long as the Company does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.
Section 4.05    Discretionary and Voluntary Adjustments.

(u)Discretionary Adjustments.  Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Closing Sale Prices, the Daily VWAPs or any function thereof over a span of multiple days (including during an Conversion Period), the Company will make appropriate adjustments to each, if any, to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the effective date, Ex-Dividend Date or Offer Expiration Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when such Closing Sale Prices, the Daily VWAPs or function thereof is to be calculated.
(v)Voluntary Adjustments.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable requirements of the Exchange, the Company is permitted to increase the Conversion Rate of the Notes by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if such increase is irrevocable for such period and the Board of Directors determines that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest; provided that the Company must give at least 15 days’ prior notice of any such increase in the Conversion Rate.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable requirements of the Exchange, the Company may also (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event.

Section 4.06    Adjustment to Conversion Rate Upon Conversion in Connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

(w)Increase in the Conversion Rate.  If a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs and a Holder elects to convert its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, then the Company shall, to the extent provided herein, increase the Conversion Rate for the Notes so surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), as described in this Section 4.06.  A conversion of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” a Make-Whole Fundamental Change if the relevant Conversion Notice is received by the Conversion Agent during the period from, and including, the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change up to, and including, the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Purchase Date or, if such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is not also a Fundamental Change, the 35th Business Day immediately following the Effective Date for such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (such period, the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period”).
(x)Cash Mergers.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the consideration paid to holders of the Common Stock in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of “Fundamental Change” is comprised entirely of cash, then, for any conversion of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the payment and delivery obligations upon the conversion of a Note shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for such Make-Whole Fundamental Change and shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the applicable Conversion Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 4.06) multiplied by such Stock Price.  In such event, the Company’s conversion obligation will be determined and paid to Holders in cash on the third Business Day following the applicable Conversion Date.  Otherwise, the Company will settle any conversion of the Notes following the 

35
 NY\6371365.3

Effective Date for a Make-Whole Fundamental Change in accordance with Section 4.03 (but subject to Section 4.04).
(y)Determining the Number of Additional Shares.  The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Conversion Rate will be increased for a Holder that converts its Notes in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change shall be determined by reference to the table attached as Schedule A, based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective (the “Effective Date”), and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid (or deemed paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as determined under the two immediately following sentences.  If the holders of the Common Stock receive only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of “Fundamental Change,” the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock.  Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change.
(z)Interpolation and Limits.  The exact Stock Prices and Effective Dates may not be set forth in the table in Schedule A, in which case:
(i)If the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table or the Effective Date is between two dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later dates, as applicable, based on a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable.
(ii)If the Stock Price is greater than $120.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A), no Additional Shares will be added to the Conversion Rate.
(iii)If the Stock Price is less than $20.67 per share (subject to adjustments in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A), no Additional Shares will be added to the Conversion Rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Conversion Rate be increased on account of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change to exceed 48.3792 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustments in the same manner as the Conversion Rate is required to be adjusted as set forth in Section 4.04.
(iv)The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Conversion Rate of the Notes is otherwise required to be adjusted.  The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted.  The number of Additional Shares set forth in such table shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Conversion Rate is required to be adjusted as set forth in Section 4.04.

(e)    Notices.  The Company will notify Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent of the anticipated Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change and issue a press release as soon as practicable after the Company first determines the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (and make the press release available on the Company’s website).  The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to give notice to Holders of the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change not more than 70 Scheduled Trading Days nor less than 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date or, if the Company does not have knowledge of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date, within one business day of the date upon which the Company receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware, of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware of, such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, unless the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is no longer impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole-Fundamental Change (but in no event later than the actual Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Company be required to provide such notice to Holders before the earlier of (i) the actual Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change and (ii) the earlier of such time as the Company or its Affiliates (a) have publicly disclosed or acknowledged the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated Make-Whole Fundamental Change or (b) are required to publicly disclose under applicable law or the rules of any stock 

36
 NY\6371365.3

exchange on which the Company’s equity is then listed the circumstances giving rise to such Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

Section 4.07    Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale.
(aa)Merger Events.  In the case of:
(i)any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a split, subdivision or combination for which an adjustment was made pursuant to Section 4.04(a));
(ii)any consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company;
(iii)any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety;
(iv)any binding share exchange; or
(v)a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

and, in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, common stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Merger Event,” any such common stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof), “Reference Property,” and (i) the amount and kind of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to receive in the applicable Merger Event, or (ii) if as a result of the applicable Merger Event, each share of Common Stock is converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the per share of Common Stock weighted average of the amounts and kinds of Reference Property received by the holders of Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election (disregarding, for these purposes, any arrangement to deliver cash in lieu of any fractional security or other unit of Reference Property), a “Unit of Reference Property”) then, at the effective time of such Merger Event, the consideration due upon conversion of any Notes will be determined in the same manner as if each reference to any number of shares of Common Stock in this Article 4 were instead a reference to the same number of Units of Reference Property (it being understood that no adjustment will be made pursuant to Sections 4.04(a)-(e) with respect to any portion of Reference Property that does not consist of Capital Stock), and, prior to or at the effective time of such Merger Event, the Company or the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing for such change; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (x) the Company will continue to have the right to determine the Settlement Method upon conversion of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) and (y) (i) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 4.03 and 4.06 shall continue to be payable in cash, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 4.03 and 4.06 shall instead be deliverable in Units of Reference Property and (iii) the Daily VWAP and the Closing Sale Price will, to the extent reasonably possible, be calculated based on the value of a Unit of Reference Property and the definitions of VWAP Trading Day and VWAP Market Disruption Event shall be determined by reference to the components of a Unit of Reference Property.
The Company shall not become a party to any Merger Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 4.07.  Such supplemental indenture described in the immediately preceding paragraph shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4 in the judgment of the Board of Directors or the board of directors of the successor person.  If, in the case of any such Merger Event, the Reference Property receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) of a person other than the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, in such Merger Event, then such indenture shall also be executed by such other person.
(b)    Notice of Supplemental Indentures.  The Company shall cause written notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar, within 20 calendar days after execution thereof.  Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.  The above provisions of this Section 4.07 shall similarly apply to successive Merger Events.
(c)    Prior Notice.  In addition, at least 20 Scheduled Trading Days before any Merger Event, the Company shall give notice to Holders of such Merger Event, or, if the Company has not publicly announced such Merger Event at such time, as promptly as practicable after publicly announcing such Merger Event.  In any such notice, the Company shall also specify the composition of the Unit of Reference Property for such Merger Event, or, if the Company has not determined the composition of such Unit of Reference Property at 

37
 NY\6371365.3

such time, the Company will provide an additional written notice to Holders that states the composition of such Unit of Reference Property as promptly as practicable after determining its composition.

Section 4.08    Certain Covenants.

(ab)Reservation of Shares.  To the extent necessary to satisfy its obligations under this Indenture, prior to issuing any shares of Common Stock, the Company will reserve out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of the Notes.
(ac)Certain other Covenants.  The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion of Notes shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free from any tax, lien or charge (other than those created by the Holder or due to a change in registered owner).  The Company shall list or cause to have quoted any shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of Notes on each national securities exchange or over-the-counter or other domestic market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.
(ad)[RESERVED].

Section 4.09    Responsibility of Trustee.  The Trustee and any Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to determine or calculate the Conversion Rate, to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or to confirm the accuracy of any such adjustment when made or the appropriateness of the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same.  The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock or of any other securities or property that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Notes; and the Trustee and the Conversion Agent make no representations with respect thereto.  Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Notes for the purpose of conversion or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article 4.  The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including without limitation its right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, including its capacity as Conversion Agent and as Bid Solicitation Agent.

Section 4.10    Notice of Adjustment to the Trustee.  Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee and any Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.  Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Conversion Rate and may assume that the last Conversion Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect.  Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and the date as of which each adjustment becomes effective and shall deliver such notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate to the Holder of each Note at his or her last address appearing on the Register provided for in Section 2.06 of this Indenture, within 20 days after execution thereof.  Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality, effectiveness or validity of any such adjustment and shall not be an Event of Default under this Indenture.

Section 4.11    Notice to Holders.

(ae)Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions.  The Company shall deliver notices of the events specified below at the times specified below and containing the information specified below unless, in each case, (i) pursuant to this Indenture, the Company is already required to deliver notice of such event containing at least the information specified below at an earlier time or, (ii) the Company, at the time it is required to deliver a notice, does not have knowledge of all of the information required to be included in such notice, in which case, the Company shall (A) deliver notice at such time containing only the information that it has knowledge of at such time (if it has knowledge of any such information at such time), and (B) promptly upon obtaining knowledge of any such information not already included in a notice delivered by the Company, deliver notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee containing such information.  In each case, the failure by the Company to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

38
 NY\6371365.3

(i)Voluntary Increases.  If the Company increases the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 4.05(b), the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice of the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which such increased Conversion Rate will be in effect at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, in accordance with the applicable law.
(ii)Dissolutions, Liquidations and Winding-Ups.  If there is a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company shall deliver notice to the Holders as promptly as possible, but in any event at least 15 calendar days prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, as the case may be, is expected to become effective or occur, and (ii) the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, as the case may be, which notice shall state the expected effective date and record date for such event, as applicable, and the amount and kind of property that a holder of one share of the Common Stock is expected to be entitled, or may elect, to receive in such event.  The Company shall deliver an additional notice to holders, as promptly as practicable, whenever the expected effective date or record date, as applicable, or the amount and kind of property that a holder of one share of the Common Stock is expect to be entitled to receive in such event, changes.
(af)Notices After Certain Actions and Events.  Whenever an adjustment to the Conversion Rate becomes effective pursuant to Sections 4.04, 4.05 or 4.06, the Company will (i) file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such adjustment has become effective, the Conversion Rate, and the manner in which the adjustment was computed and (ii) deliver written notice to the Holders stating that such adjustment has become effective and the Conversion Rate or conversion privilege as adjusted.  Failure to give any such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any such adjustment.

ARTICLE 5.
COVENANTS
Section 5.01    Payment of Principal and Interest and the Fundamental Change Purchase Price.
 
  The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be paid the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price), premium, if any, on and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.
Section 5.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency.  

The Company will maintain in the continental United States an office of the Paying Agent, an office of the Registrar and an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for conversion (“Conversion Agent”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture (other than the type contemplated by Section 12.14) may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office or the office or agency of the Trustee.
The Company may also from time to time designate as co-registrars one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the continental United States for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.  The terms “Paying Agent” and “Conversion Agent” include any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.  
The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as the Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent, and its Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes.  The Company or its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
With respect to any Global Note, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall be the place of payment where such Global Note may be presented or surrendered for payment or conversion or for registration 

39
 NY\6371365.3

of transfer or exchange, or where successor Notes may be delivered in exchange therefor; provided, however, that any such payment, conversion, presentation, surrender or delivery effected pursuant to the Applicable Procedures for such Global Note shall be deemed to have been effected at the place of payment for such Global Note in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
Section 5.03    Provisions as to Paying Agent.  

(ag)If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree, subject to the provisions of this Section 5.03:
(i)that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on and Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(ii)that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and
(iii)that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust.
The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on and Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action, provided that, if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.
(ah)If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal, any premium, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal of, premium on, accrued and unpaid interest on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.
(ai)Anything in this Section 5.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 5.03, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent (if other than the Company) shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.
(aj)Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest or Fundamental Change Purchase Price has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on written request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that before the Trustee or such Paying Agent are required to make any such repayment, the Company shall cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 calendar days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 5.04    Reports.  

The Company will furnish to the Trustee, within 15 calendar days after it is required to file the same with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Any such report, information or document that the Company files with the Commission through the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed to be 

40
 NY\6371365.3

delivered to the Trustee for the purposes of this Section 5.04 at the time of such filing through the EDGAR system (or such successor thereto).
At any time the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will, so long as any of the Notes or the shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Notes will, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide to the Trustee and will, upon written request, provide to any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or such shares of Common Stock the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to facilitate the resale of such Notes or such shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.  The Company will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes or any holder or beneficial owner of such shares of Common Stock may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder or beneficial owner to sell such Notes or such holder or beneficial owner to sell shares of Common Stock in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time.
Delivery of any such reports, information and documents to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates) or any other agreement or document.
Section 5.05    Statements as to Defaults
.  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending December 31, an Officer's Certificate stating whether or not the signers thereof know of any default of the Company that occurred during the previous year and whether the Company, to the Officer’s knowledge, is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture and (ii) within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any events that would constitute Defaults or Events of Default, setting forth the details of such Defaults or Events of Default, their status and the action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.  Such Officer’s Certificate shall also comply with any additional requirements set forth in Section 5.07.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default except in accordance with Section 11.03(i).
Section 5.06    Additional Interest Notice.  If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to Section 5.08 or Section 6.03, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate, prior to the Regular Record Date for each applicable Interest Payment Date, to that effect stating (a) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (b) the date on which such interest is payable.  Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or determine, or verify the Company's calculations or determinations of, the amount of any Additional Interest payable by the Company under this Indenture.  If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.

Section 5.07    Compliance Certificate and Opinions of Counsel.

(ak)Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished; provided that no Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes on the date hereof.
(al)Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(i)a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(ii)a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

41
 NY\6371365.3

(iii)a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(iv)a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
(am)All applications, requests, certificates, statements or other instruments given under this Indenture shall be without personal recourse to any individual giving the same and may include an express statement to such effect.

Section 5.08    Additional Interest.

(an)If, at any time during the six-month period beginning on, and including, the date which is six months after the Last Original Issuance Date, the Company fails to timely file any periodic report that the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable (after giving effect to all applicable grace periods thereunder and other than current reports on Form 8-K), or the Notes are not otherwise Freely Tradable, including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, by Holders other than affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company or Holders that were affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company during the 90 days immediately preceding the date of the proposed transfer (as a result of restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes), (i) for the first three months of such six-month period, the Company shall pay Additional Interest that will accrue on the Notes at the rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of Notes then Outstanding for each day during such first three-month period for which the Company’s failure to file has occurred and is continuing or for which the restrictions on transfer are applicable and (ii) for the final three months of such six-month period, the Company shall pay Additional Interest that will accrue on the Notes at the rate of 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes then Outstanding for each day during such final three-month period for which the Company’s failure to file has occurred and is continuing or for which the restrictions on transfer are applicable; provided that such six-month period shall end on the date that is one year from the Last Original Issuance Date.
(ao)Further, if, and for so long as, the Restricted Notes Legend has not been removed from the Notes, the Notes are assigned a restricted CUSIP number or the Notes are not otherwise Freely Tradable by Holders other than affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company or Holders that were affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company during the 90 days immediately preceding the date of the proposed transfer (without restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes) as of the 375th day after the Last Original Issuance Date, the Company will pay Additional Interest on the Notes that will accrue on the Notes at the rate of 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes then Outstanding until such Restricted Notes Legend is removed, the Notes are assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number and the Notes are Freely Tradable.
(ap)Such Additional Interest that is payable under this Section 5.08 shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes and will be separate and distinct from, and in addition to, any Additional Interest that may accrue pursuant to Section 6.03, subject to the limitations on the maximum annual rate of Additional Interest set forth in Section 6.03(d).
(aq)In no event shall Additional Interest accruing pursuant to this Section 5.08 accrue on any day under the terms of this Indenture (taking any such Additional Interest pursuant to this Section 5.08 together with any Additional Interest pursuant to Sections 6.03(a) and 6.03(c)) at an annual rate in excess of 0.50% for any violation or Default caused by the Company’s failure to be current in respect of its Exchange Act reporting obligations.

Section 5.09    Corporate Existence.  Subject to Article 9, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if, in the judgment of the Company, the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company.

Section 5.10    Restriction on Resales.  The Company shall not, and shall procure that no “affiliate” (as defined under Rule 144) of the Company shall, resell any of the Notes that have been reacquired by the Company or any such “affiliate” (as defined under Rule 144).

Section 5.11    Further Instruments and Acts.  Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

42
 NY\6371365.3

Section 5.12    Par Value Limitation.  The Company shall not take any action that, after giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to Article 4, would result in the issuance of shares of Common Stock for less than the par value of such shares of Common Stock.

Section 5.13    Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.  The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
(ar)semi-annually, not later than the 10th day after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, containing all the information in the possession or control of the Company, or any of its Paying Agents other than the Trustee, of the names and addresses of the Holders, as of such preceding Regular Record Date, and
(as)at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 15 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date the Trustee may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 6.
REMEDIES

Section 6.01Events of Default.  Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default”:

(at)the Company’s failure to pay the principal of or any premium, if any, on any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;
(au)the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations under Article 4 to pay or deliver the Settlement Amount owing upon conversion of any Note (including any Additional Shares or cash in lieu thereof) which failure continues for five Business Days;
(av)the Company’s failure to pay any interest on any Note when due, and such failure continues for a period of 30 days;
(aw)the Company's failure to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price when due;
(ax)the Company’s failure to issue a Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.02(a), notice of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.06(e) or notice of a distribution in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.01(b)(iii);
(ay)the Company’s failure to perform any other covenant required by the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically addressed in Sections 6.01(a) through (e) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding (a copy of which notice, if given by Holders, must also to be given to the Trustee) has been received by the Company;
(az)any indebtedness for money borrowed by, or any other payment obligation of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary at such time (other than any non-recourse indebtedness of a special purpose Significant Subsidiary of the Company), in an outstanding principal amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) is not paid at final maturity (or when otherwise due, after giving effect to any applicable grace period) or is accelerated;
(ba)the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary at such time fails to pay one or more final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, the aggregate uninsured or unbonded portion of which is in excess of $50.0 million, provided that, no Event of Default will be deemed to occur under this clause (g) if such judgments are paid, discharged or stayed within 30 days after the entry of such judgment;
(bb)the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (i) commences a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking the liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (ii)  seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any substantial part of the Company’s or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company’s property, (iii) consents to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (v) fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(bc)an involuntary case or other proceeding is commenced against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (i) seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian 

43
 NY\6371365.3

or other similar official of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02    Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment.

(bd)If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(j) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes then Outstanding to be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(j) with respect to the Company  occurs, 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes shall automatically become immediately due and payable.  
(be)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.02(a), Section 6.04 or any other provision of this Indenture, if, at any time after the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable in accordance with Section 6.02(a), and before any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained, and each of the conditions set forth in the immediately following clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) is satisfied:
(i)the Company delivers or deposits with the Trustee the amount of cash sufficient to pay all matured installments of principal and interest upon all the Notes, and the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on such principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest, at the rate or rates, if any, specified in the Notes to the date of such payment or deposit), and such amount as shall be sufficient to pay the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimburse the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel);
(ii)rescission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and
(iii)any and all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes that became due because of the acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein,

then, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults and Events of Default with respect to the Notes (except for any Default or Event of Default arising from (a) the Company’s failure to pay principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price) of, or any interest on, any Notes), (b) the Company’s failure to pay or deliver the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note within the applicable time period set forth under Section 4.03(a) or (c) the Company’s failure to comply with any provision of this Indenture the modification of which would require the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected) and may rescind and annul the declaration of acceleration resulting from such Defaults or Events of Default (except for any Default or Event of Default arising from (x) the Company’s failure to pay principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price) of, or any interest on, any Notes), (y) the Company’s failure to pay or deliver the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note within the applicable time period set forth under Section 4.03(a) or (z) the Company’s failure to comply with any provision of this Indenture the modification of which would require the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected) and their consequences; provided, that no such rescission or annulment will extend to or will affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or shall impair any right consequent on such Default or Event of Default.
Section 6.03    Additional Interest.

(bf)Notwithstanding Section 6.02, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) relating to the Company’s failure to comply with Section 5.04 (which will be the 60th day after written notice is provided to the Company in accordance with such an event of default) (such Event of Default, a “Reporting Event of Default”), will, after the occurrence of such Reporting Event of Default, (i) consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest at an annual rate equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding for each day during the 180-day period beginning on, and including, the day on which such a Reporting Event of Default occurs during which such Reporting Event of Default is continuing (or, if applicable, the earlier date on which such Reporting Event of Default is cured or 

44
 NY\6371365.3

waived) and (ii) consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of such tranche of notes outstanding for each day during the 185-day period immediately following such 180-day period, in each case payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Notes.  
(bg)If the Reporting Event of Default is continuing on the 366th day after the date on which such Reporting Event of Default occurred, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02(a).
(bh)In order to elect to pay the Additional Interest as the sole remedy during the first 365 days after the occurrence of a Reporting Event of Default, the Company must notify all Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of such election on or before the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day after the date on which such Reporting Event of Default would otherwise occur.  Upon the Company’s failure to timely give such notice of such election or to pay the Additional Interest when due, the Notes will be immediately subject to acceleration by declaration of the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes Outstanding as provided in Section 6.02.  Nothing in this Section 6.03 shall affect the rights of Holders of Notes in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default.
(bi)In no event shall Additional Interest accruing pursuant to Sections 6.03(a) and 6.03(c) accrue on any day under the terms of this Indenture (taking any such Additional Interest pursuant to Sections 6.03(a) and 6.03(c) together with any Additional Interest pursuant to Section 5.08) at an annual rate in excess of 0.50% for any violation or Default caused by the Company’s failure to be current in respect of its Exchange Act reporting obligations.  Such Additional Interest will be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Notes.

Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults.   Subject to Section 6.02(b), the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive any Default or Event of Default (except for any Default or Event of Default arising from (a) the Company’s failure to pay principal of, or any interest on, any Notes), (b) the Company’s failure to pay or deliver the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note within the applicable time period set forth under Section 4.03(a), or (c) the Company’s failure to comply with any provision of this Indenture the modification of which would require the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected) and rescind any acceleration resulting from such Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, that no such waiver will extend to or will affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or shall impair any right consequent on such Default or Event of Default.

Section 6.05    Control by Majority.  The Trustee will not be obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers at the request of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.  Subject to this Indenture, applicable law and the Trustee’s indemnification, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct in writing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any Holder. 

Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits.  Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding under this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or Trustee, or for any other remedy under this Indenture or with respect to the Notes unless:
(bj)the Holder has previously delivered to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(bk)the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes deliver to the Trustee a written request that the Trustee pursue a remedy with respect to such Event of Default and have offered reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee;
(bl)the Trustee has failed to institute a proceeding within 60 days after such notice, request and offer; and
(bm)the Trustee has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such written request within 60 days after such notice, request and offer.

Section 6.07    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment and to Convert.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture, the above limitations set forth under Section 6.06 do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for the enforcement of a payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, if applicable) of, or any accrued and unpaid interest on, any Note, on or after the applicable due date or the right to convert the Note or to receive the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion in accordance with Article 4, and such right to 

45
 NY\6371365.3

receive any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after the applicable due dates shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08    Collection of Indebtedness; Suit for Enforcement by Trustee.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a), 6.01(b), 6.01(c) or 6.01(d) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, interest on, Fundamental Change Purchase Price for and the Settlement Amounts due upon the conversion of the Notes and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, as well as any other amounts that may be due under Section 11.07.

Section 6.09     Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the compensation, and reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 6.10    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, will be entitled to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 11.07.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 11.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a lien on, and is paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or to accept or to adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.11    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.  If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 6.12    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.09, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.13    Delay or Omission Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Trustee (subject to the limitations contained in this Indenture) or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.14    Priorities.  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it will pay out the money or property in the following order:

46
 NY\6371365.3

FIRST:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 11.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
SECOND: to the Holders, for any amounts due and unpaid on the principal of, premium on, accrued and unpaid interest on, the Fundamental Change Purchase Price for,  and any cash due upon conversion of, any Note, without preference or priority of any kind, according to such amounts due and payable on all of the Notes; and
THIRD:  the balance, if any, to the Company or to such other party as a court of competent jurisdiction directs.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.14.  If the Trustee so fixes a record date and a payment date, at least 15 calendar days prior to such record date, the Trustee will deliver to each Holder (at the Company's cost and expense) a written notice, which notice will state such record date, such payment date and the amount of such payment.
Section 6.15    Undertaking for Costs.  All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder, by such Holder’s acceptance of a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 6.15 shall not apply to (i) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (ii) any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, (iii) any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price) of,  or any interest on, any Note on or after the applicable due date expressed or provided for in this Indenture, (iv) any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note or to receive the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, or (v) any suit for the enforcement of the right of a beneficial owner to exchange its beneficial interest in a Global Note for a Physical Note if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in accordance with Section 2.11.

Section 6.16    Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.  The Company covenants that, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will instead suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 6.17    Notices from the Trustee.  If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must send notice of such Default to each Holder within 90 days after such Event of Default has occurred.  Except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or of a Default in the payment or delivery of the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

ARTICLE 7.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 7.01    Discharge of Liability on Notes.  When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Registrar for cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Notes not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable (whether on the Maturity Date, on any Fundamental Change Purchase Date, upon conversion or otherwise) and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, or deliver to the Holders, as applicable, an amount of cash (and, to the extent applicable, deliver to the Holders a number of shares of Common Stock to satisfy the Company’s obligations with respect to outstanding conversions), sufficient to pay all amounts due on all of such Notes (other than any Notes that shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and 

47
 NY\6371365.3

interest due, accompanied, except in the event the Notes are due and payable solely in cash at the Maturity Date or upon an earlier Fundamental Change Purchase Date, by a verification report as to the sufficiency of the deposited amount from an independent certified accountant or other financial professional reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and the Company shall have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights hereunder of Holders to receive all amounts owing upon the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Holders, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (ii) the rights, obligations, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the obligations of the Company in respect thereof), and the Trustee, on written demand of the Company accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company hereby agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter incurred by the Trustee, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 7.02    Deposited Monies to Be Held in Trust by Trustee.  Subject to Section 7.04, all monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.01 shall be held in trust for the sole benefit of the Holders of the Notes, and such monies and shall be applied by the Trustee to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company if acting as its own Paying Agent), to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment of all sums or amounts due and to become due thereon for principal and interest, if any.

Section 7.03    Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held.  Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all excess monies then held by any Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) shall, upon written request of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such amounts.

Section 7.04    Return of Unclaimed Monies.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, any monies deposited with or paid to the Trustee for payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the Holders of the Notes for two (2) years after the date upon which the principal of or interest, if any, on such Notes, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee on written demand, and all liability of the Trustee shall thereupon cease with respect to such monies; and the Holders shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment that such Holder may be entitled to collect unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

Section 7.05    Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any monies in accordance with Section 7.02 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 7.01 until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such amounts in accordance with Section 7.02; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of interest on, principal of or delivery in respect of any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the monies held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 8.
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 8.01    Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.  

Without the consent of any Holder, the Company (when authorized by a Board Resolution) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
(bn)to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture or the Notes;
(bo)to evidence the succession by a Successor Company and to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture;
(bp)to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;
(bq)to secure the Notes;
(br)to add to the Company’s covenants such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company by this Indenture;

48
 NY\6371365.3

(bs)to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;
(bt)to conform the terms of this Indenture or the Notes to the description thereof in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, as supplemented by the pricing term sheet related to the offering of the Initial Notes as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to the Trustee; or
(bu)upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.07(a), solely (i) to provide that such Notes are convertible into or by reference to Reference Property, subject to the provisions in Sections 4.03 and 4.07, and (ii) to effect the related changes to the terms of such Notes under Section 4.07.

Section 8.02    Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.  

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes) and by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, and the Trustee may amend the Notes or enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, and the Holder of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may waive the Company’s compliance with any provision herein without notice to the other Holders; provided, however, that no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:
(bv)change the stated Maturity Date of the principal of or any interest on the Notes;
(bw)reduce the principal amount of or interest on the Notes;
(bx)reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the Maturity Date of any Note;
(by)change the place or currency of payment of principal of or interest on any Note;
(bz)impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on its Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, such Holder’s Notes;
(ca)modify the provisions with respect to the purchase rights of Holders as described in Section 3.01 in a manner adverse to Holders;
(cb)[RESERVED];
(cc)modify the ranking provisions of this Indenture; 
(cd)make any change that impairs or adversely affects the right of Holders to convert their Notes; or
(ce)make any change to the provisions of this Article 8 which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 6.04 of this Indenture except to increase the percentage required for modification, amendment or waiver or to provide for consent of each affected Holder of Outstanding Notes.
It shall not be necessary for any Act or consent of Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act or consent shall approve the substance thereof.
Section 8.03    Notice of Amendment or Supplement.  After an amendment or supplement under this Article 8 becomes effective, the Company shall provide to the Holders a written notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement.  However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, shall not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or supplement.

Section 8.04    Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.  The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement authorized pursuant to this Article 8 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it.  In signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplement, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel provided at the expense of the Company providing that such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and such amendment or supplement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

49
 NY\6371365.3

ARTICLE 9.
SUCCESSOR COMPANY

Section 9.01    Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.  Subject to the provisions of Section 9.03, the Company shall not consolidate with, enter into a binding share exchange with, or merge with or into, another Person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to another Person, unless:
(cf)the resulting, surviving transferee or successor Person (the “Successor Company”), if not the Company, is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the U.S., any state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; 
(cg)immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; 
(ch)all other conditions specified in this Article 9 are met.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (A) to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of TerraForm Power, the transactions described under “Summary-Recent Events-Proposed Initial Public Offering of TerraForm Power, Inc.” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum (including any subsequent dispositions of the Company’s interests in TerraForm Power) and (B) transactions similar to the transactions described in clause (A) immediately above (to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of the entity involved in such transaction) will not be prohibited by this Section 9.01.
Upon any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to another Person, the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture.
Section 9.02    Successor Corporation to Be Substituted.  In case of any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to another Person and upon the assumption by the Successor Company (if other than the Company), by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium (including any Fundamental Change Purchase Price), if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Notes, the due and punctual payment or delivery of any Settlement Amount due upon conversion of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company under this Indenture, such Successor Company shall succeed to and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part; provided, however, that in the case of a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to one or more of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, the Notes will remain convertible based on the Settlement Amount, in accordance with Section 4.03, but subject to adjustment (if any) in accordance with Section 4.06.  Such Successor Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Successor Company instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Successor Company thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose.  All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.  In the event of such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition to another Person (but not in the case of a lease), the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 9 may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and, except in the case of a lease, such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to another Person, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

50
 NY\6371365.3

Section 9.03    Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee.  In the case of any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition pursuant to Section 9.01, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and any such assumption and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, complies with the provisions of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10.
NO REDEMPTION
Section 10.1    No Redemption.  The Company shall not be permitted to redeem the Notes, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

ARTICLE 11.
THE TRUSTEE

Section 11.01    Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

(ci)The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care in its exercise as a prudent person would use in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(cj)Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred:
(i)the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii)in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(ck)No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)this subsection (c) does not limit the effect of this Section 11.01;
(ii)the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii)the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding determined as provided in Section 1.03 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture;
(cl)Whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 11.01.
(cm)The Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness or calculation of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Registrar with respect to the Notes.
(cn)If any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred.
(co)None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise 

51
 NY\6371365.3

of any of its rights or powers if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 11.02    [RESERVED]

Section 11.03    Rights of the Trustee. 
(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
(b)    Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a Board Resolution.
(c)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel.
(d)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture (including upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default), unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.
(e)    The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney (at the reasonable expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation).
(f)    The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder.
(g)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
(h)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(i)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture.
(j)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(k)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
(l)    The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.  

Section 11.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture and the Trustee shall not be 

52
 NY\6371365.3

responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes.

Section 11.05    Trustee or Agents May Own Notes.  The Trustee or any Agent, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or Agent.

Section 11.06    Monies to be Held in Trust.  Subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, all monies and properties received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received.  Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on or the investment of any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.

Section 11.07    Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.  The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to from time to time in writing between the Company and the Trustee, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its own negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.  

The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee and the Agents (and their respective officers, directors and employees), in any capacity under this Indenture and their respective agents for, and to hold each of them harmless from and against, any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its own part and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties and/or the exercise of its rights hereunder or in any other capacity hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other Person)  of liability in the premises.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent.
The obligations of the Company under this Section 11.07 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes.  The obligation of the Company under this Section 11.07 shall survive the payment of the Notes, the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and/or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
When the Trustee, any Agent, and any of their respective agents incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) and 6.01(j) with respect to the Company occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.
Section 11.08    Officer’s Certificate as Evidence.  Subject to Section 11.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

Section 11.09    Conflicting Interests of Trustee.  If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, this Indenture.

Section 11.10    Eligibility of Trustee.  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or if such Person is a member of a bank holding company system, its bank holding company shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000).  If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, 

53
 NY\6371365.3

pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 11.10 the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.10, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 11.11    Resignation or Removal of Trustee.
(a)    The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and to the Holders of Notes.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee.  If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment thirty (30) days after such notice of resignation is given to the Company and the Holders, the resigning Trustee may, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Holders, appoint a successor identified in such notice or may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or, if any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.15, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.
(b)    In case at any time any of the following shall occur:
(i)the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 11.09 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months; or
(ii)the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.10 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder; or
(iii)the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;
then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.15, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee; provided, however, that if no successor Trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted appointment thirty (30) days after either the Company or the Holders has removed the Trustee, the Trustee so removed may petition at the Company’s expense any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.
(c)    The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee which shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless, within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination, the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder, or if such Trustee so removed or any Holder fails to act, the Company, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 11.11(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.
(d)    Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.11 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 11.12.

Section 11.12    Acceptance by Successor Trustee.  Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 11.11 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amount then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.07, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act.  Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in 

54
 NY\6371365.3

and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers.  Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property and funds held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.07.

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 11.12 unless, at the time of such acceptance, such successor trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 11.09 and be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.10.
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 11.12, the Company (or the former trustee, at the written direction of the Company) shall give or cause to be given notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders of Notes in accordance with Section 12.08(c).  If the Company fails to give such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Company.
Section 11.13    Succession by Merger, Etc.  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or exchanged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, exchange or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including any trust created by this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that in the case of any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 11.09 and eligible under the provisions of Section 11.10.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that is provided in the Notes or in this Indenture; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, exchange or consolidation.
Section 11.14     Preferential Collection of Claims.  If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of the claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

Section 11.15    Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company.  Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE 12.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01    Effect on Successors and Assigns.  All agreements of the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent in this Indenture and the Notes will bind their respective successors.

Section 12.02    Governing Law.  This Indenture and the Notes, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Indenture or the Notes, will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

55
 NY\6371365.3

Section 12.03    No Note Interest Created.  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction.

Section 12.04    Trust Indenture Act.  If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control.  If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 12.05    Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, will give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Agent or their successors hereunder or the Holders of the Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 12.06    Calculations.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be responsible for making any calculation with respect to any matter under this Indenture or the Notes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the trading price of the Notes).  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the Company and its designated agents shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under this Indenture and the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of any Fundamental Change Purchase Price, the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Conversion Rate, the Settlement Amount and the amount of Additional Interest that may be payable by Company from time to time. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent and all other agents appointed by the Company herein are entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee shall forward the Company’s calculations to any Holders upon the written request of that Holder.

Whenever the Company is required to calculate or make adjustments to the Conversion Rate, the Company will do so to the 1/10,000th of a share of Common Stock, rounding any additional decimal places up or down in a commercially reasonable manner.
Section 12.07    Execution in Counterparts.  This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 12.08    Notices.  
(a)Except as otherwise provided herein, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, the Company or the Trustee shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, overnight courier or transmitted by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission in PDF format as follows:
(iv)if to the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company, at its Corporate Trust Office;
(v)if to the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder, at the address of its principal office at SunEdison, Inc., 501 Pearl Drive (City of O’Fallon), St. Peters, Missouri 63376, Attention: General Counsel.
(b)    The Company or the Trustee, by notice given to the other in the manner provided in this Section 12.08, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
(c)    Notices to Holders will be sent to the address of each Holder as it appears in the Register.  Notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of mailing or electronic transmission to such Holder.  Whenever a notice is required to be given by the Company, such notice may be given by the Trustee on the Company’s behalf. With respect to Global Notes, notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for the Notes (or its designee), pursuant to customary procedures of such Depositary.
(d)    Whenever the Company is required to deliver notice to the Holders, the Company will, by the date it is required to deliver such notice to the Holders, deliver a copy of such notice to the Trustee and the Agents.  Notices to the Trustee shall be deemed given upon actual receipt thereof.

56
 NY\6371365.3

(e)    In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee, in each of its capacities, including without limitation as the Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Bid Solicitation Agent, shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such electronic transmission; and the Trustee shall not have any liability for losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information.  Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

Section 12.09    No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.10    Tax Withholding.  Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.  Each Holder agrees, and each beneficial owner of an interest in a Note by its acquisition of such interest is deemed to agree, that if the Company or other applicable withholding agent pays withholding taxes or backup withholding on behalf of the Holder or beneficial owner as a result of an adjustment to the Conversion Rate, the Company or other applicable withholding agent may, at its option, set off such payments against payments of cash and shares of Common Stock on the Note (or, in certain circumstances, against any payments on the Common Stock).

Section 12.11    Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.12    U.S.A. Patriot Act.  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

Section 12.13    Force Majeure.  In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, disasters, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 12.14Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company hereby irrevocably consents to jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York and the County of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Company waives any objection that it may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case, located in the City of New York and County of New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America, in each case, located in the City of New York and County of New York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same.  The Company hereby irrevocably appoints Corporation Service Company, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding.  The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and 

57
 NY\6371365.3

effect for the term of this Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability to serve any such writs, process or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law. 

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

ARTICLE 1. 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
Section 1.01    Definitions and References.  The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01.  The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision.  The word “or” is not exclusive and the word “including” means including without limitation.  The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.  References to any Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit are to this Indenture except as herein otherwise expressly provided.   
“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.
2    “Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable by the Company pursuant to Section 5.08 or Section 6.03, as applicable.  
3    “Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01, with the same terms as the Initial Notes except to the extent permitted otherwise under Section 2.01.
4    “Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 4.06(a). 
5    “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
6    “Agent Members” has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b).
7    “Agent” means any Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or any other agent appointed pursuant to this Indenture.
8    “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any matter at any time, the policies and procedures of a Depositary, if any, that are applicable to such matter at such time.
9    “Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.
10    “Bid Solicitation Agent” means, initially, the Trustee, or any agent the Company may appoint in the future (which may be the Company) to solicit market bid quotations for the Notes as may be required pursuant to Section 4.01(b)(ii).
11    “Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.
12    “Board Resolution” when used with reference to the Company means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
13    “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.
14    “Capital Stock” means, for any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
15    “Change in Control” means an event that will be deemed to have occurred at the time, after the first date of original issuance for the Initial Notes, any of the following occurs:
(1)    any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, or the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ employee benefit plans, files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s Common Equity representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s Common Equity, or has the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors;
(2)    the Company consolidates with, enters into a binding share exchange, merger or similar transaction with or into another person other than one or more of its subsidiaries or Company sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company; provided, that any merger, binding share exchange, consolidation or similar transaction pursuant to which the Persons that “beneficially owned,” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, the Company’s Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own,” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, the Common Equity representing at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of the Common Equity of the surviving or transferee Person and such holders’ proportional voting power immediately after such transaction vis-à-vis each other with respect to the securities they receive in such transaction will be in substantially the same proportions as their respective voting power vis-à-vis each other immediately prior to such transaction will not constitute a “Change in Control”; or
(3)    the holders of the Company’s Capital Stock approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with this Indenture).
provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” will not be deemed to have occurred if at least 90% of the consideration paid for the Common Stock in a transaction or transactions described under clauses (1) or (2) of this definition of “Change in Control” above (excluding cash payments for any fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights) consists of shares of common stock traded on a Permitted Exchange, or will be so traded immediately following such transaction (“Publicly Traded Securities”), and as a result therefrom, such consideration becomes the Reference Property for the Notes; provided, further, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (A) to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of TerraForm Power, the transactions described under “Summary—Recent Events—Proposed Initial Public Offering of TerraForm Power, Inc.” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum (including any subsequent dispositions of the Company’s interests in TerraForm Power) and (B) transactions similar to the transactions described in clause (A) immediately above (to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of the entity involved in such transaction) will not constitute a “Change in Control”.
If any transaction in which the Common Stock is replaced by the Reference Property comprised of securities of another entity occurs, following completion of any related Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period and any related Fundamental Change Purchase Date, references to the Company in this definition of “Change in Control” will apply to such other entity instead.
“Clause A Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
16    “Clause B Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
17    “Clause C Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
18    “Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.
19    “Closing Sale Price” of the Common Stock for any day means the closing sale price per share (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and last ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid and the average last ask prices) at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on that day as reported in composite transactions for the Exchange, or if the Common Stock is not listed on the Exchange, the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on such date (or, in either case, the then-standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system).  If the closing sale price of the Common Stock is not so reported, the “Closing Sale Price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and last ask prices for the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose.
20    “Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
21    “Common Equity” of any Person means the Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.
22    “Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company authorized at the date of this instrument as originally executed or shares of any class or classes of common stock resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof; provided, however, that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares so issuable on conversion of Notes shall include shares of all such classes, and the shares of each such class then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications. 
23    “common stock” includes any stock of any class of Capital Stock which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the issuer thereof and which is not subject to redemption by the issuer thereof.
24    “Company” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of Article 9, shall include its successors and assigns.
25    “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by one of its Officers, and delivered to the Trustee.
26    “Conversion Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02.
27    “Conversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(b).
28    “Conversion Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(b).
29    “Conversion Period” means, with respect to any Note surrendered for conversion, (i) if the relevant Conversion Date occurs prior to the 30th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the third VWAP Trading Day immediately following such Conversion Date; and (ii) if the relevant Conversion Date occurs on or after the 30th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the 27th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.
30    “Conversion Price” means, in respect of each Note, as of any date, $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate in effect on such date.
31    “Conversion Rate” means initially 37.2148 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as set forth herein.
32    “Corporate Trust Office” means, with respect to the office of the Trustee, the designated corporate trust office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attn: SunEdison, Inc. 2020 Notes Administrator, or such other address in the continental United States as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 
33    “corporation” means a corporation, association, joint stock company, limited liability company or business trust.
34    “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Notes (so long as the Notes constitute Global Notes), or any successor entity.
35    “Daily Conversion Value” means, for each VWAP Trading Day during any Conversion Period, one-twenty-fifth (1/25th) of the product of (i) the Conversion Rate in effect on such VWAP Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP on such VWAP Trading Day.
36    “Daily Measurement Value” means, for any conversion of Notes, the applicable Specified Dollar Amount divided by 25.
37    “Daily Net Share Number” means, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes surrendered for conversion, for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the Conversion Period, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (B) the Daily VWAP for such VWAP Trading Day
38    “Daily Settlement Amount” for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes surrendered for conversion, for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the Conversion Period, will consist of: (i) if the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, (x) a cash payment equal to the Daily Measurement Value; and (y) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Daily Net Share Number for such VWAP Trading Day; or (ii) if the Daily Conversion Value for such VWAP Trading Day is less than or equal to the Daily Measurement Value, a cash payment equal to the Daily Conversion Value.
39    “Daily VWAP” for the Common Stock (or any security that is part of the Reference Property), in respect of any VWAP Trading Day, means the per share volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock (or other security) as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg Page SUNE.N Equity AQR (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available, or the Bloomberg Page for any security that is part of the Reference Property, if applicable) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such VWAP Trading Day or, if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable (or the Reference Property is not a security), the market value of one share of the Common Stock (or other Reference Property) on such VWAP Trading Day as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof in a commercially reasonable manner, using a volume-weighted average price method (unless the Reference Property is not a security).  The “Daily VWAP” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside the regular trading session.
40    “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
41    “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in the form of a Global Note, the Person designated as Depositary by the Company until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depositary” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Depositary hereunder. The Company has appointed The Depository Trust Company as the initial Depositary for the Notes.
42    “Dollar” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the U.S. that is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts at the time of payment.
43    “Effective Date” means, with respect to a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as applicable, the date such Fundamental Change or Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective.
44    “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
45    “Ex-Dividend Date” means, except to the extent otherwise provided under Section 4.04(c), the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of the Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market.
46    “Exchange” means The New York Stock Exchange or its successor.
47    “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
48    “Form of Assignment and Transfer” means the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.
49    “Form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” means the “Form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.
50    “Form of Notice of Conversion” means the “Form of Notice of Conversion” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.
51    “Free Trade Date” means the date that is one year after the Last Original Issuance Date.
52    “Free Transferability Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
53    “Freely Tradable” means, with respect to any Notes, that such Notes are eligible to be sold by a Person who is not an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) and has not been an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) during the immediately preceding 90 days without any volume or manner of sale restrictions under the Securities Act.
54    “Fundamental Change” means the occurrence of a Change in Control or a Termination of Trading.  
55    “Fundamental Change Company Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(a).
56    “Fundamental Change Expiration Time” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(a)(i).
57    “Fundamental Change Purchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.
58    “Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(a)(i).
59    “Fundamental Change Purchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.
60    “Global Note” means a Note evidencing all or part of a series of Notes, issued to the Depositary for such series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depositary or nominee.
61    “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Register.
62    “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
63    “Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
64    “Initial Purchasers” means the Persons listed in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.
65    “Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to the payment of interest on the Notes, each January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on, in the case of the Initial Notes, January 15, 2015.
66    “Issue Date” means, with respect to any Notes, the date the Notes are originally issued as set forth on the face of the Notes under this Indenture.  
67    “Last Original Issuance Date” means the last date of original issuance of the Initial Notes.
68    “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means (i) any Change in Control (determined after giving effect to any exceptions or exclusions from the definition of “Change in Control” but without giving effect to the proviso in clause (2) of the definition thereof).
69    “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.06(a).
70    “Market Disruption Event” means, if the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Exchange or listed on another U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the occurrence or existence during the one-half hour period ending on the scheduled close of trading on any Scheduled Trading Day of any material suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.
71    “Maturity Date” means January 15, 2020.
72    “Merger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07(a).
73    “Non-Affiliate Legend” has the meaning specified in the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.
74    “Note” or “Notes” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the Recitals of this Indenture.
75    “Offer Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(e).
76    “Officer” or “officer” shall mean, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”) or any Director of the Company.
77    “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.
78    “Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time. 
79    “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of, or counsel for, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, who is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
80    “Outstanding” means, with respect to the Notes, any Notes authenticated by the Trustee except (i) Notes cancelled by it, (ii) Notes delivered to it for cancellation and (iii)(A) Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, on and after the time such Note is replaced (unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that such Note is held by a protected purchaser), (B) Notes converted pursuant to Article 4 hereof, on and after their Conversion Date, (C) any and all Notes, the principal of which has become due and payable as of the Maturity Date, on a Fundamental Change Purchase Date or otherwise and in respect of which the Paying Agent is holding, in accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to pay all of the Notes then payable, and (D) any and all Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company will be considered as though not Outstanding, except that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only such Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be disregarded.
81    “Paying Agent” means, initially, the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company in the future to pay the principal amount of, any premium on, interest on, or the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of any Notes on behalf of the Company.
82    “Permitted Exchange” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Termination of Trading” under this Section 1.01.
83    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
84    “Physical Notes” means permanent, non-global certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form issued in minimum denominations of  $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
85    “Preliminary Offering Memorandum” means the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated June 4, 2014 related to the offering of the Initial Notes.
86    “Publicly Traded Securities” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Fundamental Change” under this Section 1.01.
87    “Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated June 4, 2014, among the Company and the Initial Purchaser.
88    “Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, statute, contract or otherwise).
89    “Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07(a).
90    “Register” and “Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.06. 
91    “Regular Record Date” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, January 1 (whether or not a Business Day) or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.
92    “Relevant Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
93    “Reporting Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.03.
94    “Resale Restriction Termination Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b)(ii).
95    “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department (or any other successor group of the Trustee) customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who in each case shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
96    “Restricted Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b)(i).
97    “Restricted Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(a)(i).
98    “Restricted Notes Legend” has the meaning specified in the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.
99    “Restricted Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(b)(i).
100    “Restricted Stock Legend” means a legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.
101    “Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.
102    “Scheduled Trading Day” means any day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a “Business Day.”
103    “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
104    “Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(ii).
105    “Settlement Election” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).
106    “Settlement Election Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).
107    “Settlement Method” means, with respect to any conversion of Notes, Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, as elected (or deemed to be elected) by the Company in accordance with Section 4.03(a)(i).
108    “Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any given time, a Subsidiary of such person that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” as such term is defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as in effect on the Issue Date.
109    “Specified Dollar Amount” means, for any conversion of Notes, the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to be received by the Holder upon conversion as specified in the Company’s Specified Dollar Amount Election Notice (which may be part of the Settlement Election Notice) or otherwise deemed to be elected by the Company in respect of such conversion as provided herein.
110    “Specified Dollar Amount Election” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).
111    “Specified Dollar Amount Election Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(a)(i).
112    “Spin-Off” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
113    “Stock Price” has the meaning specified in Section 4.06(c).
114    “Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding total voting power ordinarily entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees or other voting members of the governing body thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries or (b) any partnership the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or the only general partners of which are the Company or of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company (or any combination thereof).
115    “Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(a).
116     “Termination of Trading” means that the Common Stock (or other Reference Property into which the Notes are then convertible) are not approved for listing on any of the Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) (such exchanges or any of their respective successors, a “Permitted Exchange”).
117    “TerraForm Power” means TerraForm Power, Inc., the Subsidiary of the Company described under “Summary—Recent Events—Proposed Initial Public Offering of TerraForm Power, Inc.” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum.
118    “Trading Day” means a day on which (i) the Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Exchange, the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed is open for trading or, if the Common Stock is not so listed, any Business Day and (ii) a Closing Sale Price for the Common Stock is available on such securities exchange or market.  A “Trading Day” only includes those days that have a scheduled closing time of 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) or the then-standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system.
119    “Trading Price” means, on any date of determination, the average of the secondary market bid quotations per $1,000 principal amount of Notes obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Bid Solicitation Agent, the Company) for $1,000,000 principal amount of the Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company; provided that, if three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Company or the Bid Solicitation Agent, as applicable, but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Company or the Bid Solicitation Agent, as applicable, that one bid shall be used.  If on any date of determination, (i) the Company or the Bid Solicitation Agent, as applicable, cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $1,000,000 principal amount of the Notes from an independent nationally recognized securities dealer, (ii) the Company fails to request the Bid Solicitation Agent to obtain bids when required or (iii) the Company requests that the Bid Solicitation Agent obtain bids and the Bid Solicitation Agent fails to make such determination (or, if the Company is the Bid Solicitation Agent, the Company fails to make such determination), then, in each case, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes on such date of determination or on each Trading Day of such failure (as the case may be) will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of (i) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such date and (ii) the then-current Conversion Rate.  
120    “Trigger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
121    “Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to Section 11.12, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.
122    “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
123    “Unit of Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 4.07(a).
124    “U.S.” means the United States of America.
125    “Valuation Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.04(c).
126    “Vice President,” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.
127    “VWAP Market Disruption Event” means (i) a failure by the primary exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock trades or is quoted to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such day.
128    “VWAP Trading Day” means a day on which (i) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event and (ii) the Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Exchange, the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed is open for trading or, if the Common Stock is not so listed, any Business Day.  For these purposes, a “VWAP Trading Day” includes only those days that have a scheduled closing time of 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) or the then-standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system.
Section 1.02    References to Interest.  Any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note in this Indenture shall be deemed to include Additional Interest, if, in such context, Additional Interest, is, was or would be payable pursuant hereto.  Any express mention of the payment of Additional Interest in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.
Section 1.03    Acts of Holders.  (%3) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of Notes, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.03.
(a)    The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
(b)    The amount of Notes held by any Person executing any such instrument or writings as the Holder thereof, the numbers of such Notes and the date of his holding the same may be proved by the production of such Notes or by a certificate executed, as depositary, by any trust company, bank, banker or member of a national securities exchange (wherever situated), if such certificate is in form satisfactory to the Trustee, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depositary, or exhibited to it, the Notes therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person executing such instrument or writing as the Holder thereof, if such certificate or affidavit is in form satisfactory to the Trustee.  The Trustee and the Company may assume that such ownership of any Notes continues until (1) another certificate bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Notes is produced or (2) such Notes are produced by some other Person or (3) such Notes are no longer Outstanding.
(c)    The fact and date of execution of any such instrument or writing and the amount and number of Notes held by the Person so executing such instrument or writing may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. The Trustee may in any instance require further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this Section 1.03.
(d)    The principal amount (except as otherwise contemplated in clause (ii) of the definition of “Outstanding”), serial numbers of Notes held by any Person and the date of holding the same shall be proved by the Register.
(e)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
(f)    The Company may but shall not be obligated to set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of any Outstanding Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted by Sections 2.11, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05, 6.06, 8.02 or 11.11.  Such record date shall be not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders of such Notes furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.13 prior to such solicitation.
(g)    If the Company solicits from Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.
ARTICLE 2.     
THE NOTES
Section 2.01    Title and Terms; Payments.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $600,000,000 (the “Initial Notes”), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.11, or 3.07.  The Company may, from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, execute and deliver to the Trustee for authentication Additional Notes of an unlimited aggregate principal amount, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Additional Notes to or upon receipt of a Company Order, without any further action by the Company hereunder; provided, however, that (1) if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number for so long as they remain not fungible; (2) such Additional Notes must be issued pursuant to the same terms (other than the date of issuance for such Notes and, if applicable in accordance with Section 2.14, the date from which interest will initially accrue and the date of the first interest payment) as the Initial Notes; (3) the Trustee must receive an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such issuance of Additional Notes complies with the provisions of this Indenture, including each provision of this paragraph and all conditions precedent to the issuance and authentication of such Additional Notes have been satisfied; and (4) the Trustee must receive an Opinion of Counsel which shall state (a) that the form of such Additional Notes has been established by a supplemental indenture or pursuant to the Board Resolutions in accordance with this Section 2.01 and Section 2.04 and in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; (b) that the terms of such Additional Notes have been established in accordance with this Section 2.01 and in conformity with the other provisions of this Indenture and all conditions precedent to the issuance and authentication of such Additional Notes have been satisfied; and (c) that such Additional Notes have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and to general equity principles.
The Notes shall be known and designated as the “0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020” of the Company.  The principal amount shall be payable on the Maturity Date unless no longer Outstanding because earlier purchased or converted in accordance with this Indenture.
The principal amount of Physical Notes shall be payable in U.S. dollars at the Corporate Trust Office and at any other office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose.  Interest on Physical Notes will be payable (i) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or less of Notes, by check mailed to such Holders at the address set forth in the Register and (ii) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $1,000,000 of Notes, either by check mailed to such Holders or, upon written application by a Holder to the Company and Registrar at least three Business Days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such Holder’s account within the U.S., which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies the Registrar to the contrary in writing.  The Company will pay or cause the Trustee or Paying Agent to pay principal of, and interest on, Global Notes in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Global Note, on each Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Maturity Date or other payment date, as the case may be.  
Section 2.02    Ranking.  The Notes constitute direct unsecured, senior obligations of the Company.
Section 2.03    Denominations.  The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000.
Section 2.04    Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.  The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one of its Officers.
Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time Officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes.  The Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as one or more Global Notes or as one or more Physical Notes.  The Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Indenture and not otherwise.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by an authorized signatory of the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.
Section 2.05    Temporary Notes.  Pending the preparation of Physical Notes, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the Physical Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Officer executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by such Officer’s execution of such Notes; provided that any such temporary Notes shall bear legends on the face of such Notes as set forth in the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A and/or Sections 2.07 and 2.11.
After the preparation of Physical Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 5.02, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver, in exchange therefor a like principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Physical Notes.
Section 2.06    Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.
(a)    The Company shall cause to be kept at the applicable Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in the continental United States a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 5.02 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of Notes.  The Trustee is hereby appointed registrar (the “Registrar”) for the purpose of registering the transfer and exchange of the Notes as herein provided.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at an office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 5.02 for such purpose, the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, each such Note bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture (including the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A and Sections 2.07 and 2.11).
At the option of the Holder and subject to the other provisions of Sections 2.07 and 2.11, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.  As a condition to the registration of transfer of any Restricted Notes, the Company or the Trustee may require evidence satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend on such Notes.
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company and the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.11 not involving any transfer.
Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note in the circumstances set forth in Section 2.11(a)(iv).   
(b)    Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (collectively, the “Agent Members”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf any Agent Member may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Note, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, the Agents and any of their respective agents as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any liability, responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person on whose behalf Agent Members may act with respect to (i) any ownership interests in the Global Note, (ii) the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) any notice required hereunder, (iv) any payments under or with respect to the Global Note or (v) actions taken or not taken by any Agent Members.
(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any of their respective agents from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.  The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
Section 2.07    Transfer Restrictions.
(a)    Restricted Notes.
(i)    Every Note (and any security issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) that bears, or that is required under this Section 2.07 to bear, the Restricted Notes Legend will be deemed to be a “Restricted Note.”  Each Restricted Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Indenture (including in the Restricted Notes Legend) and will bear the restricted CUSIP number for the Notes unless the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that such restrictions on transfer are eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company (including, without limitation, by the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate as provided herein), and each Holder of a Restricted Note, by such Holder’s acceptance of such Restricted Note, will be deemed to be bound by the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Note.
(ii)    Until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any Note will bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless:
(A)    (%3)    such Note, since last held by the Company or an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144), if ever, was transferred (I) to a Person other than (x) the Company, (y) an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) or (z) a Person that was an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the 90 days immediately preceding such transfer and (II) pursuant to a registration statement that was effective under the Securities Act at the time of such transfer; or 
(1)    such Note was transferred (I) to a Person other than (x) the Company or (y) an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) or a Person that was an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the 90 days immediately preceding such transfer and (II) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act; and
(B)    the Company delivers written notice to the Trustee and the Registrar (including, without limitation, by the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate as provided herein) stating that the Restricted Notes Legend may be removed from such Note and all Applicable Procedures have been complied with.
(iii)    In addition, until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, no transfer of any Restricted Note will be registered by the Registrar unless the transferring Holder delivers to the Trustee a completed notice substantially in the form of the Form of Assignment and Transfer, which contains a certification that the transferee is SunEdison, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof or that the transferee is not an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) and has not been an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the 90 days immediately preceding the date of such proposed transfer.
(iv)    On and after the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any Note will bear the Restricted Note Legend if at any time the Company determines that, to comply with law, such Note must bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Company notifies the Trustee in writing.
(b)    Restricted Stock.
(i)    Every share of Common Stock that bears, or that is required under this Section 2.07 to bear, the Restricted Stock Legend will be deemed to be “Restricted Stock”.  Each share of Restricted Stock will be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Indenture (including in the Restricted Stock Legend) and will bear a restricted CUSIP number unless such restrictions on transfer are eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent (including, without limitation, by the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate in connection with the Notes as provided herein) of the Company, and each Holder of Restricted Stock, by such Holder's acceptance of Restricted Stock, will be deemed to be bound by the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Stock.
(ii)    Until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of a Note, and any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Restricted Note, will be issued in book-entry form by or on behalf of the Company and will bear the Restricted Stock Legend unless the Company delivers written notice to the transfer agent for the Common Stock stating that such shares of Common Stock need not bear the Restricted Stock Legend.
(iii)    On and after the Resale Restriction Termination Date, shares of Common Stock will be issued in book-entry form and will bear the Restricted Stock Legend at any time the Company reasonably determines that, to comply with law, such shares of Common Stock must bear the Restricted Stock Legend.
(c)    As used in this Section 2.07, the term “transfer” means any sale, pledge, transfer, loan, hypothecation or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Note, any interest therein or any Restricted Stock.
(d)    All Notes, whether Global Notes or Physical Notes, are required to bear the Non-Affiliate Legend at all times, whether before or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date.
Section 2.08    Expiration of Restrictions.  
(a)    Physical Notes.  Any Physical Note (or any security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) that does not constitute a Restricted Note may be exchanged for a new Note or Notes of like tenor and aggregate principal amount that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend required by Section 2.07.  To exercise such right of exchange, the Holder of such Note must surrender such Note in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 and deliver any additional documentation required by this Indenture in connection with such exchange.
(b)    Global Notes; Resale Restriction Termination Date.
(i)    If, on the Free Trade Date, or the next succeeding Business Day if the Free Trade Date is not a Business Day, any Notes are represented by a Global Note that is a Restricted Note (any such Global Note, a “Restricted Global Note”), as promptly as practicable, the Company will automatically exchange every beneficial interest in each Restricted Global Note for beneficial interests in Global Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend and in Section 2.07. 
(ii)    To effect such automatic exchange, the Company will (A) deliver to the Depositary an instruction letter for the Depositary’s mandatory exchange process at least 15 days immediately prior to the Free Trade Date (with a copy to the Trustee) and (B) deliver to each of the Trustee and the Registrar a duly completed Free Transferability Certificate promptly after the Free Trade Date.  The date of the Free Transferability Certificate will be known as the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”. The Trustee shall assume that the Free Trade Date has not occurred unless and until it receives a Free Transferability Certificate.  
(iii)    Immediately upon receipt of the Free Transferability Certificate by each of the Trustee and the Registrar:
(A)     the Restricted Notes Legend will be deemed removed from each of the Global Notes specified in such Free Transferability Certificate and the restricted CUSIP number will be deemed removed from each of such Global Notes and deemed replaced with the unrestricted CUSIP number;
(B)     the Restricted Stock Legend will be deemed removed from any shares of Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of the Notes; and
(C)    thereafter, shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes will be assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number and will not bear the Restricted Stock Legend (except as provided in Section 2.07(b)(iii)) or any similar legend.
(iv)    Promptly after the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the Company will provide Bloomberg LLP with a copy of the Free Transferability Certificate and will use reasonable efforts to cause Bloomberg LLP to adjust its screen page for the Notes to indicate that the Notes are no longer Restricted Notes and are then identified by an unrestricted CUSIP number.
(v)    Prior to the Company’s delivery of the Free Transferability Certificate and afterwards, the Company and the Trustee will comply with the Applicable Procedures and the Company shall otherwise use reasonable efforts to cause each Global Note that is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend to be identified by an unrestricted CUSIP number in the facilities of the Depositary by the date the Free Transferability Certificate is delivered to the Trustee and the Registrar or as promptly as possible thereafter.  
(vi)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 2.08(b)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company will not be required to deliver the Free Transferability Certificate if it reasonably believes that removal of the Restricted Notes Legend or the changes to the CUSIP numbers for the Notes could result in or facilitate transfers of the Notes in violation of applicable law.
Section 2.09    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes.  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and deliver, in exchange therefor a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of written notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.
Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.09, the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.09 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
Section 2.10    Persons Deemed Owners.  Subject to the rights of Holders as of the Regular Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date, prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, each Agent, and any of their respective agents may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the Register as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, the Agents nor any of their respective agents shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
Section 2.11    Transfer and Exchange.  
(a)    Provisions Applicable to All Transfers and Exchanges.
(i)    Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.11, Physical Notes and beneficial interests in Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged from time to time as desired, and each such transfer or exchange will be noted by the Registrar in the Register.
(ii)    All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange in accordance with this Indenture will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(iii)    No service charge will be imposed on any Holder of a Physical Note or any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note for any exchange or registration of transfer, but each of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar may require such Holder or owner of a beneficial interest to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed in connection with such registration of transfer or exchange.
(iv)    Unless the Company specifies otherwise, none of the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar or any co-Registrar will be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note (i) that has been surrendered for conversion or (ii) as to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn, except to the extent any portion of such Note is not subject to the foregoing. 
(v)    Neither the Trustee nor any Agent will have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
(b)    In General; Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law or by Section 2.11(c):
(i)    all Notes will be represented by one or more Global Notes;
(ii)    every transfer and exchange of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the provisions of this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.07); and
(iii)    each Global Note may be transferred only as a whole and only (A) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, (B) by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary or (C) by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  
(c)    Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes for Physical Notes.
(i)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, each Global Note will be exchanged for Physical Notes if the Depositary delivers notice to the Company that:
(A)    the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary; or 
(B)    the Depositary is no longer registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act or is otherwise no longer permitted under applicable law to continue as Depositary for such Global Note; 
and, in each case, the Company promptly delivers a copy of such notice to the Trustee and the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after receiving notice from the Depositary.
In each such case, the Company will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly authenticate and deliver, for each beneficial interest in each Global Note so exchanged, an aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes equal to the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest, registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary specifies, and bearing any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07.
(ii)    In addition, if an Event of Default has occurred with regard to the Notes represented by the relevant Global Note and such Event of Default has not been cured or waived, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may deliver a written request through the Depositary to exchange such beneficial interest for Physical Notes.
In such case, (A) the Registrar will deliver notice of such request to the Company and the Trustee, which notice will identify the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest and the CUSIP of the relevant Global Note; (B) the Company will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly authenticate and deliver, to such owner, for the beneficial interest so exchanged by such owner, Physical Notes registered in such owner’s name having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest as the Depositary specifies, and bearing any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07; and (C) the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, will cause the principal amount of such Global Note to be decreased by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest so exchanged.  If all of the beneficial interests in a Global Note are so exchanged, such Global Note will be deemed surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Trustee will cause such Global Note to be cancelled in accordance with the Trustee's customary procedures and the Applicable Procedures.
(d)    Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes.  
(i)    If Physical Notes are issued, a Holder may transfer a Physical Note by: (A) surrendering such Physical Note for registration of transfer to the Registrar, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar; (B) if such Physical Note is a Restricted Note, delivering any documentation required by Section 2.07; and (C) satisfying all other requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.11 and Section 2.07.  Upon the satisfaction of conditions (A), (B) and (C) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Company, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, will, in accordance with Section 2.04, promptly authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Physical Notes, of any authorized denomination, having like aggregate principal amount and bearing any restrictive legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07.
(ii)    If Physical Notes are issued, a Holder may exchange a Physical Note for other Physical Notes of any authorized denominations and aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be exchanged by surrendering such Notes, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar, at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purposes pursuant to Section 5.02.  Whenever a Holder surrenders Notes for exchange, the Company, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order and in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly authenticate and deliver the Notes that such Holder is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding and any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 2.07. 
(iii)    If Physical Notes are issued, a Holder may transfer or exchange a Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Security by (A) surrendering such Physical Note for registration of transfer or exchange, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar, at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purposes pursuant to Section 5.02; (B) if such Physical Note is a Restricted Note, delivering any documentation required by Section 2.07; (C) satisfying all other requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.11 and Section 2.07; and (D) providing written instructions to the Trustee to make, or to direct the Registrar to make, an adjustment in its books and records with respect to the applicable Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by such Global Note, which instructions will contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase.  Upon the satisfaction of conditions (A), (B), (C) and (D), the Trustee will cancel such Physical Note and cause, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of such Physical Note, and will credit or cause to be credited the account of the Person specified in the instructions provided by the exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Physical Note.  If no Global Notes are then Outstanding, the Company, in accordance with Section 2.04, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order and in accordance with Section 2.04, will authenticate, a new Global Note in the appropriate aggregate principal amount.
Section 2.12    Purchase of Notes; Cancellation.  The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), purchase Notes in the open market or by tender offer at any price or by private agreement.  The Company will cause any Notes so purchased (other than Notes purchased pursuant to cash-settled swaps or other derivatives) to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.  For the avoidance of doubt, any such Notes purchased by the Company will be retired and no longer Outstanding hereunder.
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold.  The Trustee shall promptly cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, purchase, repurchase, conversion or cancellation in accordance with its standard procedures.  If the Company shall acquire any of the Notes in any manner whatsoever, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Notes so acquired, while held by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall not entitle the Holder thereof to convert the Notes.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  
The Registrar shall retain, in accordance with its customary procedures, copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.12.  The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
Section 2.13    CUSIP Numbers.  In issuing the Notes, the Company may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use); provided that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP numbers as they appear on any Notes, notice, or elsewhere.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.
Section 2.14    Payment and Computation of Interest.  The Notes will bear cash interest at a rate of 0.25% per year until the Maturity Date, unless earlier purchased, converted or redeemed in accordance with the provisions herein.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, (x) in the case of the Initial Notes, June 10, 2014 or (y) in the case of any other Notes, the date of original issuance of such Notes.  Interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date semiannually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that, if any Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date of a Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of the delay.  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months; provided, however, that for any period in which a particular interest rate is applicable for less than a full semiannual period, interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 30-day month and, for periods of less than a month, the actual number of days elapsed over a 30-day month.  
Unless the context otherwise requires, payments of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, principal and interest on any Note, in each case, that are not made when due will accrue interest per annum at the then-applicable interest rate from the required payment date.
The Company will pay Additional Interest under certain circumstances as provided in Section 5.08 and 6.03.
ARTICLE 3.     
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDERS
Section 3.01    Purchase at Option of Holders upon a Fundamental Change.  If a Fundamental Change occurs, then each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to purchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of such Holder’s Notes that is equal to $1,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000, on a date (the “Fundamental Change Purchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than 20 or more than 35 Business Days after the Company provides the Fundamental Change Company Notice, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Purchase Price”); provided, however, that if the Fundamental Change Purchase Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which it relates, the Company shall instead pay interest accrued to the Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record of the Note as of the close of business on  Regular Record Date and the Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall then be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Note subject to purchase and will not include any accrued and unpaid interest.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no purchase of any Notes pursuant to this Section 3.01 if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price with respect to such Notes).    In the event the principal amount of the Notes is accelerated following delivery of a Fundamental Change Company Notice (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price with respect to such Notes), the Trustee will promptly (i) return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes tendered to it or (ii) effect appropriate book-entry transfers to the respective beneficial holders thereof any beneficial interests in a Global Note tendered to it in compliance with the Applicable Procedures, in which case, upon such return or transfer, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.
Section 3.02    Fundamental Change Company Notice.  
(a)    General.  On or before the 10th Business Day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (in the case of any Paying Agent other than the Trustee) a written notice (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice”) of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the purchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof.  Such notice shall be sent to the Holders in accordance with Section 12.08(c) (with a copy to the Trustee).  Simultaneously with providing such Fundamental Change Company Notice, the Company shall issue a press release announcing the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and make the press release available on the Company’s website.  Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:
(i)    the events causing the Fundamental Change;
(ii)    the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change, and whether the Fundamental Change is a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, in which case the notice shall state the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change;
(iii)    information about the Holder’s right to convert the Notes;
(iv)    information about the Holder’s right to require the Company to purchase the Notes;
(v)    the last date on which a Holder of Notes may exercise the purchase right pursuant to Section 3.01;
(vi)    the Fundamental Change Purchase Price;
(vii)    the Fundamental Change Purchase Date;
(viii)    the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent, if applicable;
(ix)    the applicable Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the applicable Conversion Rate resulting from the Fundamental Change;
(x)    if applicable, that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice in accordance with Section 3.05;
(xi)    the procedures required for exercise of the purchase option upon the Fundamental Change, including that the Holder must exercise the purchase option prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time; and
(xii)    that the Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Notes surrendered for purchase prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time and the procedures required for withdrawal of any such exercise as described in 3.05; 
(b)    No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01.
(c)    At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give the Fundamental Change Company Notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company; provided, further that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before the Fundamental Change Company Notice is required to be given to the Holders (or such shorter period agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and attaching the form of Fundamental Change Company Notice and including the information required by Section 3.02(a). Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall be responsible for determining if a Fundamental Change has occurred or for delivering a Fundamental Change Company Notice to Holders or for the content of any Fundamental Change Company Notice.
Section 3.03    Repurchase Procedures.  
(a)    Purchases of Notes under Section 3.01 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:
(i)    if the Notes to be purchased are Physical Notes, delivery to the Trustee by the Holder of a duly completed notice in the Form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice (the “Fundamental Change Purchase Notice”) together with the Physical Notes duly endorsed for transfer, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, (the “Fundamental Change Expiration Time”); and
(ii)    if the Notes to be purchased are Global Notes, delivery to the Trustee of the beneficial interest in such Global Notes, by book-entry transfer, in compliance with the Applicable Procedures and the satisfaction of any other requirements of the Depositary in connection with tendering beneficial interests in a Global Note for purchase by the Fundamental Change Expiration Time.
The Fundamental Change Purchase Notice in respect of any Notes to be purchased shall state:
(i)    if certificated, the certificate numbers of such Holder’s Notes;
(ii)    the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be purchased, which must be such that the principal amount not purchased equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000; and
(iii)    that such Notes are to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture.
(b)    Notice to Company.  The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
Section 3.04    Effect of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice.  Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of Physical Notes and a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or beneficial interests in a Global Note by book-entry transfer as specified in Section 3.03, the Holder of the tendered Note shall (unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with Section 3.05) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, in cash with respect to such Note (and any previously accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, if applicable).  Such Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder, provided that the conditions in this Article 3 have been satisfied (including, without limitation, the proper delivery or book-entry transfer of such Note as required under Section 3.03(a)) and subject to the Paying Agent holding money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, promptly following the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Purchase Date and the time of delivery or book-entry transfer of such Note to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.01.
Section 3.05    Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice.  A Fundamental Change Purchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent in accordance with the Fundamental Change Company Notice, as applicable, at any time prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time, as applicable, specifying:
(a)    the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted;
(b)    if certificated, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes; and
(c)    the principal amount, if any, of each Note that remains subject to the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, which must be such that the principal amount of such Holder’s Notes not purchased equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;
provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.
The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with the provisions of this Section 3.05.
Section 3.06    Deposit of Fundamental Change Purchase Price.  Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided herein) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date.  If the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of the tendered Notes on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, then (a) such tendered Notes will cease to be Outstanding and (except as provided below in clause (b)) interest will cease to accrue thereon (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes is made or whether or not the Notes are delivered to the Paying Agent) and (b) all other rights of the Holders of such tendered Notes will terminate (other than (x) the right to receive the Fundamental Change Purchase Price and (y) the right of the Holder of record on such Regular Record Date to receive any interest payment pursuant to Section 3.01, if applicable).
Section 3.07    Notes Purchased in Whole or in Part.  Any Note that is to be purchased pursuant to this Article 3, whether in whole or in part, shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and, to the extent that only a part of the Note so surrendered is to be purchased, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Note so surrendered that is not purchased.
Section 3.08    Covenant To Comply with Applicable Laws upon Purchase of Notes.  In connection with any purchase of Notes under Section 3.01, the Company shall, in each case if required by law, (i) comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4, Rule 14e-1 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act to the extent any such rules are applicable, (ii) file a Schedule TO or any successor or similar schedule, if required, under the Exchange Act and (iii) otherwise comply with all U.S. federal or state securities laws applicable to the Company in connection with offer by the Company to purchase Notes under Section 3.01, in each case, so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Article 3 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified under this Article 3.
Section 3.09    Repayment to the Company.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of money deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.06 exceeds the aggregate Fundamental Change Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof that the Company is obligated to purchase as of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, then, following the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Paying Agent shall, upon demand of the Company, promptly return any such excess to the Company.
ARTICLE 4.     
CONVERSION
Section 4.01    Right To Convert.  (%3) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion of its Notes at an initial Conversion Rate of 37.2148 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes (equivalent to an initial Conversion Price of approximately $26.87 per share of Common Stock) into the Settlement Amount determined in accordance with Section 4.03(a)(ii), prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding October 15, 2019, (x) only upon satisfaction of one or more of the conditions described in Section 4.01(b), and (y) on or after October 15, 2019, at any time until the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the stated Maturity Date regardless of whether the conditions described in Section 4.01(b) are satisfied.
(d)    (%3)  A Holder may surrender all or any portion of its Notes for conversion during any calendar quarter commencing after the quarter ending September 30, 2014 if the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the calendar quarter in which the conversion occurs, is more than 130% of the applicable Conversion Price in effect on each applicable Trading Day.  Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation (x) to determine whether the market price condition described in this Section 4.01(b)(i) has been met or (y) to verify the Company’s determination regarding such market price condition.
(i)    If, prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding October 15, 2019, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes on each Trading Day during any ten consecutive Trading-Day period (the “Measurement Period”) is less than 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day, a Holder may surrender Notes for conversion at any time during the five consecutive Trading Days following such Measurement Period.  Whenever the condition to conversion set forth in this Section 4.01(b)(ii) has been met, the Company shall so notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Bid Solicitation Agent and the Conversion Agent (in each case, if other than the Trustee) in writing.  The Trading Price shall be determined by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.01(b)(ii) and the definition of “Trading Price” set forth in Section 1.01.  The Company shall provide written notice to the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Company) of the three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company in accordance with the definition of Trading Price, along with the appropriate contact information for each.  However, the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Company) shall have no obligation to solicit market bid quotations for the Company to determine the Trading Price of the Notes unless the Company has requested such solicitation in writing; and the Company shall have no obligation to make such request (or, if the Company is the Bid Solicitation Agent, to determine the Trading Price of the Notes) unless a Holder of a Note provides it and the Trustee with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes would be less than 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day.  At such time, the Company shall instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent in writing to solicit market bid quotations for the Notes from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company for the Company to determine (or, if the Company is the Bid Solicitation Agent, the Company shall determine) the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes beginning on such Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for a Trading Day is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day.  If, on any Trading Day after the condition to conversion set forth in this Section 4.01(b)(ii) has been met, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day and (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day, the Company will so notify the Holders, the Trustee, the Bid Solicitation Agent and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing.  
(ii)    If the Company elects to issue or distribute, as the case may be, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock to (x) any rights, options or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or purchase, for a period expiring within 60 calendar days after the declaration date for such issuance, shares of the Common Stock, at a price per share that is less than the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such issuance; or (y) cash, debt securities (or other evidence of indebtedness) or other assets or securities (excluding dividends or distributions in respect of which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is made pursuant to Section 4.04(a)), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock as of the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution, then, in either case, the Company must deliver notice of such distribution, and of the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution, to the Holders at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.  After the Company has delivered such notice, Holders may surrender their Notes for conversion at any time until the earlier of (a) Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Ex-Dividend Date and (b) the Company’s announcement that such issuance or distribution will not take place.  Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation (I) to determine whether a distribution described in this Section 4.01(b)(iii) has occurred or (II) to verify the Company’s determination regarding such a distribution.
(iii)    If a transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding October 15, 2019, a holder may surrender Notes for conversion at any time from and after the date that is 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction or event (or, if later, the date on which the Company gives notice of such transaction) until the Close of Business on (1) if such transaction or event is a Fundamental Change, the Business Day immediately preceding the related Fundamental Change Purchase Date, or (2) otherwise, on the 40th Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the effective date for such transaction or event.  To the extent commercially reasonably practicable, the Company will give notice to Holders of the anticipated effective date for such transaction or event not less than 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date or, if the Company does not have knowledge of such transaction or event or the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction or event at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date, within one Business Day of the date upon which the Company receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware of, such transaction or event, unless the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is no longer impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction or event (but in no event later than the actual effective date of such transaction or event).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Company be required to provide such notice to the Holders before the earlier of (i) the actual effective date of such transaction or event and (ii) the earlier of such time as the Company or its Affiliates (a) have publicly disclosed or acknowledged the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction or event or (b) are required to publicly disclose under applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s equity is then listed the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction or event. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation to (x) determine whether a Fundamental Change or Make-Whole Fundamental Change has occurred or (y) verify the Company's determination regarding such occurrence or non-occurrence.
(iv)    Holders will have the right to surrender Notes for conversion if the Company is a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property and assets that does not also constitute a Fundamental Change, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property.  In such event, Holders will have the right to surrender Notes for conversion at any time from and including the 35th Scheduled Trading Day prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction to, and including, the 40th Scheduled Trading Day following the effective date of such transaction.  To the extent commercially reasonably practicable, the Company will give notice to Holders of the anticipated effective date for such transaction not less than 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date or, if the Company does not have knowledge of such transaction or it determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date, within one Business Day of the date upon which the Company receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware, of such transaction, unless the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is no longer impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated effective date of such transaction (but in no event later than the actual effective date of such transaction).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Company be required to provide such notice to Holders before the earlier of (i) the actual effective date of such transaction and (ii) the earlier of such time as the Company or its Affiliates (a) have publicly disclosed or acknowledged the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction or (b) are required to publicly disclose under applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our equity is then listed the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated transaction.  Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any obligation (x) to determine whether a corporate event described in this Section 4.01(b)(v) has occurred or (y) to verify the Company’s determination regarding such a corporate event.
Section 4.02    Conversion Procedures.  
(b)    Each Physical Note shall be convertible at the office of the Conversion Agent and, if applicable, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.
(c)    To exercise the conversion privilege with respect to a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Holder must comply with the Applicable Procedures for converting, and effecting a book-entry transfer to the Conversion Agent of, a beneficial interest on a Global Note and pay the funds, if any, required by Section 4.02(f) and any taxes or duties if required pursuant to Section 4.02(g), and the Conversion Agent must be informed of the conversion in accordance with the customary practice of the Depositary.
To exercise the conversion privilege with respect to any Physical Notes, the Holder of such Physical Notes shall:
(v)    duly sign and complete a conversion notice in the form set forth in the Form of Notice of Conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) or a facsimile of the Conversion Notice;
(vi)    deliver the Conversion Notice, which is irrevocable, and the Note to the Conversion Agent;
(vii)    if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents;
(viii)    if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes as set forth in Section 4.02(g); and
(ix)    if required, make any payment required under Section 4.02(f).
If, upon conversion of a Note, any shares of Common Stock are to be issued to a Person other than the Holder of such Note, the related Conversion Notice shall include such other Person’s name and address.
If a Note has been submitted for repurchase pursuant to a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, such Note may not be converted except to the extent such Note has been withdrawn by the Holder and is no longer submitted for repurchase pursuant to a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with Section 3.07 prior to the relevant Fundamental Change Expiration Time.
For any Note, the date on which the Holder of such Note satisfies all of the applicable requirements set forth above with respect to such Note shall be the “Conversion Date” with respect to such Note.  
Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such Notes (or portion thereof) surrendered for conversion immediately prior to the Close of Business on the applicable Conversion Date; provided, however, that except to the extent required by Section 4.04, the person in whose name any shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon conversion, if any, shall be treated as a stockholder of record (i) as of the Close of Business on the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Conversion Period in a Combination Settlement and (ii) as of the Close of Business on the Conversion Date in a Physical Settlement.  At the Close of Business on the Conversion Date for a Note, the converting Holder shall no longer be the Holder of such Note.
(d)    Endorsement.  Any Notes surrendered for conversion shall, unless shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as the registration of such Notes, be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder or its duly authorized attorney.
(e)    Physical Notes.  If any Physical Notes in a denomination greater than $1,000 shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of the Physical Notes so surrendered, without charge, new Physical Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Physical Notes.
(f)    Global Notes.  Upon the conversion of a beneficial interest in Global Notes, the Conversion Agent shall make a notation in its records as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversions of Notes effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee.
(g)    Interest Due Upon Conversion.  If a Holder converts a Note after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the Open of Business on the Interest Payment Date corresponding to such Regular Record Date, such Holder must accompany such Note with an amount of cash equal to the amount of interest that will payable on such Note on the corresponding Interest Payment Date; provided, however, that a Holder need not make such payment (1) if the Conversion Date follows the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Purchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (3) to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Note.
(h)    Taxes Due upon Conversion.  If a Holder converts a Note, the Company will pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of the Common Stock upon the conversion, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests that any shares be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder will pay that tax.
Section 4.03    Settlement Upon Conversion.  
(a)    Settlement.  Subject to this Section 4.03 and Sections 4.06 and 4.07, upon conversion of any Note, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to Holders, in full satisfaction of its conversion obligation under Section 4.01, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, a Settlement Amount consisting of, at the election of the Company, solely cash (“Cash Settlement”), solely shares of Common Stock (together with cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)) (“Physical Settlement”) or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock (“Combination Settlement”).
(i)    Settlement Election.  All conversions occurring on or after October 15, 2019 shall be settled using the same Settlement Method.  Prior to October 15, 2019, the Company will use the same Settlement Method for all conversions occurring on the same Conversion Date, but the Company shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with respect to conversions that occur on different Conversion Dates.  If the Company elects a Settlement Method (a “Settlement Election”) and a Specified Dollar Amount, if applicable (a “Specified Dollar Amount Election”), the Company shall provide to the Holders so converting through the Trustee a notice of such Settlement Method (each such notice, a “Settlement Election Notice”) or such Specified Dollar Amount (each such notice, a “Specified Dollar Amount Election Notice”), no later than the Close of Business on the second Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date (or, in the case of any conversions occurring on or after October 15, 2019, no later than October 15, 2019).  If the Company does not timely elect a Settlement Method, the Company shall no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Physical Settlement, and the Company shall be deemed to have elected Combination Settlement in respect of its Conversion Obligation, and the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be $1,000.  If the Company elects Combination Settlement but does not timely notify converting Holders of the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, such Specified Dollar Amount will be deemed to be $1,000.
In addition, the Company may, prior to October 15, 2019, at its option, irrevocably elect Combination Settlement with a particular Specified Dollar Amount for all conversions subsequent to its notice to Holders thereof by notice of such election to Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent.
(ii)    Settlement Amount.  The cash, shares of Common Stock or combination of cash and shares of Common Stock in respect of any conversion of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be computed as follows:
(A)    if the Company elects Physical Settlement, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of its Notes being converted, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate, together with cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b);
(B)    if the Company elects (or is deemed to have elected) Cash Settlement, the Company shall pay to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of its Notes being converted, cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the related Conversion Period; and
(C)    if the Company elects (or is deemed to have elected) Combination Settlement, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of its Notes being converted, an amount of cash and number of shares of Common Stock, if any, equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the related Conversion Period.
(iii)    Delivery Obligation.  The Settlement Amounts upon conversion of the Notes will be paid or delivered, as the case may be, by the Company through the Conversion Agent.  The Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the Settlement Amount due in respect of its conversion obligation under this Section 4.03, (i) on the third Business Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date, if the Company elects Physical Settlement, unless such Conversion Date occurs following the regular record date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, in which case the Company will make such delivery (and payment, if applicable) on the Maturity Date and (ii) on the third Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of the related Conversion Period, in any other case; provided, however, that if prior to the Conversion Date for any converted Notes, the Common Stock has been replaced by Reference Property consisting solely of cash, the Company will pay the conversion consideration due in respect of such conversion on the tenth Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date, and, notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 4.03, no Conversion Period will apply to those conversions.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, if a VWAP Market Disruption Event occurs on a Scheduled Trading Day during the Conversion Period, or if such Scheduled Trading day is not a Trading Day for any other reason, then the Daily Conversion Value or Daily Settlement Amount, as applicable, will be determined on the next following Trading Day, and delivery of the Settlement Amount will be delayed accordingly.  No interest will accrue on account of such delay.
(iv)    Exchange-Related Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Notes or in this Indenture, in connection with limitations imposed by the continued listing standards of the Exchange, the Company shall not enter into any transaction, or take any other action, that would result in the Notes, in the aggregate, becoming convertible into shares of Common Stock in excess of 20% of Common Stock outstanding as of the Last Original Issuance Date, unless the Company, at its election, either (i) obtains shareholder approval of such issuances, in accordance with the shareholder approval rules contained in such listing standards, or (ii) pays cash in lieu of delivering any shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon conversion in excess of such limitations based on (x) the Daily VWAP on each VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Conversion Period in respect of which, in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the Company pays cash pursuant to this Section 4.03(a)(iv), in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement or (y) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Conversion Date, in the case of Physical Settlement.  If the Company pays cash in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.03(a)(iv), it will notify the Trustee, the Conversion Agent and the Holders of the maximum number of shares it will deliver per $1,000 principal amount of converted Notes (x) in respect of each VWAP Trading Day in the relevant Conversion Period, in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement or (y) in respect of the relevant conversion, in the case of Physical Settlement. 
(b)    Fractional Shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not issue fractional shares of Common Stock as part of the Settlement Amount due with respect to any converted Note.  Instead, if any Settlement Amount includes a fraction of a share of the Common Stock, the Company will, in lieu of delivering such fraction of a share of Common Stock, pay an amount of cash equal to the product of such fraction of a share and (i) in a Physical Settlement, the Daily VWAP on the relevant Conversion Date, or if such Conversion Date is not a VWAP Trading Day, the immediately preceding VWAP Trading Day or (ii) in the case of any other Settlement Method, the Daily VWAP on the last VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Conversion Period (subject to Section 4.03(c) immediately below).
(c)    Conversion of Multiple Notes by a Single Holder.  If a Holder surrenders more than one Note for conversion on a single Conversion Date, the Company will calculate the amount of cash and the number of shares of Common Stock due with respect to such Notes as if such Holder had surrendered for conversion one Note having an aggregate principal amount equal to the sum of the principal amounts of each of the Notes surrendered for conversion by such Holder on such Conversion Date or, if the Notes surrendered for conversion are beneficial interests in a Global Note, based on such other aggregate number of Notes, or beneficial interests therein, being surrendered by the Holder for conversion on the same date as the Depositary may otherwise request.
(d)    Settlement of Accrued Interest and Deemed Payment of Principal.  If a Holder converts a Note, the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate to account for any accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, and the Company’s delivery or payment, as the case may be, of cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock into which a Note is convertible will be deemed to satisfy and discharge in full the Company’s obligation to pay the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, such Note to, but excluding, the Conversion Date; provided, however, that subject to Section 4.02(f), if a Holder converts a Note after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date and prior to the Open of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Company will still be obligated to pay the interest due on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of such Note on such Regular Record Date.
As a result, except as otherwise provided in the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, any accrued and unpaid interest with respect to a converted Note will be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited.  In addition, if the Settlement Amount for any Note includes both cash and shares of Common Stock, accrued and unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid first out of the amount of cash delivered upon such conversion.  
(e)    Notices.  Whenever a Conversion Date occurs with respect to a Note, the Conversion Agent will, as promptly as possible, and in no event later than the Business Day immediately following such Conversion Date, deliver to the Company and the Trustee, if it is not then the Conversion Agent, notice that a Conversion Date has occurred, which notice will state such Conversion Date, the principal amount of Notes converted on such Conversion Date and the names of the Holders that converted Notes on such Conversion Date.
On the first Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of the Conversion Period applicable to any Note surrendered for conversion in a Cash Settlement or a Combination Settlement, the Company will deliver a written notice to the Conversion Agent and the Trustee (if not also the Conversion Agent) stating the amount of cash and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, that the Company is obligated to pay or deliver, as the case may be, to satisfy its conversion obligation with respect to each Note converted on such Conversion Date.
(f)    Exchange in Lieu of Conversion.  When a Holder surrenders Notes for conversion, the Company may, at its election, direct the Conversion Agent to surrender, on or prior to the first Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date, such Notes to a financial institution designated by the Company for exchange in lieu of conversion.  In order to accept any Notes surrendered for conversion, the designated financial institution must agree to pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, in exchange for such Notes, the Settlement Amount that the Company would be obligated to deliver upon the conversion of such Notes at the time the Company would otherwise be required to deliver such consideration.  By the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date, the Company will notify the Holder surrendering Notes for conversion, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent that it has directed the designated financial institution to make an exchange in lieu of conversion and that the designated financial institution has agreed to make such exchange in lieu of conversion.  A copy of such notice shall include wire instructions and delivery instructions and shall be delivered to the conversion agent and to the designated institution.  
(i)    If the designated institution accepts any such Notes, it will deliver the amount of cash, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, due upon conversion of such Notes directly to the Holder of such Notes no later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date the Company would have otherwise been required to deliver such consideration.  In the case of Notes held through the Depositary, (x) the designated institution shall send an e-mail confirmation to the Conversion Agent once it has (a) wired such cash, if any, to the Holder, providing a Federal Reference Number, (b) processed a transfer to such Holder of such number of shares of Common Stock, if any, and (y) the Conversion Agent shall then contact the Holder’s custodian with the Depositary to confirm their receipt of such cash and number of shares of Common Stock, if any.  Notes exchanged by the designated institution will remain outstanding.  If the designated institution agrees to accept any Notes for exchange in lieu of conversion but does not timely deliver the related consideration, or if such designated institution does not accept the Notes for exchange, the Company will deliver the relevant consideration to the Holder on the applicable settlement date therefor as if the Company had not made an exchange in lieu of conversion election.  
(ii)    The Company’s designation of a financial institution to which the Notes may be submitted for exchange does not require the financial institution to accept any Notes.  The Company will not pay any consideration to, and the Company may, but will not be obligated to, otherwise enter into any agreement with, the designated institution for or with respect to such designation.
Section 4.04    Adjustment of Conversion Rate.  The Conversion Rate will be adjusted as described in this Section 4.04, except that no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made for a given transaction if Holders of the Notes will participate in that transaction, without conversion of the Notes, on the same terms and at the same time as a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the principal amount of a Holder’s Notes (expressed in thousands) multiplied by the Conversion Rate would participate.
(d)    If the Company issues solely shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on all or substantially all shares of the Common Stock, or if the Company subdivides or combines the Common Stock, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x
	OS1

	OS0

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as applicable;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as applicable;

		
	OS0 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as applicable; and

		
	OS1 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the effective date of such subdivision or combination of common stock, as the case may be.

Any adjustment made under this clause (a) will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution (regardless of whether the dividend or distribution is scheduled to occur after the Maturity Date), or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date of such subdivision or combination of Common Stock, as the case may be.  If such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination described in this clause (a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof determines not to pay such dividend or distribution or to effect such subdivision or combination, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or subdivision or combination had not been announced.
(e)    If an Ex-Dividend Date occurs for a distribution to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them, for a period of not more than 60 calendar days from the announcement date for such distribution, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock, at a price per share less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement date for such distribution, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x
	OS0 + X

	OS0 + Y

		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	OS0 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	X =
	the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and

		
	Y =
	the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement date for such distribution.

Any increase made under this clause (b) will be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution, regardless of whether the distribution date is scheduled to occur after the Maturity Date. To the extent that such rights, options or warrants expire prior to the Maturity Date and shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered.  If such rights, options or warrants were scheduled to be distributed prior to the Maturity Date and are not so distributed, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution had not occurred.
For purposes of this Section 4.04(b) and Section 4.01(b)(iii)(x), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price that is less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for each Trading Day in the applicable 10 consecutive Trading-Day period, there shall be taken into account any consideration the Company receives for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise thereof, with the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.
(f)    If an Ex-Dividend Date occurs for a distribution (the “Relevant Distribution”) of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, evidences of the Company’s indebtedness or other assets or property of the Company’s or rights, options or warrants to acquire the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock (excluding (i) dividends or distributions and rights, options or warrants as to which an adjustment was effected under clause (a) or (b) above; (ii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash; and (iii) Spin-Offs), then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x
	SP0

	SP0 - FMV

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;

		
	SP0 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day-period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and

		
	FMV =
	the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof) of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets or property or rights, options or warrants distributed with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock as of the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

Any increase made under the above portion of this clause (c) will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. No adjustment pursuant to the above formula will result in a decrease of the Conversion Rate. However, if such distribution is scheduled to be paid or made prior to the Maturity Date and is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock, without having to convert its Notes, the amount and kind of the Relevant Distribution that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution.  In the case of rights, options or warrants, if such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, or if no such rights, options or warrants are exercised prior to their expiration, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution of such rights, options or warrants had not occurred.
With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (c) where there has been an Ex-Dividend Date for a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x 
	FMV0 + MP0

	MP0 

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;

		
	FMV0 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common Stock over the first 10 consecutive Trading-Day period commencing on, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off (such period, the “Valuation Period”); and

		
	MP0 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

The adjustment to the applicable conversion rate under the preceding paragraph of this clause (c) will be determined on the last day of the Valuation Period but will be given effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off.  If the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off is less than 10 Trading Days prior to, and including, the end of the Conversion Period in respect of any conversion, references within this clause (c) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off to, and including, the last VWAP Trading Day of such Conversion Period.  In respect of any conversion during the Valuation Period for any Spin-Off, references within this clause (c) related to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date.
For purposes of the second adjustment formula set forth in this Section 4.04(c), (i) the Closing Sale Price of any Capital Stock or similar equity interest shall be calculated in a manner analogous to that used to calculate the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock in the definition of “Closing Sale Price” set forth in Section 1.01, (ii) whether a day is a Trading Day (and whether a day is a Scheduled Trading Day and whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred) for such Capital Stock or similar equity interest shall be determined in a manner analogous to that used to determine whether a day is a Trading Day (or whether a day is a Scheduled Trading Day and whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred) for the Common Stock, and (iii) whether a day is a Trading Day to be included in a Valuation Period will be determined based on whether a day is a Trading Day for both the Common Stock and such Capital Stock or similar equity interest.
Subject to Section 4.04(g), for the purposes of this Section 4.04(c), rights, options or warrants distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to acquire the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities, (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (a “Trigger Event”):  (1) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (2) are not exercisable; and (3) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 4.04(c) (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.04(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 4.04(c).  If any such rights, options or warrants, distributed prior to the Issue Date are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date of such deemed distribution (in which case the original rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders).  In addition, in the event of any distribution or deemed distribution of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.04(c) was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants which shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any Holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and (y) the Conversion Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming each such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued.
For purposes of Sections 4.04(a) through (c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 4.04(c) applies includes one or both of:
(A)    a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 4.04(a) also applies (the “Clause A Distribution”); or
(B)    an issuance of rights, options or warrants entitling holders of the Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock to which Section 4.04(b) also applies (the “Clause B Distribution”),
then (i) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a distribution to which this Section 4.04(c) applies (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Conversion Rate adjustment required to be made under this Section 4.04(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall be made, (ii) the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 4.04(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company, (A) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause B Distribution and the Clause A Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or the Clause B Distribution shall not be deemed to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 4.04(b), and (iii) the Clause A Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution or the Clause B Distribution, as the case may be, except that, if determined by the Company, (A) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution, and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution shall not be deemed to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or such effective date” within the meaning of Section 4.04(a).
(g)    If an Ex-Dividend Date occurs for a cash dividend or distribution to all, or substantially all, holders of the outstanding Common Stock (other than any dividend or distribution in connection with the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x 
	SP0

	SP0 - C

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;

		
	SP0 =
	the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and

		
	C =
	the amount in cash per share that the Company pays or distributes to substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

Any increase made under this clause (d) shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend date for such dividend or distribution. No adjustment pursuant to the above formula will result in a decrease of the Conversion Rate. However, if any dividend or distribution described in this clause (d) is scheduled to be paid or made prior to the Maturity Date but is not so paid or made, the new Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, without having to convert its Notes, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate on the Ex-Dividend Date for such cash dividend or distribution.
(h)    If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock, and if the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “Offer Expiration Date”), the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula:
	
		
	CR1 = CR0 x 
	AC + (SP1 x OS1)

	 
	OS0 x SP1

where,
		
	CR0 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date;

		
	CR1 =
	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date;

		
	AC =
	the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;

		
	OS0 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the time (the “Offer Expiration Time”) such tender or exchange offer expires (prior to giving effect to such tender or exchange offer);

		
	OS1 =
	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Offer Expiration Time (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and

		
	SP1 =
	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date.

The adjustment to the Conversion Rate under the preceding paragraph of this clause (e) will be determined at the Close of Business on the tenth Trading Day immediately following, but excluding, the Offer Expiration Date but will be given effect at the Open of Business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date.  If the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date is less than 10 Trading Days prior to, and including, the end of the Conversion Period in respect of any conversion, references within this clause (e) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date to, and including, the last VWAP Trading Day of such conversion period.  In respect of any conversion during the 10 Trading Days commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date, references within this clause (e) to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Offer Expiration Date to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date.  No adjustment pursuant to the above formula will result in a decrease of the Conversion Rate.
(i)    Special Settlement Provisions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Holder converts a Note in a Combination Settlement, and the Daily Settlement Amount for any VWAP Trading Day during the Conversion Period applicable to such Note:
(iv)    is calculated based on a Conversion Rate adjusted on account of any event described in Sections 4.04(a) through (e); and
(v)    includes any shares of Common Stock that, but for this provision, would entitle their holder to participate in such event;
then, although the Company will otherwise treat such Holder as the holder of record of such shares of Common Stock on the last VWAP Trading Day of such Conversion Period, the Company will not permit such Holder to participate in such event on account of such shares of Common Stock.
In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Holder converts a Note and:
(i)    Combination Settlement is applicable to such Note and shares of Common Stock are deliverable to settle the Daily Net Share Number for a given Trading Day within the Conversion Period applicable to such Note;
(ii)    any distribution, transaction or event described in Sections 4.04(a)-(e) has not yet resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Rate on such Trading Day; and 
(vi)    the shares of Common Stock deliverable in respect of such Trading Day are not entitled to participate in the relevant distribution or transaction (because such shares of Common Stock were not held on a related Record Date or otherwise),
then the Company will adjust the number of shares of Common Stock delivered in respect of the relevant Trading Day to reflect the relevant distribution or transaction. 
If a Holder converts a Note and:
(i)    Physical Settlement is applicable to such Note;
(ii)    any distribution or transaction described in Sections 4.04(a)-(e) has not yet resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Rate on a given Conversion Date; and
(iii)    the shares of Common Stock deliverable on settlement of the related conversion are not entitled to participate in the relevant distribution or transaction (because such shares of Common Stock were not held on a related Record Date or otherwise),
then the Company will adjust the number of shares of Common Stock delivered in respect of the relevant Trading Day to reflect the relevant distribution or transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Conversion Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Ex-Dividend Date as described above, and a Holder that has converted its Notes on or after such Ex-Dividend Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the related Conversion Date pursuant to Section 4.03 based on an adjusted Conversion Rate for such Ex-Dividend Date, then, notwithstanding the foregoing Conversion Rate adjustment provisions, the Conversion Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date will not be made for such converting Holder.  Instead, such Holder will be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.
(j)    Poison Pill.  If a Holder converts a Note, to the extent that the Company has a rights plan in effect, if Physical Settlement applies to such Note, on the Conversion Date applicable to such Note, and if Combination Settlement applies to such Note on any VWAP Trading Day in the Conversion Period applicable to such Note, the Holder converting such Note will receive, in addition to any shares of Common Stock otherwise received in connection with such conversion on such Conversion Date or such VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights under the rights plan, unless prior to such Conversion Date or such VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights have separated from the Common Stock, in which case, and only in such case, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all holders of the Common Stock, Distributed Property as described in Section 4.04(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.
(k)    Deferral of Adjustments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company will not be required to adjust the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent; provided, however, that any such minor adjustments that are not required to be made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and provided, further, that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made shall be made upon the occurrence of (i) the Effective Date for any Fundamental Change or Make-Whole Fundamental Change (ii) in the case of any Note to which Physical Settlement applies,  the Conversion Date, and, in the case of any Note to which Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies, each VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Conversion Period and (iii) every one year anniversary of the date hereof.  In addition, the Company shall not account for such deferrals when determining whether any of the conditions to conversion have been satisfied or what number of shares of Common Stock a Holder would have held on a given day had it converted its Notes.
(l)    Limitation on Adjustments.  Except as stated in this Section 4.04, the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.  If, however, the application of the formulas in Sections 4.04(a) through (e) would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, then, except to the extent of any readjustment to the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made (other than as a result of a reverse share split or share combination).
In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Conversion Rate will not be adjusted:
(i)    upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by us or any of our subsidiaries;
(ii)    upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan, program or agreement or employee stock purchase plan of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(iii)    upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in Section 4.04(i)(ii) immediately above and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;
(iv)    for a change in the par value of the Common Stock; or
(v)    for accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any. 
For purposes of this Section 4.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company so long as the Company does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.
Section 4.05    Discretionary and Voluntary Adjustments.
(e)    Discretionary Adjustments.  Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Closing Sale Prices, the Daily VWAPs or any function thereof over a span of multiple days (including during an Conversion Period), the Company will make appropriate adjustments to each, if any, to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the effective date, Ex-Dividend Date or Offer Expiration Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when such Closing Sale Prices, the Daily VWAPs or function thereof is to be calculated.
(f)    Voluntary Adjustments.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable requirements of the Exchange, the Company is permitted to increase the Conversion Rate of the Notes by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if such increase is irrevocable for such period and the Board of Directors determines that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest; provided that the Company must give at least 15 days’ prior notice of any such increase in the Conversion Rate.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable requirements of the Exchange, the Company may also (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event.
Section 4.06    Adjustment to Conversion Rate Upon Conversion in Connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.
(c)    Increase in the Conversion Rate.  If a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs and a Holder elects to convert its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, then the Company shall, to the extent provided herein, increase the Conversion Rate for the Notes so surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), as described in this Section 4.06.  A conversion of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” a Make-Whole Fundamental Change if the relevant Conversion Notice is received by the Conversion Agent during the period from, and including, the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change up to, and including, the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Purchase Date or, if such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is not also a Fundamental Change, the 35th Business Day immediately following the Effective Date for such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (such period, the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period”).
(d)    Cash Mergers.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the consideration paid to holders of the Common Stock in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of “Fundamental Change” is comprised entirely of cash, then, for any conversion of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the payment and delivery obligations upon the conversion of a Note shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for such Make-Whole Fundamental Change and shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the applicable Conversion Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 4.06) multiplied by such Stock Price.  In such event, the Company’s conversion obligation will be determined and paid to Holders in cash on the third Business Day following the applicable Conversion Date.  Otherwise, the Company will settle any conversion of the Notes following the Effective Date for a Make-Whole Fundamental Change in accordance with Section 4.03 (but subject to Section 4.04).
(e)    Determining the Number of Additional Shares.  The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Conversion Rate will be increased for a Holder that converts its Notes in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change shall be determined by reference to the table attached as Schedule A, based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective (the “Effective Date”), and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid (or deemed paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as determined under the two immediately following sentences.  If the holders of the Common Stock receive only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of “Fundamental Change,” the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock.  Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading-Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change.
(f)    Interpolation and Limits.  The exact Stock Prices and Effective Dates may not be set forth in the table in Schedule A, in which case:
(iii)    If the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table or the Effective Date is between two dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later dates, as applicable, based on a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable.
(iv)    If the Stock Price is greater than $120.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A), no Additional Shares will be added to the Conversion Rate.
(v)    If the Stock Price is less than $20.67 per share (subject to adjustments in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A), no Additional Shares will be added to the Conversion Rate.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Conversion Rate be increased on account of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change to exceed 48.3792 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustments in the same manner as the Conversion Rate is required to be adjusted as set forth in Section 4.04.
(vi)    The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Conversion Rate of the Notes is otherwise required to be adjusted.  The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted.  The number of Additional Shares set forth in such table shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Conversion Rate is required to be adjusted as set forth in Section 4.04.
(g)    Notices.  The Company will notify Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent of the anticipated Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change and issue a press release as soon as practicable after the Company first determines the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (and make the press release available on the Company’s website).  The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to give notice to Holders of the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change not more than 70 Scheduled Trading Days nor less than 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date or, if the Company does not have knowledge of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the anticipated Effective Date, within one business day of the date upon which the Company receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware, of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware of, such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, unless the Company determines, in its commercially reasonable discretion, that it is no longer impractical or inadvisable to disclose the anticipated Effective Date of such Make-Whole-Fundamental Change (but in no event later than the actual Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Company be required to provide such notice to Holders before the earlier of (i) the actual Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change and (ii) the earlier of such time as the Company or its Affiliates (a) have publicly disclosed or acknowledged the circumstances giving rise to such anticipated Make-Whole Fundamental Change or (b) are required to publicly disclose under applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s equity is then listed the circumstances giving rise to such Make-Whole Fundamental Change.
Section 4.07    Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale.
(a)    Merger Events.  In the case of:
(vii)    any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a split, subdivision or combination for which an adjustment was made pursuant to Section 4.04(a));
(viii)    any consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company;
(ix)    any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety;
(x)    any binding share exchange; or
(xi)    a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
and, in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, common stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Merger Event,” any such common stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof), “Reference Property,” and (i) the amount and kind of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to receive in the applicable Merger Event, or (ii) if as a result of the applicable Merger Event, each share of Common Stock is converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the per share of Common Stock weighted average of the amounts and kinds of Reference Property received by the holders of Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election (disregarding, for these purposes, any arrangement to deliver cash in lieu of any fractional security or other unit of Reference Property), a “Unit of Reference Property”) then, at the effective time of such Merger Event, the consideration due upon conversion of any Notes will be determined in the same manner as if each reference to any number of shares of Common Stock in this Article 4 were instead a reference to the same number of Units of Reference Property (it being understood that no adjustment will be made pursuant to Sections 4.04(a)-(e) with respect to any portion of Reference Property that does not consist of Capital Stock), and, prior to or at the effective time of such Merger Event, the Company or the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing for such change; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (x) the Company will continue to have the right to determine the Settlement Method upon conversion of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) and (y) (i) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 4.03 and 4.06 shall continue to be payable in cash, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 4.03 and 4.06 shall instead be deliverable in Units of Reference Property and (iii) the Daily VWAP and the Closing Sale Price will, to the extent reasonably possible, be calculated based on the value of a Unit of Reference Property and the definitions of VWAP Trading Day and VWAP Market Disruption Event shall be determined by reference to the components of a Unit of Reference Property.
The Company shall not become a party to any Merger Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 4.07.  Such supplemental indenture described in the immediately preceding paragraph shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4 in the judgment of the Board of Directors or the board of directors of the successor person.  If, in the case of any such Merger Event, the Reference Property receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) of a person other than the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, in such Merger Event, then such indenture shall also be executed by such other person.
(b)    Notice of Supplemental Indentures.  The Company shall cause written notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar, within 20 calendar days after execution thereof.  Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.  The above provisions of this Section 4.07 shall similarly apply to successive Merger Events.
(c)    Prior Notice.  In addition, at least 20 Scheduled Trading Days before any Merger Event, the Company shall give notice to Holders of such Merger Event, or, if the Company has not publicly announced such Merger Event at such time, as promptly as practicable after publicly announcing such Merger Event.  In any such notice, the Company shall also specify the composition of the Unit of Reference Property for such Merger Event, or, if the Company has not determined the composition of such Unit of Reference Property at such time, the Company will provide an additional written notice to Holders that states the composition of such Unit of Reference Property as promptly as practicable after determining its composition.
Section 4.08    Certain Covenants.
(a)    Reservation of Shares.  To the extent necessary to satisfy its obligations under this Indenture, prior to issuing any shares of Common Stock, the Company will reserve out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of the Notes.
(b)    Certain other Covenants.  The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion of Notes shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free from any tax, lien or charge (other than those created by the Holder or due to a change in registered owner).  The Company shall list or cause to have quoted any shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of Notes on each national securities exchange or over-the-counter or other domestic market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.
(c)    [RESERVED].
Section 4.09    Responsibility of Trustee.  The Trustee and any Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to determine or calculate the Conversion Rate, to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or to confirm the accuracy of any such adjustment when made or the appropriateness of the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same.  The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock or of any other securities or property that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Notes; and the Trustee and the Conversion Agent make no representations with respect thereto.  Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Notes for the purpose of conversion or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article 4.  The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including without limitation its right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, including its capacity as Conversion Agent and as Bid Solicitation Agent.
Section 4.10    Notice of Adjustment to the Trustee.  Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee and any Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.  Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Conversion Rate and may assume that the last Conversion Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect.  Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and the date as of which each adjustment becomes effective and shall deliver such notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate to the Holder of each Note at his or her last address appearing on the Register provided for in Section 2.06 of this Indenture, within 20 days after execution thereof.  Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality, effectiveness or validity of any such adjustment and shall not be an Event of Default under this Indenture.
Section 4.11    Notice to Holders.
(a)    Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions.  The Company shall deliver notices of the events specified below at the times specified below and containing the information specified below unless, in each case, (i) pursuant to this Indenture, the Company is already required to deliver notice of such event containing at least the information specified below at an earlier time or, (ii) the Company, at the time it is required to deliver a notice, does not have knowledge of all of the information required to be included in such notice, in which case, the Company shall (A) deliver notice at such time containing only the information that it has knowledge of at such time (if it has knowledge of any such information at such time), and (B) promptly upon obtaining knowledge of any such information not already included in a notice delivered by the Company, deliver notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee containing such information.  In each case, the failure by the Company to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.
(vii)    Voluntary Increases.  If the Company increases the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 4.05(b), the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice of the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which such increased Conversion Rate will be in effect at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, in accordance with the applicable law.
(viii)    Dissolutions, Liquidations and Winding-Ups.  If there is a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company shall deliver notice to the Holders as promptly as possible, but in any event at least 15 calendar days prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, as the case may be, is expected to become effective or occur, and (ii) the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, as the case may be, which notice shall state the expected effective date and record date for such event, as applicable, and the amount and kind of property that a holder of one share of the Common Stock is expected to be entitled, or may elect, to receive in such event.  The Company shall deliver an additional notice to holders, as promptly as practicable, whenever the expected effective date or record date, as applicable, or the amount and kind of property that a holder of one share of the Common Stock is expect to be entitled to receive in such event, changes.
(b)    Notices After Certain Actions and Events.  Whenever an adjustment to the Conversion Rate becomes effective pursuant to Sections 4.04, 4.05 or 4.06, the Company will (i) file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such adjustment has become effective, the Conversion Rate, and the manner in which the adjustment was computed and (ii) deliver written notice to the Holders stating that such adjustment has become effective and the Conversion Rate or conversion privilege as adjusted.  Failure to give any such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any such adjustment.

ARTICLE 5.     
COVENANTS
Section 5.01    Payment of Principal and Interest and the Fundamental Change Purchase Price.   
The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be paid the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price), premium, if any, on and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.
Section 5.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency.  
The Company will maintain in the continental United States an office of the Paying Agent, an office of the Registrar and an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for conversion (“Conversion Agent”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture (other than the type contemplated by Section 12.14) may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office or the office or agency of the Trustee.
The Company may also from time to time designate as co-registrars one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the continental United States for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.  The terms “Paying Agent” and “Conversion Agent” include any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.  
The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as the Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent, and its Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes.  The Company or its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
With respect to any Global Note, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall be the place of payment where such Global Note may be presented or surrendered for payment or conversion or for registration of transfer or exchange, or where successor Notes may be delivered in exchange therefor; provided, however, that any such payment, conversion, presentation, surrender or delivery effected pursuant to the Applicable Procedures for such Global Note shall be deemed to have been effected at the place of payment for such Global Note in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
Section 5.03    Provisions as to Paying Agent.  
(m)    If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree, subject to the provisions of this Section 5.03:
(i)    that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on and Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(ii)    that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and
(iii)    that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust.
The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on and Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action, provided that, if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.
(n)    If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal, any premium, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal of, premium on, accrued and unpaid interest on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.
(o)    Anything in this Section 5.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 5.03, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent (if other than the Company) shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.
(p)    Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, any premium on, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on or Fundamental Change Purchase Price for any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest or Fundamental Change Purchase Price has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on written request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that before the Trustee or such Paying Agent are required to make any such repayment, the Company shall cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 calendar days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
Section 5.04    Reports.  
The Company will furnish to the Trustee, within 15 calendar days after it is required to file the same with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Any such report, information or document that the Company files with the Commission through the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee for the purposes of this Section 5.04 at the time of such filing through the EDGAR system (or such successor thereto).
At any time the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will, so long as any of the Notes or the shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Notes will, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide to the Trustee and will, upon written request, provide to any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or such shares of Common Stock the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to facilitate the resale of such Notes or such shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.  The Company will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes or any holder or beneficial owner of such shares of Common Stock may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder or beneficial owner to sell such Notes or such holder or beneficial owner to sell shares of Common Stock in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time.
Delivery of any such reports, information and documents to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates) or any other agreement or document.
Section 5.05    Statements as to Defaults.  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending December 31, an Officer's Certificate stating whether or not the signers thereof know of any default of the Company that occurred during the previous year and whether the Company, to the Officer’s knowledge, is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture and (ii) within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any events that would constitute Defaults or Events of Default, setting forth the details of such Defaults or Events of Default, their status and the action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.  Such Officer’s Certificate shall also comply with any additional requirements set forth in Section 5.07.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default except in accordance with Section 11.03(i).
Section 5.06    Additional Interest Notice.  If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to Section 5.08 or Section 6.03, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate, prior to the Regular Record Date for each applicable Interest Payment Date, to that effect stating (a) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (b) the date on which such interest is payable.  Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or determine, or verify the Company's calculations or determinations of, the amount of any Additional Interest payable by the Company under this Indenture.  If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.
Section 5.07    Compliance Certificate and Opinions of Counsel.
(d)    Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished; provided that no Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes on the date hereof.
(e)    Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(vii)    a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(viii)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(ix)    a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(x)    a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
(f)    All applications, requests, certificates, statements or other instruments given under this Indenture shall be without personal recourse to any individual giving the same and may include an express statement to such effect.
Section 5.08    Additional Interest.
(e)    If, at any time during the six-month period beginning on, and including, the date which is six months after the Last Original Issuance Date, the Company fails to timely file any periodic report that the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable (after giving effect to all applicable grace periods thereunder and other than current reports on Form 8-K), or the Notes are not otherwise Freely Tradable, including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, by Holders other than affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company or Holders that were affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company during the 90 days immediately preceding the date of the proposed transfer (as a result of restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes), (i) for the first three months of such six-month period, the Company shall pay Additional Interest that will accrue on the Notes at the rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of Notes then Outstanding for each day during such first three-month period for which the Company’s failure to file has occurred and is continuing or for which the restrictions on transfer are applicable and (ii) for the final three months of such six-month period, the Company shall pay Additional Interest that will accrue on the Notes at the rate of 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes then Outstanding for each day during such final three-month period for which the Company’s failure to file has occurred and is continuing or for which the restrictions on transfer are applicable; provided that such six-month period shall end on the date that is one year from the Last Original Issuance Date.
(f)    Further, if, and for so long as, the Restricted Notes Legend has not been removed from the Notes, the Notes are assigned a restricted CUSIP number or the Notes are not otherwise Freely Tradable by Holders other than affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company or Holders that were affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 144) of the Company during the 90 days immediately preceding the date of the proposed transfer (without restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes) as of the 375th day after the Last Original Issuance Date, the Company will pay Additional Interest on the Notes that will accrue on the Notes at the rate of 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes then Outstanding until such Restricted Notes Legend is removed, the Notes are assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number and the Notes are Freely Tradable.
(g)    Such Additional Interest that is payable under this Section 5.08 shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes and will be separate and distinct from, and in addition to, any Additional Interest that may accrue pursuant to Section 6.03, subject to the limitations on the maximum annual rate of Additional Interest set forth in Section 6.03(d).
(h)    In no event shall Additional Interest accruing pursuant to this Section 5.08 accrue on any day under the terms of this Indenture (taking any such Additional Interest pursuant to this Section 5.08 together with any Additional Interest pursuant to Sections 6.03(a) and 6.03(c)) at an annual rate in excess of 0.50% for any violation or Default caused by the Company’s failure to be current in respect of its Exchange Act reporting obligations.
Section 5.09    Corporate Existence.  Subject to Article 9, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if, in the judgment of the Company, the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company.
Section 5.10    Restriction on Resales.  The Company shall not, and shall procure that no “affiliate” (as defined under Rule 144) of the Company shall, resell any of the Notes that have been reacquired by the Company or any such “affiliate” (as defined under Rule 144).
Section 5.11    Further Instruments and Acts.  Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.
Section 5.12    Par Value Limitation.  The Company shall not take any action that, after giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to Article 4, would result in the issuance of shares of Common Stock for less than the par value of such shares of Common Stock.
Section 5.13    Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.  The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
(a)    semi-annually, not later than the 10th day after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, containing all the information in the possession or control of the Company, or any of its Paying Agents other than the Trustee, of the names and addresses of the Holders, as of such preceding Regular Record Date, and
(b)    at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 15 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date the Trustee may reasonably require.
ARTICLE 6.     
REMEDIES
Section 6.01    Events of Default.  Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default”:
(g)    the Company’s failure to pay the principal of or any premium, if any, on any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;
(h)    the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations under Article 4 to pay or deliver the Settlement Amount owing upon conversion of any Note (including any Additional Shares or cash in lieu thereof) which failure continues for five Business Days;
(i)    the Company’s failure to pay any interest on any Note when due, and such failure continues for a period of 30 days;
(j)    the Company's failure to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price when due;
(k)    the Company’s failure to issue a Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.02(a), notice of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.06(e) or notice of a distribution in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.01(b)(iii);
(l)    the Company’s failure to perform any other covenant required by the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically addressed in Sections 6.01(a) through (e) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding (a copy of which notice, if given by Holders, must also to be given to the Trustee) has been received by the Company;
(m)    any indebtedness for money borrowed by, or any other payment obligation of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary at such time (other than any non-recourse indebtedness of a special purpose Significant Subsidiary of the Company), in an outstanding principal amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) is not paid at final maturity (or when otherwise due, after giving effect to any applicable grace period) or is accelerated;
(n)    the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary at such time fails to pay one or more final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, the aggregate uninsured or unbonded portion of which is in excess of $50.0 million, provided that, no Event of Default will be deemed to occur under this clause (g) if such judgments are paid, discharged or stayed within 30 days after the entry of such judgment;
(o)    the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (i) commences a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking the liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (ii)  seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any substantial part of the Company’s or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company’s property, (iii) consents to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (v) fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(p)    an involuntary case or other proceeding is commenced against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (i) seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days.
Section 6.02    Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment.
(q)    If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(j) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes then Outstanding to be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(j) with respect to the Company  occurs, 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes shall automatically become immediately due and payable.  
(r)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.02(a), Section 6.04 or any other provision of this Indenture, if, at any time after the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable in accordance with Section 6.02(a), and before any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained, and each of the conditions set forth in the immediately following clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) is satisfied:
(i)    the Company delivers or deposits with the Trustee the amount of cash sufficient to pay all matured installments of principal and interest upon all the Notes, and the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on such principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest, at the rate or rates, if any, specified in the Notes to the date of such payment or deposit), and such amount as shall be sufficient to pay the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimburse the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel);
(ii)    rescission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and
(iii)    any and all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes that became due because of the acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein,
then, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults and Events of Default with respect to the Notes (except for any Default or Event of Default arising from (a) the Company’s failure to pay principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price) of, or any interest on, any Notes), (b) the Company’s failure to pay or deliver the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note within the applicable time period set forth under Section 4.03(a) or (c) the Company’s failure to comply with any provision of this Indenture the modification of which would require the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected) and may rescind and annul the declaration of acceleration resulting from such Defaults or Events of Default (except for any Default or Event of Default arising from (x) the Company’s failure to pay principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price) of, or any interest on, any Notes), (y) the Company’s failure to pay or deliver the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note within the applicable time period set forth under Section 4.03(a) or (z) the Company’s failure to comply with any provision of this Indenture the modification of which would require the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected) and their consequences; provided, that no such rescission or annulment will extend to or will affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or shall impair any right consequent on such Default or Event of Default.
Section 6.03    Additional Interest.
(g)    Notwithstanding Section 6.02, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) relating to the Company’s failure to comply with Section 5.04 (which will be the 60th day after written notice is provided to the Company in accordance with such an event of default) (such Event of Default, a “Reporting Event of Default”), will, after the occurrence of such Reporting Event of Default, (i) consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest at an annual rate equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding for each day during the 180-day period beginning on, and including, the day on which such a Reporting Event of Default occurs during which such Reporting Event of Default is continuing (or, if applicable, the earlier date on which such Reporting Event of Default is cured or waived) and (ii) consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of such tranche of notes outstanding for each day during the 185-day period immediately following such 180-day period, in each case payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Notes.  
(h)    If the Reporting Event of Default is continuing on the 366th day after the date on which such Reporting Event of Default occurred, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02(a).
(i)    In order to elect to pay the Additional Interest as the sole remedy during the first 365 days after the occurrence of a Reporting Event of Default, the Company must notify all Holders of Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of such election on or before the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day after the date on which such Reporting Event of Default would otherwise occur.  Upon the Company’s failure to timely give such notice of such election or to pay the Additional Interest when due, the Notes will be immediately subject to acceleration by declaration of the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes Outstanding as provided in Section 6.02.  Nothing in this Section 6.03 shall affect the rights of Holders of Notes in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default.
(j)    In no event shall Additional Interest accruing pursuant to Sections 6.03(a) and 6.03(c) accrue on any day under the terms of this Indenture (taking any such Additional Interest pursuant to Sections 6.03(a) and 6.03(c) together with any Additional Interest pursuant to Section 5.08) at an annual rate in excess of 0.50% for any violation or Default caused by the Company’s failure to be current in respect of its Exchange Act reporting obligations.  Such Additional Interest will be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Notes.
Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults.   Subject to Section 6.02(b), the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive any Default or Event of Default (except for any Default or Event of Default arising from (a) the Company’s failure to pay principal of, or any interest on, any Notes), (b) the Company’s failure to pay or deliver the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note within the applicable time period set forth under Section 4.03(a), or (c) the Company’s failure to comply with any provision of this Indenture the modification of which would require the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected) and rescind any acceleration resulting from such Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, that no such waiver will extend to or will affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or shall impair any right consequent on such Default or Event of Default.
Section 6.05    Control by Majority.  The Trustee will not be obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers at the request of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.  Subject to this Indenture, applicable law and the Trustee’s indemnification, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct in writing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any Holder. 
Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits.  Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding under this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or Trustee, or for any other remedy under this Indenture or with respect to the Notes unless:
(g)    the Holder has previously delivered to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(h)    the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes deliver to the Trustee a written request that the Trustee pursue a remedy with respect to such Event of Default and have offered reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee;
(i)    the Trustee has failed to institute a proceeding within 60 days after such notice, request and offer; and
(j)    the Trustee has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such written request within 60 days after such notice, request and offer.
Section 6.07    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment and to Convert.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture, the above limitations set forth under Section 6.06 do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for the enforcement of a payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, if applicable) of, or any accrued and unpaid interest on, any Note, on or after the applicable due date or the right to convert the Note or to receive the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion in accordance with Article 4, and such right to receive any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after the applicable due dates shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08    Collection of Indebtedness; Suit for Enforcement by Trustee.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a), 6.01(b), 6.01(c) or 6.01(d) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, interest on, Fundamental Change Purchase Price for and the Settlement Amounts due upon the conversion of the Notes and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, as well as any other amounts that may be due under Section 11.07.
Section 6.09    Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the compensation, and reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
Section 6.10    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, will be entitled to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 11.07.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 11.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a lien on, and is paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or to accept or to adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.11    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.  If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
Section 6.12    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.09, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 6.13    Delay or Omission Not a Waiver.  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Trustee (subject to the limitations contained in this Indenture) or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.14    Priorities.  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it will pay out the money or property in the following order:
FIRST:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 11.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
SECOND: to the Holders, for any amounts due and unpaid on the principal of, premium on, accrued and unpaid interest on, the Fundamental Change Purchase Price for,  and any cash due upon conversion of, any Note, without preference or priority of any kind, according to such amounts due and payable on all of the Notes; and
THIRD:  the balance, if any, to the Company or to such other party as a court of competent jurisdiction directs.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.14.  If the Trustee so fixes a record date and a payment date, at least 15 calendar days prior to such record date, the Trustee will deliver to each Holder (at the Company's cost and expense) a written notice, which notice will state such record date, such payment date and the amount of such payment.
Section 6.15    Undertaking for Costs.  All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder, by such Holder’s acceptance of a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 6.15 shall not apply to (i) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (ii) any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, (iii) any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price) of,  or any interest on, any Note on or after the applicable due date expressed or provided for in this Indenture, (iv) any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note or to receive the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, or (v) any suit for the enforcement of the right of a beneficial owner to exchange its beneficial interest in a Global Note for a Physical Note if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in accordance with Section 2.11.
Section 6.16    Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.  The Company covenants that, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will instead suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 6.17    Notices from the Trustee.  If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must send notice of such Default to each Holder within 90 days after such Event of Default has occurred.  Except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or of a Default in the payment or delivery of the Settlement Amounts due upon conversion of any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
ARTICLE 7.     
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 7.01    Discharge of Liability on Notes.  When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Registrar for cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Notes not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable (whether on the Maturity Date, on any Fundamental Change Purchase Date, upon conversion or otherwise) and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, or deliver to the Holders, as applicable, an amount of cash (and, to the extent applicable, deliver to the Holders a number of shares of Common Stock to satisfy the Company’s obligations with respect to outstanding conversions), sufficient to pay all amounts due on all of such Notes (other than any Notes that shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and interest due, accompanied, except in the event the Notes are due and payable solely in cash at the Maturity Date or upon an earlier Fundamental Change Purchase Date, by a verification report as to the sufficiency of the deposited amount from an independent certified accountant or other financial professional reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and the Company shall have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights hereunder of Holders to receive all amounts owing upon the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Holders, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (ii) the rights, obligations, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the obligations of the Company in respect thereof), and the Trustee, on written demand of the Company accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company hereby agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter incurred by the Trustee, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.
Section 7.02    Deposited Monies to Be Held in Trust by Trustee.  Subject to Section 7.04, all monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.01 shall be held in trust for the sole benefit of the Holders of the Notes, and such monies and shall be applied by the Trustee to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company if acting as its own Paying Agent), to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment of all sums or amounts due and to become due thereon for principal and interest, if any.
Section 7.03    Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held.  Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all excess monies then held by any Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) shall, upon written request of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such amounts.
Section 7.04    Return of Unclaimed Monies.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, any monies deposited with or paid to the Trustee for payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the Holders of the Notes for two (2) years after the date upon which the principal of or interest, if any, on such Notes, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee on written demand, and all liability of the Trustee shall thereupon cease with respect to such monies; and the Holders shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment that such Holder may be entitled to collect unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.
Section 7.05    Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any monies in accordance with Section 7.02 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 7.01 until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such amounts in accordance with Section 7.02; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of interest on, principal of or delivery in respect of any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the monies held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 8.     
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 8.01    Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.  
Without the consent of any Holder, the Company (when authorized by a Board Resolution) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
(k)    to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture or the Notes;
(l)    to evidence the succession by a Successor Company and to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture;
(m)    to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;
(n)    to secure the Notes;
(o)    to add to the Company’s covenants such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company by this Indenture;
(p)    to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;
(q)    to conform the terms of this Indenture or the Notes to the description thereof in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, as supplemented by the pricing term sheet related to the offering of the Initial Notes as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to the Trustee; or
(r)    upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.07(a), solely (i) to provide that such Notes are convertible into or by reference to Reference Property, subject to the provisions in Sections 4.03 and 4.07, and (ii) to effect the related changes to the terms of such Notes under Section 4.07.
Section 8.02    Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.  
With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes) and by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, and the Trustee may amend the Notes or enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, and the Holder of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may waive the Company’s compliance with any provision herein without notice to the other Holders; provided, however, that no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:
(h)    change the stated Maturity Date of the principal of or any interest on the Notes;
(i)    reduce the principal amount of or interest on the Notes;
(j)    reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the Maturity Date of any Note;
(k)    change the place or currency of payment of principal of or interest on any Note;
(l)    impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on its Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, such Holder’s Notes;
(m)    modify the provisions with respect to the purchase rights of Holders as described in Section 3.01 in a manner adverse to Holders;
(n)    [RESERVED];
(o)    modify the ranking provisions of this Indenture; 
(p)    make any change that impairs or adversely affects the right of Holders to convert their Notes; or
(q)    make any change to the provisions of this Article 8 which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 6.04 of this Indenture except to increase the percentage required for modification, amendment or waiver or to provide for consent of each affected Holder of Outstanding Notes.
It shall not be necessary for any Act or consent of Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act or consent shall approve the substance thereof.
Section 8.03    Notice of Amendment or Supplement.  After an amendment or supplement under this Article 8 becomes effective, the Company shall provide to the Holders a written notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement.  However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, shall not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or supplement.
Section 8.04    Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.  The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement authorized pursuant to this Article 8 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it.  In signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplement, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel provided at the expense of the Company providing that such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and such amendment or supplement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE 9.     
SUCCESSOR COMPANY
Section 9.01    Company May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.  Subject to the provisions of Section 9.03, the Company shall not consolidate with, enter into a binding share exchange with, or merge with or into, another Person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to another Person, unless:
(r)    the resulting, surviving transferee or successor Person (the “Successor Company”), if not the Company, is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the U.S., any state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; 
(s)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; 
(t)    all other conditions specified in this Article 9 are met.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (A) to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of TerraForm Power, the transactions described under “Summary—Recent Events—Proposed Initial Public Offering of TerraForm Power, Inc.” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum (including any subsequent dispositions of the Company’s interests in TerraForm Power) and (B) transactions similar to the transactions described in clause (A) immediately above (to the extent the Company continues to own at least 51% of the Common Equity of the entity involved in such transaction) will not be prohibited by this Section 9.01.
Upon any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to another Person, the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture.
Section 9.02    Successor Corporation to Be Substituted.  In case of any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to another Person and upon the assumption by the Successor Company (if other than the Company), by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium (including any Fundamental Change Purchase Price), if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Notes, the due and punctual payment or delivery of any Settlement Amount due upon conversion of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company under this Indenture, such Successor Company shall succeed to and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part; provided, however, that in the case of a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to one or more of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, the Notes will remain convertible based on the Settlement Amount, in accordance with Section 4.03, but subject to adjustment (if any) in accordance with Section 4.06.  Such Successor Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Successor Company instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Successor Company thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose.  All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.  In the event of such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition to another Person (but not in the case of a lease), the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 9 may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and, except in the case of a lease, such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to another Person, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
Section 9.03    Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee .  In the case of any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition pursuant to Section 9.01, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that any such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and any such assumption and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, complies with the provisions of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 10.     
NO REDEMPTION
Section 10.01    No Redemption.  The Company shall not be permitted to redeem the Notes, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.
ARTICLE 11.     
THE TRUSTEE
Section 11.01    Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.
(k)    The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care in its exercise as a prudent person would use in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(l)    Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred:
(i)    the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii)    in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(m)    No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)    this subsection (c) does not limit the effect of this Section 11.01;
(ii)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding determined as provided in Section 1.03 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture;
(n)    Whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 11.01.
(o)    The Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness or calculation of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Registrar with respect to the Notes.
(p)    If any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred.
(q)    None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
Section 11.02    [RESERVED]
Section 11.03    Rights of the Trustee. 
(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
(b)    Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a Board Resolution.
(c)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel.
(d)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture (including upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default), unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.
(e)    The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney (at the reasonable expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation).
(f)    The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder.
(g)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
(h)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(i)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture.
(j)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(k)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
(l)    The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.  
Section 11.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes.
Section 11.05    Trustee or Agents May Own Notes.  The Trustee or any Agent, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or Agent.
Section 11.06    Monies to be Held in Trust.  Subject to the provisions of Section 7.02, all monies and properties received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received.  Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on or the investment of any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.
Section 11.07    Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.  The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to from time to time in writing between the Company and the Trustee, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its own negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.  
The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee and the Agents (and their respective officers, directors and employees), in any capacity under this Indenture and their respective agents for, and to hold each of them harmless from and against, any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its own part and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties and/or the exercise of its rights hereunder or in any other capacity hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other Person)  of liability in the premises.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent.
The obligations of the Company under this Section 11.07 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes.  The obligation of the Company under this Section 11.07 shall survive the payment of the Notes, the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and/or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
When the Trustee, any Agent, and any of their respective agents incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) and 6.01(j) with respect to the Company occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.
Section 11.08    Officer’s Certificate as Evidence.  Subject to Section 11.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee.
Section 11.09    Conflicting Interests of Trustee.  If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, this Indenture.
Section 11.10    Eligibility of Trustee.  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or if such Person is a member of a bank holding company system, its bank holding company shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000).  If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 11.10 the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.10, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.
Section 11.11    Resignation or Removal of Trustee.
(a)    The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and to the Holders of Notes.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee.  If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment thirty (30) days after such notice of resignation is given to the Company and the Holders, the resigning Trustee may, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Holders, appoint a successor identified in such notice or may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or, if any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.15, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.
(b)    In case at any time any of the following shall occur:
(iii)    the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 11.09 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months; or
(iv)    the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.10 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder; or
(v)    the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;
then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.15, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee; provided, however, that if no successor Trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted appointment thirty (30) days after either the Company or the Holders has removed the Trustee, the Trustee so removed may petition at the Company’s expense any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.
(c)    The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee which shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless, within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination, the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder, or if such Trustee so removed or any Holder fails to act, the Company, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 11.11(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.
(d)    Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.11 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 11.12.
Section 11.12    Acceptance by Successor Trustee.  Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 11.11 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amount then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.07, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act.  Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers.  Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property and funds held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.07.
No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 11.12 unless, at the time of such acceptance, such successor trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 11.09 and be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.10.
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 11.12, the Company (or the former trustee, at the written direction of the Company) shall give or cause to be given notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders of Notes in accordance with Section 12.08(c).  If the Company fails to give such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Company.
Section 11.13    Succession by Merger, Etc.  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or exchanged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, exchange or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including any trust created by this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that in the case of any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 11.09 and eligible under the provisions of Section 11.10.
In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that is provided in the Notes or in this Indenture; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, exchange or consolidation.
Section 11.14    Preferential Collection of Claims.  If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of the claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).
Section 11.15    Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company.  Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.
ARTICLE 12.     
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01    Effect on Successors and Assigns.  All agreements of the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent in this Indenture and the Notes will bind their respective successors.
Section 12.02    Governing Law.  This Indenture and the Notes, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Indenture or the Notes, will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).
Section 12.03    No Note Interest Created.  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction.
Section 12.04    Trust Indenture Act.  If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control.  If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
Section 12.05    Benefits of Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, will give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Agent or their successors hereunder or the Holders of the Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
Section 12.06    Calculations.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be responsible for making any calculation with respect to any matter under this Indenture or the Notes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the trading price of the Notes).  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the Company and its designated agents shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under this Indenture and the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of any Fundamental Change Purchase Price, the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Conversion Rate, the Settlement Amount and the amount of Additional Interest that may be payable by Company from time to time. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent and all other agents appointed by the Company herein are entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee shall forward the Company’s calculations to any Holders upon the written request of that Holder.
Whenever the Company is required to calculate or make adjustments to the Conversion Rate, the Company will do so to the 1/10,000th of a share of Common Stock, rounding any additional decimal places up or down in a commercially reasonable manner.
Section 12.07    Execution in Counterparts.  This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
Section 12.08    Notices.  
(a)    Except as otherwise provided herein, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, the Company or the Trustee shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, overnight courier or transmitted by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission in PDF format as follows:
(iv)    if to the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company, at its Corporate Trust Office;
(v)    if to the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder, at the address of its principal office at SunEdison, Inc., 501 Pearl Drive (City of O’Fallon), St. Peters, Missouri 63376, Attention: General Counsel.
(b)    The Company or the Trustee, by notice given to the other in the manner provided in this Section 12.08, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
(c)    Notices to Holders will be sent to the address of each Holder as it appears in the Register.  Notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of mailing or electronic transmission to such Holder.  Whenever a notice is required to be given by the Company, such notice may be given by the Trustee on the Company’s behalf. With respect to Global Notes, notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for the Notes (or its designee), pursuant to customary procedures of such Depositary.
(d)    Whenever the Company is required to deliver notice to the Holders, the Company will, by the date it is required to deliver such notice to the Holders, deliver a copy of such notice to the Trustee and the Agents.  Notices to the Trustee shall be deemed given upon actual receipt thereof.
(e)    In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee, in each of its capacities, including without limitation as the Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Bid Solicitation Agent, shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such electronic transmission; and the Trustee shall not have any liability for losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information.  Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 
Section 12.09    No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 12.10    Tax Withholding.  Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.  Each Holder agrees, and each beneficial owner of an interest in a Note by its acquisition of such interest is deemed to agree, that if the Company or other applicable withholding agent pays withholding taxes or backup withholding on behalf of the Holder or beneficial owner as a result of an adjustment to the Conversion Rate, the Company or other applicable withholding agent may, at its option, set off such payments against payments of cash and shares of Common Stock on the Note (or, in certain circumstances, against any payments on the Common Stock).
Section 12.11    Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.12    U.S.A. Patriot Act.  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
Section 12.13    Force Majeure.  In no event shall the Trustee or any Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, disasters, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 12.14    Submission to Jurisdiction.
(a)    The Company hereby irrevocably consents to jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York and the County of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Company waives any objection that it may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case, located in the City of New York and County of New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America, in each case, located in the City of New York and County of New York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same.  The Company hereby irrevocably appoints Corporation Service Company, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding.  The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for the term of this Indenture.  Nothing in this Indenture shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability to serve any such writs, process or summonses in any other manner permitted by applicable law. 
[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

58
 NY\6371365.3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
SunEdison, Inc.
By:    /s/ Brian Wuebbels
Name:    Brian Wuebbels
Title:    EVP & CFO

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, Registrar, Bid Solicitation Agent, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent
By:    /s/ W. Thomas Morris, II
Name:    W. Thomas Morris, II
Title:    Vice President

59
 NY\6371365.3

SCHEDULE A
The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares by which the Conversion Rate shall be increased pursuant to Section 4.06 based on the hypothetical Stock Prices and the dates set forth below.

	
															
	 
	Stock Price

	Effective Date
	$20.67
	$23.00
	$26.87
	$28.00
	$30.00
	$32.00
	$35.00
	$40.00
	$50.00
	$60.00
	$70.00
	$80.00
	$100.00
	$120.00

	June 10, 2014
	11.1644
	9.0542
	6.5174
	5.9510
	5.0903
	4.3770
	3.5191
	2.4892
	1.2973
	0.6897
	0.3602
	0.1767
	0.0232
	0.0000

	January 15, 2015
	11.1644
	9.3911
	6.7118
	6.1157
	5.2117
	4.4647
	3.5697
	2.5018
	1.2798
	0.6671
	0.3405
	0.1618
	0.0169
	0.0000

	January 15, 2016
	11.1644
	9.8360
	6.9130
	6.2676
	5.2938
	4.4945
	3.5451
	2.4282
	1.1844
	0.5854
	0.2796
	0.1205
	0.0050
	0.0000

	January 15, 2017
	11.1644
	10.0209
	6.8548
	6.1642
	5.1303
	4.2908
	3.3074
	2.1776
	0.9754
	0.4356
	0.1810
	0.0612
	0.0000
	0.0000

	January 15, 2018
	11.1644
	9.7095
	6.3263
	5.6040
	4.5380
	3.6895
	2.7215
	1.6581
	0.6226
	0.2200
	0.0609
	0.0051
	0.0000
	0.0000

	January 15, 2019
	11.1644
	8.7190
	5.0827
	4.3434
	3.2891
	2.4905
	1.6393
	0.8093
	0.1756
	0.0185
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000

	January 15, 2020
	11.1644
	6.2634
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000
	0.0000

 NY\6371365.3

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]
[For all Notes, include the following legend (the “Non-Affiliate Legend”):]
NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.
[For Global Notes, include the following legend (the “Global Notes Legend”):]
[THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.  THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.]
[For all Notes that are Restricted Notes, include the following legend (the “Restricted Notes Legend”):]
[THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.  BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:
		
	(1) 
	REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, AND

		
	(2) 
	AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF SUNEDISON, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN OR THEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) (X) THAT IS AT LEAST ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES OR SUCH OTHER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO, AND (Y) ON WHICH WE HAVE INSTRUCTED THE TRUSTEE THAT THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE LEGEND WILL NO LONGER APPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, EXCEPT:

		
	(A) 
	TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR

		
	(B) 
	PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED (OR HAS BECOME) EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT COVERS RESALE OF THE NOTES OR SUCH SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, OR

		
	(C) 
	TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

A-1
 NY\6371365.3

		
	(D) 
	PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE OR THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK, AS APPLICABLE, RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND THE TRUSTEE AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO ACCEPT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED BY A PURCHASER, INCLUDING UPON EXERCISE OF THE CONVERSION RIGHTS, EXCEPT UPON PRESENTATION OF EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE, THAT THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.  NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.]

A-2
 NY\6371365.3

SunEdison, Inc. 
    0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020
No.:    [          ]    
		
	CUSIP:
	[86732Y AE9] [; provided that, at such time as the Company provides the Free Transferability Certificate to the Trustee and the Registrar, this CUSIP number will be deemed removed and replaced with the CUSIP number 86732Y AF6.]

Principal 
		
	Amount $
	[          ] [For Global Notes, include the following: as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto]

SunEdison, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to [          ] [include “Cede & Co.” for Global Note] or registered assigns, the principal amount of [add principal amount in words] $[          ] [For Global Notes, include the following:, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto,] on January 15, 2020 (the “Maturity Date”).
Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15.
Regular Record Dates:  January 1 and July 1.
Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Note.

A-1
 NY\6371365.3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SunEdison, Inc. has caused this instrument to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized Officers.
SunEdison, Inc.
By:        
Name:
Title:

A-2
 NY\6371365.3

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
Dated:
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee
By:        
Authorized Signatory

A-3
 NY\6371365.3

[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]
SunEdison, Inc. 
0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Notes”), issued under the Indenture dated as of June 10, 2014 by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, herein called the “Trustee,” and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.
This Note does not benefit from a sinking fund.  This Note shall not be redeemable at the Company’s option.
As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder of this Note will have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to purchase this Note, or any portion of this Note such that the principal amount of this Note that is not purchased equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Purchase Price for such Fundamental Change Purchase Date.
As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof has the right, prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, to convert this Note or a portion of this Note such that the principal amount of this Note converted equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, into a number of shares of Common Stock determined in accordance with Article 4 of the Indenture and subject to adjustment as set forth therein.
As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will make all payments in respect of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price for and the principal amount of, this Note to the Holder that surrenders this Note to the Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of this Note.  The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the U.S. that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past Defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Note, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, and shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request.  The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof, premium, if any, or interest hereon, the Fundamental Change Purchase Price with respect to and the amount of cash, the number of shares of Common Stock 

A-4
 NY\6371365.3

or the combination thereof, as the case may be, due upon conversion of this Note or after the respective due dates expressed in the Indenture.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Purchase Price), premium, interest on and the amount of cash, a number of shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, if any, as the case may be, due upon conversion of, this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin and currency, herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer to the Trustee, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon a new Note of this series and of like tenor for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee.
The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.  As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
Subject to the rights of the Holders as of the Regular Record Date to receive interest on the related Interest Payment Date, prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, the Agents and any of their respective agents may treat the Person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, the Agents nor any agents shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
Upon the issuance of any new Note, the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
All defined terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.  If any provision of this Note limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Indenture, such provision of the Indenture shall control.

A-5
 NY\6371365.3

ATTACHMENT 1
[FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION]
To:    SunEdison, Inc.
The undersigned owner of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Note, or a portion hereof (which is such that the principal amount of the portion of this Note that will not be converted equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) below designated, into a number of shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon conversion, together with any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be paid and/or issued and/or delivered, as the case may be, to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name is indicated below.
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, if this notice is being delivered on a date after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date and prior to the Open of Business on the Interest Payment Date corresponding to such Regular Record Date, this notice must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of this Note to be converted.  If any shares of Common Stock are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect to such issuance and transfer as set forth in the Indenture.

Principal amount to be converted (if less than all):
$    
Dated:      
    
Signature(s)
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
    
Signature Guarantee
(Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature Guarantee Programs:
(i) The Notes Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MNSP); (iii) another guarantee program acceptable to the Trustee.)
Fill in if a check is to be issued, or shares of Common Stock or Notes are to be registered, otherwise than to or in the name of the registered Holder.
    
(Name)
    
(Address)

A-6
 NY\6371365.3

Please print name and address 
(including zip code)
    
(Social Security or other Taxpayer 
Identifying Number)

Dated:      
    
Signature(s)
(Sign exactly as such Person’s name appears above)
    
Signature Guarantee
(Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature Guarantee Programs:
(i) The Notes Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MNSP); (iii) The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) or (iv) another guarantee program acceptable to the Trustee.)

A-7
 NY\6371365.3

ATTACHMENT 2
[FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE NOTICE]
To:    SunEdison, Inc.
The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a Fundamental Change Company Notice from SunEdison, Inc. (the “Company”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Purchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture referred to in this Note (i) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is such that the portion not to be purchased has a principal amount equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) below designated, and (ii) if such Fundamental Change Purchase Date does not occur during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date corresponding to such Regular Record Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Purchase Date.
Principal amount to be purchased (if less than all):
$    
Certificate number (if Notes are in certificated form)
    
Dated:      
    
Signature(s)
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
    
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number

A-8
 NY\6371365.3

ATTACHMENT 3
[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]
For value received,     __________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto     __________ (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints     __________  to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
In connection with any transfer of the within Note occurring prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, as defined in the Indenture governing such Note, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being transferred:
To SunEdison, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof; or
Pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
To a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
Pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
[TO BE SIGNED BY PURCHASER IF THE SECOND, THIRD OR FOURTH BOX ABOVE IS CHECKED]
[Include if the second, third or fourth box above is checked] [The undersigned (on the immediately following signature line) represents and warrants that it is not, and has not been for the immediately preceding 90 days, an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of SunEdison, Inc.]  
[Include if the third box above is checked]  [The undersigned (on the immediately following signature line) represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.]
[Date: ______________________        Signed: ______________________]            
Unless one of the above boxes is checked, the Trustee and Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided that, if the fourth box is checked, the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.11 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
Dated:    ________________    

A-9
 NY\6371365.3

______________________ 
 
______________________ 
Signature(s)
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

______________________    
Signature Guarantee
(Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature Guarantee Programs:  (i) The Notes Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MNSP); (iii) The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) or (iv) another guarantee program acceptable to the Trustee)

A-10
 NY\6371365.3

ATTACHMENT 4
[Insert for Global Note]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 
Initial Principal Amount of Global Note:  
	
					
	Date
	Amount of Increase in Principal Amount of Global Note
	Amount of Decrease in Principal Amount of Global Note
	Principal Amount of Global Note After Increase or Decrease
	Notation by Registrar, Note Custodian or authorized signatory of Trustee

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

	 
	 
	 
	 
	 

A-11
 NY\6371365.3

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FREE TRANSFERABILITY CERTIFICATE]
Officer’s Certificate
[date]
[NAME OF OFFICER], the [TITLE] of SunEdison, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) does hereby certify, in connection with the occurrence of the Free Trade Date on [date] in respect of $[add principal amount] of the Company’s 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (CUSIP: 86732Y AE9) (the “Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, dated as of June 10, 2014 (as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”), that:
1.    The undersigned is permitted to sign this “Officer’s Certificate” on behalf of the Company, as the term “Officer’s Certificate” is defined in the Indenture.
2.    The undersigned has read, and thoroughly examined, the Indenture and the definitions therein relating thereto.
3.    In the opinion of the undersigned, the undersigned has made such examination as is necessary to enable the undersigned to express an informed opinion as to whether or not all conditions precedent to the removal of the Restricted Notes Legend described herein from the Notes as provided for in the Indenture have been complied with.
4.    To the best knowledge of the undersigned, all conditions precedent described herein as provided for in the Indenture and, in the case of Global Notes, the Applicable Procedures have been complied with.
5.     The Resale Restriction Termination Date for the Notes is the date of this Officer’s Certificate.  The Company is satisfied that the Notes are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend and Section 2.07 of the Indenture. 
In accordance with Section 2.08 of the Indenture, the Company hereby advises you as follows:
1.    The Restricted Notes Legend set forth on the Notes shall be deemed removed from the Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Notes and as provided in the Indenture, without further action on the part of the Holders.
2.    The restricted CUSIP number for the Notes shall be deemed removed from the Notes and replaced with an unrestricted CUSIP number, which unrestricted CUSIP number shall be 86732Y AF6, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Notes and as provided in the Indenture, without further action on the part of the Holders. 
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 

B-1
 NY\6371365.3

EXHIBIT B

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned signed this Officer’s Certificate as of the date written above.
SunEdison, Inc.
By:         
Name:     
Title:    

B-2
 NY\6371365.3

EXHIBIT C
[FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK LEGEND]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.  BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:
		
	(1) 
	REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, AND

		
	(2) 
	AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF SUNEDISON, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) (X) THAT IS AT LEAST ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE COMPANY’S 0.25% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020 OR SUCH OTHER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO, AND (Y) ON WHICH THE COMPANY HAS INSTRUCTED THE TRUSTEE FOR THE COMPANY’S 0.25% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020 THAT THE RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE LEGEND WILL NO LONGER APPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE COMPANY’S 0.25% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020, EXCEPT:

		
	(A) 
	TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR

		
	(B) 
	PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED (OR HAS BECOME) EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT COVERS RESALE OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING THE COMPANY’S 0.25% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020, OR

		
	(C) 
	TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

		
	(D) 
	PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND THE TRANSFER AGENT WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO ACCEPT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED BY A PURCHASER EXCEPT UPON PRESENTATION OF EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE TRANSFER AGENT THAT THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.  NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

C-1
 NY\6371365.3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00234-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00234-of-00352.parquet"}]]